(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Southern College Catalog 1991-92"

CATALOG 1991-92 




Since 1892 



SOUTHERN 

SOUTHERN COLLEGE OF SEVENTH-DAY ADVENTISTS 



SpA 
LP 

^1991-1992 CATALOG 



Collegedale Campus 

Mailing Address: 
P.O. Box 370 
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

FAX: (615) 238-3001 

Telephone: 

General Number, (615) 238-2111 
Admissions information, 
Nationwide, (800) 624-0350 



Orlando Campus 

Mailing Address: 

Nursing Department 
711 Lake Estelle Drive 
Orlando, FL 32803 

FAX: (407) 897-5572 

Telephone: (407) 897-1890 



In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to be factually accurate. 
The publisher assumes no responsibility for editorial, clerical, or printing errors. The 
information presented is, at the time of printing, an accurate description of course 
offerings, policies, and requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this catalog, 
however, are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the college and the 
student The college reserves the MttEteUiNp any provision or requirement at any 
time, without prior notice. Southern Missionary ColWfll 
Collegedale. Tennessee 37311 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Academic Calendar 4 

I. This Is Southern College 6 

II. Admissions 11 

III. Financial Policies 16 

Student Costs 16 

Housing 19 

Methods of Payment , 22 

Financial Aid . . 31 

IV. Student Life and Services 43 

V. Academic Policies 48 

Degree Requirements 49 

General Education Requirements 52 

Curriculum Chart 60 

VI. Academic Enrichment Services 74 

VII. Courses of Study 78 

VDX Departments of Instruction 79-289 

Allied Health 79 

Art 88 

Behavioral Science 92 

Biology , . 100 

Business & Office Administration 110 

Chemistry 129 

Computer Science and Technology 135 

Education and Psychology 147 

Engineering Studies 172 

English and Speech 175 

Health, Physical Education, and Recreation 182 

History 191 

Industrial Technology 198 

Journalism and Communication 204 

Mathematics 218 

Modern Languages 224 

Music 228 

Nursing 244 

Physics 261 

Religion 270 



IX. Interdepartmental Programs 288,289 

General Studies 288 

Medical Science 288 

X. Non-degree Pre-professional Programs 290-296 

Anesthesia 290 

Dentistry 290 

Law 291 

Medicine 292 

Optometry 294 

Osteopathic Medicine 294 

Pharmacy 295 

Veterinary Medicine 295 

XI. The Registry 297 

Board of Trustees 297 

College Administration 298 

Instructional Faculty Directory 302 

Index 316 



3 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

1991-92 School Year 



The Southern College summer term consists of four 4-week sessions. 
Students in attendance during the 1990-91 school year may register at 
any time during the week immediately preceding the session. 



lstSummerSewtea 



May 6 


Registration 


May 6 


Classes Begin 


May 7 


Late Registration Fee 


May 8 


Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 


May 17 


Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a W" 


May 24 


All Withdrawals After this Date Receive !, F M 


May 31 


Classes End 


2nd Summer Session 


June 3 


Registration 


June 3 


Classes Begin 


June 4 


Late Registration Fee 


June 5 


Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 


June 14 


Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 


June 21 


All Withdrawals After this Date Receive H F" 


June 28 


Classes End 



3rd Summer Session 

July 1 Registration 

July 1 Classes Begin 

July 2 Late Registration Fee 

July 3 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

July 4 Independence Day Observed 

July 12 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W 

July 19 All Withdrawals After this Date Receive "F H 

July 26 Classes End 

4th Summer Session 

July 28 Registration 

July 28 Freshman Orientation 

July 29 Classes Begin 

July 30 Late Registration Fee 

July 31 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 



4th Summer Session, cont. 

August 9 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

August 16 All Withdrawals After this Date Receive H F" 

August 23 Classes End 



1st Semester 

August 16-18 
August 23, 25 
August 27, 28 
August 29 
August 29 
September 4 
September 10 
October 17 
October 18-20 
October 25-27 
October 31 
Oct 28-Nov 8 
Nov 27-Dec 1 
December 6 
December 16-19 
Dec 20-Jan 5 



Faculty Colloquium 

ACT and CLEP Exams 

Registration by Appointment 

Classes Begin 

Late Registration Fee 

Fee for Class Change 

Last Day to Add Course 

Mid-term Ends 

Mid-semester Vacation 

Alumni Homecoming 

Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

Pre-Registration/Advisement 

Thanksgiving Vacation 

All Withdrawals After this Date Receive "F" 

Semester Exams 

Christmas Vacation 



2nd Semester 
January 5, 6 
January 6 
January 7 
January 7 
January 14 
January 20 
January 21 
February 27 
Feb 28-March 9 
March 13 
March 16-27 
April 6 
April 10 
April 5, 6 
April 27-30 
May 3 



Registration for Pre-registered Students 

Registration by Appointment 

Classes Begin 

Late Registration Fee 

Fee for Class Change 

Last Day to Add Course 

Senior Class Organization 

Mid-term Ends 

Spring Break 

Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W 

Pre-Registration/Advisement 

Senior Deadline for Correspondence/Incompletes 

All Withdrawals After this Date Receive "F" 

College Days 

Semester Exams 

Commencement 



THIS IS 
SOUTHERN COLLEGE 



Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a four-year 
co-educational institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church* primarily to serve its constituents in the southeastern part of 
the United States. Its purpose is to provide biblical, liberal arts, 
professional, pre-professional, vocational, adult studies, and special 
programs in a Christian setting. 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 

The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of 
humanity in the world. The following is a summary of this 
understanding: 

(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and 
Sustainer of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source 
of all knowledge. 

(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion 
with Him, man possessed harmonious physical, mental, 
spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, 
but God in His love provided a redemptive plan for the 
restoration of His image in humanity, thus preparing man 
for eternal personal fellowship with God. 

In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed 
as an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of man's 
relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. 
Education, consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. 
Southern College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, 
and physical environment designed to encourage this development 
through the following specific objectives. 



*This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, 
which is comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, 
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee. 



6 



This Is Southern College 



Spiritual 

The spiritual goal of Southern College is to enable students to grasp 
Christian beliefs and values as understood by the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. Along with three hours' mandatory religion course 
work for each year of attendance, students have religious convocations 
and various opportunities for Christian fellowship and service to help 
them better internalize these ideals. 

Intellectual 

The intellectual goal of Southern College is to help students 
confront the ideas and values which underlie civilization. Course 
requirements and general education options aim at broadening and 
deepening the students' outlook. An honors program challenges the 
most capable students, while academic awards recognize a range of 
scholarly achievements. 

Occupational 

The occupational goal of Southern College is to prepare students for 
service in a practical world. Although that does not always mean 
specific career orientation, the major and minor course work offers 
useful competencies as well as skills related to specific vocations. 

Social 

Regarding the relationship of individuals to society, the goal of 
Southern College is to encourage students to attain the social maturity 
necessary for successful family and community living. Southern College 
provides activities and courses aimed at developing healthy 
interpersonal relations, communication skills, and decision-making 
abilities. 

Physical 

Regarding personal health, the goal of Southern College is to 
educate students to be active in promoting their own physical well- 
being. Southern College is smoke-, alcohol-, and drug-free by policy, and 
the cafeteria offers a meatless diet. Health-oriented courses and 
activities combine to encourage a balance of exercise, rest, diet, study, 
work, and recreation. 

HISTORY 

In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern 
College had its beginning in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in the 



This is Southern College 



small village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became known as 
Graysville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern 
Industrial School and five years later to Southern Training School. 

In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion 
of plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in 
Hamilton County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the 
anticipated community. At its new location, the school opened as 
Southern Junior College and continued as such until 1944 when it 
achieved senior college status and the name was changed to Southern 
Missionary College. In 1982 the name was changed to Southern College 
of Seventh-day Adventists. 

SETTING 

Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled 
in a valley eighteen miles northeast of Chattanooga. The quietness and 
beauty of the surroundings are in keeping with the college's 
educational philosophy. 

Nursing programs are also offered through the Orlando Center at 
Florida Hospital Medical Center. 

ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS 

Southern College is accredited by the Southern Association of 
Colleges and Schools and by the Seventh-day Adventist Board of 
Regents. 

Departments of the college are also accredited by various 
organizations. The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree 
programs in nursing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited 
by the National League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate 
Board of Review. The Division of Nursing is an agency member of the 
Department of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs of the 
Division of Nursing Education of the National League for Nursing. It 
is also accredited by the Tennessee Board of Nursing and is recognized 
by the Florida State Board of Nursing. 

The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education 
for the preparation of secondary and elementary teachers. The Bachelor 
of Science degree in Education is accredited by the Tennessee State 
Board of Education. Southern College is also a member of the 
Association of American Colleges, the American Council on Education, 
the Tennessee College Association, the American Association of 
Colleges for Teacher Education, and the National Association for 
Schools of Music. 



8 



This is Southern College 



ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

The academic program consists of 36 baccalaureate degree majors 
and 27 minors. Students may pursue programs of study leading to the 
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business 
Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social Work 
degrees. Fourteen programs leading to an associate degree are also 
offered. Various pre-professional and terminal curricula are available 
to students wishing to qualify for admission to a professional school. 

Secondary teaching certification is available in eleven disciplines. A 
one-year certificate is available in Auto Body Repair. SC also cooperates 
with Loma Linda University in offering the M.Ed, and M.P.H. degree 
and with Andrews University in offering the M.S.N, degree. 

STUDENTS 

Sixty-five percent of the students of Southern College come from the 
eight states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 25-30 foreign 
countries are also represented. There are a few more women than men. 

Former Southern College students are now serving in the 
ministerial, teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced 
study, business pursuits, government service, research activities, 
private and institutional medical services, and the teaching professions 
on all levels. 

FACILITIES 

The following buildings house the academic activities of the college 
on the Collegedale campus: 

Brock Hall-Art, Business and Office Administration, English and 
Speech, History, Journalism and Communication, Modern 
Languages, Instructional Media, and WSMC FM90.5 

Daniells Hall-Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science and 
Technology 

Hackman Hall-Biology and Chemistry 

Herin Hall-Nursing 

William lies Physical Education Center-Physical Education 

Ledford Hall-Industrial Technology 

McKee Library 

Miller Hall-Religion 

Student Center-Computer Center, Student Health Service, 

Cafeteria, Testing and Counseling Center, Campus Ministry Office, 
student activity rooms, K.R.'s Place 



This is Southern College 



Summerour Hall-Behavioral Science, Education and Psychology 

J. Mabel Wood Hall-Music 

Lynn Wood Hall-Alumni, Conference Rooms 

Wright Hall— Administration 



Other facilities on or near campus that serve student needs: 

Collegedale Academy-secondary laboratory school 

Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 

Charles Fleming Plaza-shopping center with businesses serving the 

college and community 
Recreational Area— tennis courts, a track, playing fields 
Spalding Elementary School-laboratory school 
Student Apartments 
Student Park 

Talge Hall-men's residence hall 
Thatcher Hall-women's residence hall 
Trailer Park 
WSMC FM90.5-radio station 



Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries and 
service departments. 



10 



ADMISSIONS 



Southern College welcomes applications from students, regardless of 
race, sex, religion, or national origin, whose principles and interests are 
in harmony with the ideals and traditions of the college as expressed 
in its objectives and policies. Although religious affiliation is not a 
requirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by the 
policies and standards of the college as a Seventh-day Adventist 
institution. 

PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1 

Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit three 
satisfactory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one 
of the following three conditions by the time of enrollment: 

Regular Acceptance 

A Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home 
Study International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at least 
2.00 (on a 4.00 scale) in major subjects 2 and have a minimum 
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced American College Test 
(ACT). 

B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test, have a 
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced ACT, and be eighteen 
years old by June 1 (prior to admission). Each applicant must 
have an official transcript of his or her grades and credits sent to 
the Admissions Office from the high school most recently 
attended. 

C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, 
fourteen of which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum 
GPA of 3.00 in the major subjects, and have a minimum 
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced ACT. 

Southern College must have received a final official high 
school transcript or GED scores and a transcript from the high 
school last attended from each new student before he or she 
will be admitted to registration. 



Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should 
consult departmental admission requirements. 

A 

Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign language. 

11 



Admissions 



Acceptance on Academic Probation 

A. If either the high school GPA or ACT composite score is below 
the minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be 
accepted on academic probationary status. 

B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than 
12 semester hours during the first semester. 

If both the high school GPA and the Enhanced ACT composite score 
are below the minimum requirements (2.00 and 18 respectively), it will 
be necessary for the student to take a minimum of six semester hours 
(in solid courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before being 
accepted at Southern College. These six hours may be taken at 
Southern College during the summer (last session excluded) or at 
another accredited college. 

Applicants to freshman standing are expected to have the following 
minimum subjects in their secondary program: 

1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech. 

2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra. 

3. Two units of science or an ACT score of 14 in science reasoning. 
A college class in biology, chemistry, or physics must be taken in 
addition to general education requirements if this condition is 
not met. 

4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World 
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be 
taken as part of the general education science requirements. 

5. Two units in a foreign language for a B.A. degree are required. 
If deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level 
will be required. 

6. One unit in typing is strongly recommended. 

ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DIVISION 

Students who wish to be admitted to nursing courses as freshmen 
or as transfer students should refer to the Nursing section of the 
CATALOG for admission requirements. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another 
accredited college or university must follow the same application 
procedure as other students. Transfer credits may be applied toward 
the requirements for a degree when the student has satisfactorily 
completed a minimum of twelve semester hours in residence. Credit by 



12 



Admissions 



examination taken at other colleges will be accepted according to 
Southern College standards (See "College Credit by Examination" in the 
Academic Policies section of the CATALOG). A maximum of 72 
semester hours may be accepted from a college where the highest 
degree offered is the associate degree. Background deficiencies revealed 
by transcripts and entrance examinations will be given individual 
attention. 

Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are 
not regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 
16 semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. 
Only those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses, 
and for which the student has earned a W< C" or better grade, will be 
accepted. 

A student who has been dismissed from another institution because 
of poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that 
institution, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify 
for readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. 
Transfer students must submit both their college and high 
school official transcripts to the Admissions Office before being 
admitted to registration. Those who do not have credit for first 
semester College Composition and three semester hours of 
college level mathematics will be required to take the 
Enhanced ACT (American College Test) prior to registration at 
Southern College. 

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission 
requirements and who do not wish to become degree candidates, or 
otherwise-qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer 
to another institution of higher learning, may register as special 
students. A special student may enroll for a maximum of five semester 
hours per term. 

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

An international student making application to Southern College 
must have completed the equivalent of a United States high school 
(secondary) education. The student is required to list only the 
institutions and dates attended on the application forms, but will not 
be accepted to Southern College until the college has received original 
records or official copies of all credits, degrees, diplomas and other 
credentials, with validation by school or national officials. These should 
be in the original language, accompanied by a translation (not an inter- 



13 



Admissions 



pretation) in English, and certified by an American Embassy official if 
possible. 

The Vice President for Admissions of Southern College will evaluate 
academic documents received for international students based on the 
recommendations found in the World Education series of booklets 
published by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and 
Admissions Officers and Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, 
published by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 

Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General 
Certificate of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or 
more "0" level academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with 
marks 1 through 6 or A through D). Subjects must include English, a 
natural science, and three others selected from a second language, 
mathematics, science and social studies. 

Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before 
admission. This may be done by taking the English Language 
Proficiency Test (ELI) or Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL). Students whose ELI score is below 90 or TOEFL score is 
below 500 will not be admitted. Students must reach the above stated 
score to be admitted to the college for the regular academic year. 

In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses 
for an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information 
section of the CATALOG.) 

International students should realize that according to U.S. 
Immigration laws, overseas students are not permitted to work more 
than 20 hours per week and may not be employed except on the college 
campus. 

It is important that international students not leave their homeland 
until they receive an official letter of admission from Southern College. 
Such a letter will be issued only if the student's academic credentials 
are satisfactory, surety advance deposit has been made, and the student 
is able to demonstrate the ability to finance his/her education at 
Southern College. Then the (Immigration) 1-20 form will be issued. 

When students depart their homeland, they should have in their 
possession: 

1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College 

2. 1-20 form 

3. A valid passport 

4. A valid visa to enter the United States 

5. Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in 
addition to the international surety deposit required of all 
non-U.S. citizens). 



14 



Admissions 



APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION 

♦ Prospective students should request application forms from the 
Office of Admissions. 

♦ Completed applications, budget sheets, and medical forms should 
be returned to the Office of Admissions with an application fee 
of $20. 

♦ It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools 
(high school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of 
Admissions in support of the application. These will become the 
property of the college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED 
DIRECTLY FROM AN APPLICANT. 

♦ Students transferring from another college or university who do 
not have credit for first semester College Composition and three 
semester hours of college level mathematics will be required to 
take the ACT (American College Test) prior to registration at 
Southern College. 

♦ Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of 
credits, recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions 
Committee will notify the applicant of the action taken. 

WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY 

New students are urged to submit applications not later than the 
last term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at 
the beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to 
suggest ways of strengthening the student's preparation. Because of the 
difficulty sometimes encountered during the summer months in 
obtaining necessary transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, 
more time will be necessary for processing late applications. 

Students in residence may submit re-applications without charge 
until April 30. Thereafter the regular application fee of $20 will be 
required. 



15 



FINANCIAL POLICIES 



EXPENSES 

FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT 

Southern College tries to give every student the opportunity to 
obtain a Christian education. Every effort will be made to assist 
students in meeting their financial obligation in order to reach this 
goal. 

The Student Finance Office will assist students in their financial 
planning. Financial aid is available to qualified recipients in the form 
of grants, loans, scholarships and employment (see page 31). Before 
registration all students must submit a payment contract to the 
Student Finance Office signed by the student and financial sponsor 
indicating how college expenses will be paid. 

Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is 
given below to assist the student in financial planning. 

STUDENT COSTS 

Tuition 1991-92: 

Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of 
$301 per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be 
charged $3,550. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $225 per 
semester hour. 

ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET 



Residence Hall 
Student 
Semester Year 



Non-residence Hall 
Student 
Semester Year 



Tuition (12-16 hrs/aemester) 
Books and school supplies 
Residence Hall 
Food ($210 monthly average) 



$3,550 $7,100 

225 450 

680 1,560 

840 1,680 



$3,550 $7,100 
225 450 



Total estimated costs* 



$5,295 $10,590 



$3,775 $7,550 



(Health insurance, automobile parking, and Campus Shop personal purchases are in addition if 
applicable.) 

•With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced. 



16 



Expenses 



FAMILY REBATE 

When two students from the same immediate family are both 
enrolled as full-time students at SC and have the same financial 
sponsor, a tuition rebate of 5% will be applied to each statement. A 
10% rebate will be applied when three or more students have the same 
financial sponsor and are enrolled as full-time students. Application 
forms for this rebate will be available at the Cashier's Office. 

SOUTHERN SCHOLARS' FINANCIAL BENEFITS 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars 
may receive a scholarship for the cost of auditing one class for each 
semester that they remain in the program. Beginning with their junior 
year, the student will also receive a scholarship covering a three-hour 
class each semester. Also, a scholarship will be granted to cover Honors 
Seminar HMNT 451, 452. The H per hour* 1 rate for a 16-semester hour 
class load will be the basis for calculating these scholarships (see page 
16). 

MUSIC LESSON FEES 

Private music lessons may be taken on a credit or a noncredit basis. 
A student will receive fourteen half-hour lessons per semester for one 
hour of credit. The cost of such lessons is the regular tuition plus a 
$110 music lesson fee per semester. 

The noncredit music lesson fee is $250 for fourteen half-hour lessons 
per semester. 

Teachers are not expected to make up lessons missed because of 
unexcused absences. 

Music majors who have obtained Freshman standing in their major 
performance area, who are taking or have completed MUCT 111/112; 
and who are in good and regular standing as music majors will have 
the music lesson fee waived. 

Community School of Music students (non-college students) register 
for private and group lessons at the Music Department Office. Each 
student is required to pay a yearly registration fee of $12. Lessons are 
to be paid for in advance either by the semester or by the month. 

SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES 

The following special fees and charges* are assessed separately 
inasmuch as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur 
regularly: 



17 



Expenses 

Application for admission (not refundable) $20.00 

Audit tuition 1/2 reg. tuition 

Automobile parking fee (per semester): 

Dormitory $35.00 

Village .. $25.00 

Motorcycle parking fee * $25.00 

Change of program $12.00 

Credit by examination (per hour) Recording Fee $35.00 

Examinations: 

Challenge or waiver $48.00 

CLEP $36.00 

Rescheduling mid-term or final $63.00 

Incomplete grade recorded $7.50 

Insufficient funds check fee and penalty $18.00 

* "Insurance: 

Student $206.00 

Spouse $722.00 

Children $562.00 

Late Registration $35.00 

Late return of organizational uniform $20.00 

(The full cost will be charged if irreparably damaged 
or not returned.) 
Lost residence hall key or replacement: 

Talge Hall $10.00 

Thatcher Hall $20.00 

Lost student I.D. or replacement (must pay cash) $5.00 

Medical Technology Recording Fee (senior year) $55.00 

***Nursing education fees: 

Associate degree (per semester) $235.00 

Baccalaureate degree (after completing Assoc. Degree) 

(per nursing semester hour) $13.00 

Post Graduate Tuition Plan: 

1-11 Semester Hours $150.00/hour 

12-16 Semester Hours $1,775.00 

17+Hours (in excess of 16 hours) $112.00/hour 

Transcript fee $3.00 

One-day service $6.00 

♦See individual class descriptions for class fees and charges. 
••Subject to change fay insurance company. 
•••Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class. 



18 



Expenses 

STATEMENT CHARGES 

The following items may be charged to the student's account: 

a. Books and required school supplies (required school supplies 
limited to $75 per semester). 

b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction 
must be made through the Admissions Office for a full 
semester whether or not credit is desired. One semester hour 
of private music instruction consists of fourteen half hour 
lessons. Refunds will be granted only when the instructor is 
not available for lessons. 

HOUSING 

Residence Hall Costs 

Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $1,360 for the 
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August 
and January. Room charges are based on two students occupying one 
room. A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be 
allowed to room alone at an additional cost of $260 per semester if 
sufficient rooms are available and s/he has approval from the Student 
Finance Office. It is the student's responsibility to have arranged for 
a roommate unless specific arrangements have been made to room 
alone. 

No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the 
campus. When a student withdraws, a prorated portion of the semester 
charge, beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room, will be 
refunded. 

Residence Hall Deposit 

A room deposit of $100 is required of each dormitory student. In 
order to guarantee a room in the dormitory, payment should be made 
by July 1. After July 1, no room is held for a student whose deposit has 
not been paid. This deposit is held in reserve until the student 
graduates and/or permanently moves out of the dormitory. 

Apartment/Mobile Homes 

College-owned apartments and mobile homes may be rented by 
married students taking a minimum of six hours each semester. The 
apartments range in size from two to six rooms and are unfurnished. 
Rents range from $165 to $280 per month. Trailer space is available at 
$95 per month in the College Mobile Home Park for married students 
with their own trailer. Moving and parking charges are the responsi- 



19 



Expenses 

bility of the owner. Storage facilities are available for an additional $10 
per month. Rent charges are based on the date of issue and return of 
keys and proper clearance with the office of the Vice President for 
Finance. 

Apartment/Mobile Home Deposit 

Married students renting either an apartment or a trailer from the 
college are required to pay a housing deposit of $150 of which $75 is 
due with the housing application and the remaining $75 at the time 
the apartment or trailer is rented. 

Housing Deposit Refund 

If a student gives notice before August 1 that s/he will not be 
attending, the housing deposit will be refunded. The deposit will not be 
refunded after August 1. 

Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged to the student's 
account if the deposit is insufficient to cover these costs. The dormitory 
dean/Service Department will determine if the dorm room/apartment 
or trailer has been left clean and undamaged. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the student the privilege of 
choosing food and paying for what is selected. Students are encouraged 
to eat healthfully by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus Kitchen 
where balanced meals are provided. Dormitory students will be charged 
a minimum of $85 per month which will be prorated for vacations and 
holidays. 

ADVANCE PAYMENTS 

Regular: An advance payment of $1,650 is required before 
registration. For new students entering second semester the advance 
payment is $825, and all other appropriate charges are applicable. 
When a married couple enrolls for a combined toted of seventeen 
semester hours or less of classwork, they will be charged only one 
advance payment. 

One-half of the advance payment ($825) is held for second semester 
and earns interest at 2% less than prime per annum if: (1) the full 
advance payment ($1,650) has been paid by September 1; (2) the 
account balance as of December 31 is paid in full. Interest will be 
credited to the January statement. 



20 



Expenses 



Advance payments also earn interest during the summer months if: 
(1) Advance payment of $825 or more is paid by June 1; (2) the account 
balance as of May 31 is paid in full. Interest will be credited to the 
September statement. No interest will be paid on partial advance 
payments or if there is a balance due in the account by May 31 or 
December 31. 

For students residing in any dormitory or married student housing, 
a housing deposit is due before occupancy and is in addition to the 
advance payment. 

International Students: In addition to the regular advance payment 
listed above, international students are required to pay the following: 
Supplemental International Student Payment: $3,000 is required 
to be paid before an Immigration 1-20 form will be issued. It will be 
held until the student terminates study at Southern College. This 
deposit is not a part of, but in addition to, the regular advance 
payment required of all students entering Southern College. 

Nursing Students: Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program, 
students are required to send an advance payment of $235 by June 20 
to hold their placement in the class. This payment also serves as the 
first semester's Nursing Education Associate Degree Fee. The $235 fee 
is in addition to the Regular Advance Payment of $1,650. There is also 
a $235 fee charged to the A.S. nursing student's account second 
semester. If a student applies for the nursing program but does not 
attend the college, or changes his or her major, the deposit is 
refundable if the Department of Nursing is notified by August 1. After 
August 1, the nursing deposit is not refundable. 

ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY 

Students wishing to apply for study abroad under the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad (ACA) program must follow the procedures listed 
below: 

1. Complete and submit the ACA application (obtain from 
Admissions Office) along with the $100 application fee. 

2. Make arrangements for the total amount of expenses and fees 
required by the selected college through the Southern College 
Student Finance Office at the time of application. Any difference 
in total cost and approved financial aid must be paid in cash prior 
to financial approval of the application. 



21 



Expenses 



METHOD OF PAYMENT 

Residence hall and non-residence hall students may choose one of 
the three methods of payment below: 

Payment Plan I--Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges 
for tuition (minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid 
in cash at registration, a discount of 3% for the semester or 5% for the 
year is allowed on this cash payment. Amounts paid as a result of 
student loans, grants, or scholarships are excluded from the amount on 
which the discount is allowed. Students choosing to pay cash in 
advance must on or before registration time pay the full amount 
required by the plan for the semester or year, less any advance 
payments or credits. 

The following schedule outlines how Payment Plan I would work for 
both a semester and the year: 





Residence Hall 


Non-residence Hall 




Student 


Student 






Semester 


Year 


Semester 


Year 


Total estimated charges 


$5,295 


$10,590 


$3,775 


$7,550 


(a) Less cash discount 










(3% for semester) 


-159 




-113 




(b) Less cash discount 










(5% for year) 




•530 




-378 


Net cash due at registration 


$5,136 


$10,060 


$3,662 


$7,172 



Note: For calculating the discount, estimated charges may be reduced by approved financial aid and 
scholarship awards (excluding student wages). Cash discount applies to the cash paid at 
registration. 

Payment Plan II—Tuition Guaranteed Plan. The college will 
guarantee to the student that tuition will remain constant under the 
following provisions: 

1. The tuition rate in effect at the time of the first contract will 
remain in effect until the student graduates provided full time 
continuous registration is maintained not to exceed four years 
excluding a one-year leave of absence which may be given for 
student missionaries and/or task force workers. 

2. Total estimated cost for the year must be paid prior to or at fall 
registration. 

3. Any cash withdrawals, except student earnings, will void the 
contract. 



22 



Expenses 



4. Participants in this plan are eligible for a five percent cash 
discount on the total estimated cost the first year of 
participation only. The next three years, the tuition rate will 
remain the same as year one; and a 5% discount will be given on 
room, board, and books only. 

5. Dependents of denominational workers may deduct the 
denominational educational subsidy when making their payment; 
however, the subsidy must be received by the college from either 
the denominational employer or the denominational worker 
within two months after registration or the contract is void. 

6. Student earnings may be withdrawn from the student's account 
and will not reduce the amount to be paid. 

7. Costs in excess of the total estimated amount to be paid will be 
billed monthly and should be paid on a monthly basis or the 
contract is void. 

8. Should the estimated cost be less than the amount paid, the 
credit will be refunded after June 1. 

9. If the Payment Contract is broken for any of the above reasons, 
or the student withdraws during the school year, the student 
who re-enters Payment Plan II may do so based on the rates of 
enrollment for the new year. 

This plan only guarantees the tuition rate-not the room, board, 
books, and other miscellaneous charges. The student/financial sponsor 
must prepay each year the total estimated costs. 

Payment Plan Ill-Contract for Monthly Payments. Students desiring 
to pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may 
choose this plan. 

Monthly statements will be issued about the fifth working day of 
each calendar month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the 
last day of each month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of 
statement according to the following schedule: 



23 



Expenses 



FIRST SEMESTER 



Past Due Date 



August Statement 



1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 

less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and ONE- 
THIRD of the semester's advance 
payment. 

2. Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



September 20 



Sept. Statement 



ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 
less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and ONE- 
THIRD of the semester's advance 
payment. 

Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



October 20 



October Statement 



1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 

less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
advance payment. 

2. Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



November 20 



SECOND SEMESTER 



Past Due Date 



January Statement 1. 



ONE-THIRD of the semester's 

charges for tuition and room 

less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 

credits for financial aid and ONE- 

THIRD of the semester's advance 

payment. 

Plus the current month's charges 

less the current month's credits. 



February 20 



24 



SECOND SEMESTER, cont. 



Expenses 



February Statement 1. 



Past Due Date 



ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 
less ONE-THIRD of the 
semester's credits for financial 
aid and ONE-THIRD of the 
semester's advance payment. 
Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



March 20 



March Statement 



1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room less 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
advance payment. 

2. Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



April 20 



An example of estimated school costs on this plan without financial 
aid, work or scholarships is as follows: 

Residence Hall Non-Residence 



Statement Date 


Payment Date 


Student 


Hall Student 


Advance Payment 


By registration 


$1,650 


$1,650 


August 31 


By September 20 


1,490 


984 


September 30 


By October 20 


1,490 


983 


October 31 


By November 20 


1,490 


983 


January 31 


By February 20 


1,490 


984 


February 28 


By March 20 


1,490 


983 


March 31 


By April 20 


1,490 


983 


Total estimated payments 


$10,590 


$7,550 



Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will 
be subject to cancellation of registration and/or ID cards 
invalidated until account is current. 

Arrangement for final payment of the semester account must 
be made before semester examinations may be taken or before 
registration for a new semester. 



25 



Expenses 

INTEREST ON PAST-DUE BALANCE 

Interest will be charged at a rate of 1% per month on any past-due 
balance still outstanding by the end of the month. 

COLLECTION POLICY 

Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are 
requested to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts. If 
arrangements are not made within 120 days after a student leaves 
Southern College, the unpaid account balance will be submitted to a 
collection agency or attorney. Since delinquent accounts are reported 
to the Credit Bureau systems, prompt payment of accounts build credit 
ratings which will be important to the student in the future. 

If the college deems it necessary to employ a collection agency or an 
attorney to collect defaulted accounts, all charges for these services, 
including court costs, if incurred, will be added to unpaid bills. 

BANKRUPTCY 

Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy 
proceedings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the 
collection of the debt, the college, upon notification of such discharge 
of a student's current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal 
prohibition. No further services will be extended. 

TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS AND TEST SCORES 

It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test 
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an 
unpaid or past due account at the school, or any unpaid account for 
which the college has consigned. 

Official grade transcripts will be issued for currently enrolled 
students when the students' accounts are current according to the 
payment schedule set forth above. No exceptions will be made. 

Official grade transcripts for non-enrolled students will be issued 
when students' accounts are paid in full and when there are no 
delinquencies in the payment of student loans. No exceptions will be 
made. 

To expedite the release of these documents, the student should send 
a money order or certified check to cover the balance of the account 
when requesting the documents. Under provisions of federal loan 
programs, Southern College withholds any records when payments for 
these loans become past due or are in default. 



26 



Expenses 

TUITION WAIVERS FOR INTERNSHIP CLASSES 

The following policy applies for all internship classes with the 
exception of the Long-term Health Care Internship class. See the 
course description for that rate. 

Students Taking Fewer Than 12 Hours Exclusive of Internship Hours 
A two-thirds tuition waiver will be given on the internship hours. 
Total tuition is not to exceed the 12-16 hour rate. 

Students Taking Fewer Than 12 Hours Exclusive of Internship Hours 
No tuition waiver will be given if the addition of the internship 
hours does not bring the student's total hours to more than 16. 

Students Taking More Than 16 Hours 

A two-thirds tuition waiver will be given on the number of 
internship hours that bring a student's total hours to more than 16. 

REFUND POLICIES 

Complete Withdrawal from Classes 

A student who withdraws from all schoolwork during the semester 
will receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed 
withdrawal form with all the required signatures is filed with the 
Records Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 

First week of the semester — 100% less a withdrawal fee of $50.00 

Second week through the eleventh week — 10% less per week 

No refunds after the eleventh week 

Partial Withdrawal 

Refunds of tuition for semester hours dropped are made according 
to the date the drop form with all the required signatures if filed with 
the Records Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 
First week of the semester — 100% 

Second week through the eleventh week — 10% less per week 
No refunds after the eleventh week 

Shortened School Term (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes 
First two (2) school days — 100% 
Third (3rd day through end of term) « Prorated through mid-term 

The preceding refund policies do not apply to the Florida 
Center. 



27 



Expenses 

CREDIT REFUND POLICY 

Credit balances are refundable, on request, 30 days after the monthly 
statement is received for the last month the student was in school in 
order to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example, 
if a student drops out of school in December, a full credit refund would 
not be made until after the January statement is prepared during the 
first week of February. When the credit balance is large, a portion may 
be refunded earlier upon request to the Student Finance Office. 

If the student has received financial aid during the current semester, 
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the 
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 35). Cash refunds will not be 
made to the student without authorization from the parent or financial 
sponsor. 

HEALTH INSURANCE 

Southern College requires that students be covered by health 
insurance. Students who are covered with a similar insurance plan 
may, during registration, make a request of Health Service to be 
excluded from the student group health insurance. Such students will 
need to supply, at that time, written evidence from their 
parent's employer or local insurance agent which contains the 
company name and policy number under which they are 
covered; otherwise, coverage must be purchased through the 
college health insurance plan. 

NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS 

When determining what to bring to campus, please remember that 
the college is not responsible for the personal effects of any student 
even though such effects may be required by the college for student 
use, or required by the college to be stored in a designated location. 
College-carried insurance does not insure the personal effects of any 
individual. The college recommends that students consider carrying 
insurance to cover such losses. 

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 

As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries 
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of 
work-connected accidents. 



Expenses 



BANKING AND CASH WITHDRAWALS 

The Accounting Office operates a no-charge deposit banking service 
for the convenience of the student. Financial sponsors should 
provide students with sufficient funds through the banking 
service to cover the cost of personal items of an incidental 
nature and travel expenses off campus including vacation 
periods. Withdrawals may be made by the student in person only as 
long as there is a credit balance. These deposit accounts are entirely 
separate from the student's regular school expense account. 

STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS 

Work opportunities are available in departments and industries 
operated by the college and local private businesses. These employing 
agencies must serve their customers daily, necessitating a uniform 
work force. Students are expected to maintain satisfactory job 
performance and meet all work appointments, including during 
examination week. Work superintendents reserve the right to dismiss 
students if their service and work record is unsatisfactory. Should a 
student find it necessary to be absent from work, s/he must make 
arrangements with the work superintendent and, if ill, with Student 
Health Service. 

Residence hall students are given preference in the assignment of 
work. Student Employment Office personnel will assist students in 
finding jobs provided the student arranges a class schedule that allows 
"blocks" of time for work, is physically able and willing to accept any 
job offer since the college is unable to provide "preference" work. 
Students must be enrolled for a minimum of six semester hours to be 
eligible for campus work. 

A student accepting employment is expected to retain it for the entire 
semester except in cases where changes are recommended by the school 
nurse or Student Employment Office. Should a student receive 
opportunities for more favorable employment during a school term, the 
transfer must be made through the Student Employment Office and 
the two employing organizations. If a financial plan requires work, the 
student must NOT drop his/her work schedule without making proper 
arrangements with the Student Employment Office. To do so could 
result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation of ID card 
until proper arrangements are made. 

The student pay rate is not less than student rates set by the 
government wage-hour law. It may be higher if a student possesses 
special skills or training and shows responsibility and consistency. 



29 



Expenses 



Students may also work off campus; however, permission may be 
withheld for off-campus employment that could be detrimental to a 
student's health or character development. Any exceptions to the 
financial policies will be considered by the Financial Appeals 
Committee. 

LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to 
secure permission before accepting any off-campus employment. 
Foreign students with student visas are allowed to work on campus up 
to twenty hours a week. Wives may work only if they have student 
visas of their own or have immigrant visas. 

STUDENT TITHING 

SC encourages the payment of tithe and offerings by its student 
workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements may be made 
by the student (except for those employed in the Federal Work-Study 
Program) to have 10% of his/her school earnings charged to his/her 
account as tithe and 2% for offerings. These funds are then transferred 
by the college to the treasurer of the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist 
Church. 

POST GRADUATE TUITION PLAN (See page 18 for tuition rat*,.) 

A Post Graduate Tuition Plan has been established for students who 
have earned a Bachelor's degree. The provisions that apply are: 

1. To be eligible for the Post Graduate Tuition Plan, a student 
must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college. 

2. Applicants must have a clear financial SC account and all loan 
payments must be up-to-date before the Post Graduate Tuition 
Plan is approved for them. If a student's account or loan 
payment becomes delinquent, that student will lose his/her Post 
Graduate Tuition Plan privileges. 

3. Regular readmission criteria apply to this program. Completed 
applications and other college transcripts must be on file in the 
Admissions Office no later than four weeks prior to the 
beginning of the semester for which the graduate is applying. 

4. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Student 
Finance Office. 

5. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and 
where the hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The Post 
Graduate Tuition Plan does not include private music lessons, in- 



30 



Expenses 

dependent study, directed study, student teaching, internships, 
A.S. nursing, the fifth year of a five-year degree program, courses 
required for educational certification, or a program where a 
tuition discount is already in effect. 

6. Since the Post Graduate Tuition Plan offer is for tuition only , 
it does not apply to lab fees, surcharges for applicable courses, 
dormitory charges, books or cafeteria charges. 

7. This program is open to a limited number of students. Southern 
College reserves the right to discontinue or amend this special 
tuition offer at the discretion of the college administration. 

SENIOR CITIZEN TUITION PLAN 

Persons over sixty-five (65) years of age may audit any regular college 
course free of charge, provided there is space available and sufficient 
enrollment of students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab 
fees will be charged where required. 

They may take classes for college credit at one-fourth the regular 
rate, provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of 
students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be 
charged where required. 

They may enroll for seminars, workshops, other courses offered 
outside the regular academic structure, and private lessons at full price. 



FINANCIAL AID 

Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of 
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial 
aid will be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national 
origin, or ethnic group. The Student Finance Office follows established 
procedures and practices which will assure equitable and consistent 
treatment of all applicants. 

Students are urged to contact the Student Finance Office, P.O. Box 
370, Collegedale, Tennessee 87315-0370, for information about and 
applications for financial aid. Applications received by May 1 will be 
given preference. Applications received after May 1 will be processed as 
long as time and funds permit. 

General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one 
academic year to students who are accepted for admission, plan to take 
at least twelve semester hours of classwork each semester, and 
demonstrate financial need. Class load exceptions must be approved by 



31 



Financial Aid 



the Student Finance Office. Recipients of government aid must hold 
U.S. citizenship or a permanent resident visa. (Visa documents must 
be submitted with aid application.) Students desiring aid must reapply 
each year, have a GED or high school diploma on file in the Records 
Office, and continue to make satisfactory academic progress toward a 
degree to receive financial aid. 

Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid, 
recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a 
degree. (Satisfactory academic progress is defined in the following 
section.) If a student does not maintain satisfactory academic progress 
or fails to attend classes, prepare and submit required classwork, or 
take required examinations, financial aid will be suspended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the 
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to 
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic 
Progress Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid 
from institutional and private sources as well as federal programs. 

Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is 
administered in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and 
philosophy which is, that the parents are the primary and 
responsible source for helping a student to meet his 
educational costs. Financial aid is available to help fill the gap 
between the student's own resources (parental contribution, summer 
earnings, and savings) and the total cost of attending Southern College. 
The amount of parental contribution is based on the family's net 
income, number of dependents, allowable expenses, indebtedness, and 
assets. The Family Financial Need Analysis from the American College 
Testing Program or College Scholarship Service is used in determining 
a student's eligibility for financial aid. 

Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholarships 
awarded on the basis of academic achievement 



SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS 
FOR FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL 
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

To be eligible for federal and/or institutional financial aid, a student 
must maintain measurable satisfactory academic progress. 

Financial aid recipients will be expected to complete a minimum of 
25 hours of academic credit each school year (July 1 to June 30). This 



32 



Financial Aid 



will allow up to five years maximum for completion of a four-year 
degree, and three years maximum to complete a two-year degree. 

For the purpose of this policy, satisfactory academic progress is 
defined as maintaining a cumulative, overall, and resident grade point 
average above the suspension levels as stated in the following 
schedules: 



Semester Hours 


Financial Aid Suspension Level 


6- 48 


1.50 


49- 64 


1.65 


65- 80 


1.75 


81- 93 


1.85 


94 - 116 


1.95 


117 up 


2.00 



A student's financial aid will be suspended if s/he does not maintain 
satisfactory academic progress as set forth above. 

Financial Aid Probation Policy 

1. Students who fail to maintain "satisfactory academic progress" 
will be placed on financial aid probation the following semester. 
The recipient must see a financial aid counselor before aid will 
be released for the probationary semester. This aid is subject to 
adjustment or cancellation. 

2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA as listed in 
the requirements above must be attained by the end of the 
probation semester or financial aid will be suspended. 

Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid 

Students may submit a written appeal to the Academic Progress 
Committee describing the circumstances which contributed to their 
failure to make academic progress. This appeal must also include an 
outlined program of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory 
academic requirements. 

When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be 
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional 
semester hours and has met the satisfactory academic requirements. 

Provisions for Transfer Students 

Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be 
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on all 
hours they have attempted. Students with a GPA below the minimum 



33 



Financial Aid 



shown above will be on financial aid probation provided they were 
eligible for continuing aid at the institution from which they 
transferred. 

If financial aid had been suspended at the previous institution, they 
must follow Southern College procedure for appeal and reinstatement 
of financial aid. 

FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must 
be submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid 
programs: 

1. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College 
Testing Program or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College 
Scholarship Service. 

2. The Southern College application for financial aid (Form B). 

3. Southern College Admissions application. 

4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who 
attended other colleges or universities before coming to Southern 
College). 

5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all 
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS). 

6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms. 

7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from home town lender. 
(Southern College has arranged for last resort lenders for 
students whose home town lenders do not participate in the GSL 
program or for any reason refuse to make the loan). 

Applications are available in January of each year and may be 
obtained by contacting Southern College Student Finance Office. 
Students are urged to complete applications as early as possible after 
the family income tax returns have been completed. Income tax returns 
only have to be completed, not necessarily mailed to IRS before 
submitting the financial aid application. 

Financial Aid Award Procedures 

An official Offer of Financial Aid will be sent to each applicant. To 
confirm and reserve the funds offered, the student must return the 
signed acceptance of the offer within ten days of receipt. 

Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds are 
available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. The 



34 






Financial Aid 



financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) loan, 
3) grant or scholarship. 

Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds 

Financial aid awards are disbursed equally at the beginning of each 
semester. To have funds released to statements, students must sign 
vouchers, and other required documents at the Disbursement Office in 
Wright Hall. Funds cannot be credited to student statements until this 
procedure is followed. 

Financial Aid Overawards 

When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not 
included in the financial aid award letter, they must be reported to the 
Student Finance Office. Federal regulations prohibit "overawards," 
therefore, when the total of all resources exceeds the allowable student 
budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When financial aid 
funds have already been credited to the student's statement, any 
refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account. 



STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 

The refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is outlined 
on page 27. 

Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educational 
costs (tuition, books, room, and board), when a student withdraws from 
classes and under the refund policy receives a refund of tuition and 
room rent, the refund will be used to reimburse the financial aid 
credited to the student account. The allocation of the refund will be 
applied as follows (according to the refund formula): 

1. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT 

2. PERKINS LOAN (Formerly NDSL) 

3. STAFFORD LOAN (Formerly GSL) 

4. PARENT STUDENT LOAN/SUPPLEMENTAL LOANS FOR 
STUDENTS 

5. PELL GRANT 

6. STATE GRANT 

7. INSTITUTIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 

8. PRIVATE SCHOLARSHIPS 

9. PARENTS/STUDENT 



35 



Financial Aid 



Refund Formula: 

Total amount of Federal and State financial aid 
(excluding employment) awarded for period 

Total amount of all financial aid awarded for 
period (excluding employment) 

Rationale for Allocation of Refund and Repayment Formula 
According to the order of allocation: 

1. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-These funds are 
very limited and can be re-awarded to needy students who may 
have had to take two loans due to the lack of grant funds. 

2. Perkins Loan-To reduce the amount of debt to the student; and 
the recovery of funds can be re-awarded to other needy students. 

3. Stafford Loan-It is to the student's advantage to reduce the 
amount of debt that will have to be repaid. 

4. Parent Loans/Supplemental Loans for Students-These loans are 
obtained generally to offset or reduce their expected contribution. 

5. Pell Grants are from an entitlement program and cannot be 
reawarded. 

6. Recipients of State Grants are generally recipients of Pell Grants. 

7. Institutional scholarships and loan funds are very limited; 
therefore, these funds can be re-allocated to other students. 

8. Private scholarships are usually based on achievement and not 
need. 

9. Parents and students are primarily responsible for educational 
expenses. 

Financial Aid Repayment Policy 

There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and 
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An 
example would be the student who received a Stafford Loan, and did 
not use the full amount for educational costs. A student owing a 
repayment to any federally funded student aid program cannot receive 
any type of federal student aid for future enrollment periods until 
repayments have been made. 

VETERANS 

Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an 
accredited training institution. V.A. benefits are not available to 
students on the Orlando Campus. Those who qualify for educational 
benefits should contact the nearest Veterans' Administration Office. 



36 



Financial Aid 



Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in 
order to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is 
required to report promptly to the V.A. the last day of attendance when 
an eligible student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly. 

A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not 
fulfill requirements for his stated degree and major. Audited courses, 
non-credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and 
correspondence work cannot be certified. 



TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID 

Scholarships 

General Institutional Scholarships 

Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from a 
variety of scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are 
achieving academically, and are working part time. These awards 
usually range from $200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the 
student's need and availability of funds. 

If the student's grade point average (GPA) falls below the required 
level, the SC scholarship will be deferred or canceled. The amount of 
the SC scholarship will be reduced by the amount the student receives 
in funding from other resources that exceeds the total budgeted 
expenses for the school year subject to federal regulations. 

The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students regardless 
of financial need; 

ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary 
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern 
College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

For those incoming freshmen students who have a high school GPA 
of 3.85 or above and an ACT composite score of 28 or above, a high 
academic scholarship of $6,500 over four years is available. Two 
thousand dollars will be awarded the first year at SC and $1,500 for 
each of the following three years. The student must maintain an SC 
GPA of 3.50 and carry not less than 14 semester hours of class work 
each semester enrolled. 

LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who have served as S.A. President, S.A. Vice-President, S.A. Spiritual 
Vice-President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, and School 
Paper Editor, provided they enroll at Southern College for a minimum 
of twelve semester hours. 



37 



Financial Aid 



NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to 
finalists in the National Merit contest. Finalists receive tuition-free 
scholarship for four continuous years at Southern College. They must 
maintain an SC GPA of 3.50 and enroll each semester for not less than 
15 semester hours. 

ACT SCHOLARSHIPS-Incoming freshmen with a composite score 
of 26-30 are eligible for a $700 award if they maintain a college GPA 
of 3.00 each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern 
College. Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 31-36 are eligible 
for an $850 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester 
of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must 
enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS-Students participating in 
conference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from 
Southern College for 33.33 percent of the net amount receipted to the 
student's statement. 

Grants 

THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which provides 
grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate students. 
A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a congressionally- 
approved formula which considers family financial circumstances. Pell 
Grant recipients may receive funds on a yearly basis to a maximum of 
five years. 

SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT-- 
Limited funds are available to students with exceptional financial need. 

STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS-These grants are made 
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, 
Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, 
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, 
Tennessee, Vermont, Washington, and West Virginia. Check with your 
state grant agency for additional information. 

Loans 

PERKINS LOAN (formerly National Direct Student Loan)-Under 
this program students can borrow money from the federal government 
through the school. Repayment and five percent interest begin nine 
months after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half- 
time enrollment. 



38 



Financial Aid 



FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing 
students only. Repayment and five percent interest begins nine months 
after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time 
enrollment. 

STAFFORD LOANS (Formerly Guaranteed Student Loans) are avail- 
able through lending agencies in each of the states. A student may 
borrow from a bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or 
other lender, and the state agency will guarantee the loan. 



Category 


Annual 


Aggregate 


of Borrower 


Loan Limits 


Loan Limits 


First and Second Year 


$2,625 




Third Year or beyond 


$4,000 


$17,250 



The federal government pays the interest on the loan while the 
student is in school. Repayment and 8% interest begin six months after 
a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment. 
For new borrowers who seek loans for a period of enrollment beginning 
on or after July 1, 1988, the interest rate is 8% for the first four years 
of repayment and 10% thereafter until the loan is paid in full. 

PARENT LOANS (PLUS)/SUPPLEMENTAL LOANS (SLS)--A pa- 
rent or self-supporting student may borrow from a bank or other lender 
and a state or private non-profit agency will guarantee the loan. A 
parent may borrow $4,000 per year to a limit of $20,000. 

PLUS and SLS borrowers generally must begin repaying both 
principal and interest within 60 days after the last loan disbursement. 
However, if a deferment applies (including a deferment for being in 
school) borrowers do not begin repaying any principal until the 
deferment ends. 

Note: Deferments do not apply to interest, although the lender may 
let the interest accumulate until the deferment ends. 

PLUS and SLS loans have variable interest rates, adjusted each year. 
For the 1990-1991 award year, the interest rate was 11.49%. The 
interest rate for the 1991-92 award year will be determined in June 
1991. The interest rate for each loan is shown on the promissory note, 
signed by the borrower when the loan is made. 

Work 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM-Under the work-study pro- 
gram, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and the 
government pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus. 



39 



Financial Aid 



Students can work part time while they are in school; they can work 
full time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay 
rate is usually the current minimum wage. This may vary depending 
on the skill and experience needed for the job. 

OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

The following grants, loans, and scholarships are available to 
students meeting the above requirements or having exceptional 
academic achievement. Details concerning amounts and qualifications 
for recipients of these funds can be obtained from the Student Finance 
Office. 
Dorothy Ackerman Vocal Scholarship Endowment Fund 
George Alden Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from 

Massachusetts 
Frances Andrews Journalism Scholarship Fund 
Appalachian Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from the 

Appalachian Mountain region 
Birmingham First SDA Church Scholarship Fund 
V. Robert Bottomley, M.D., Memorial Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Theresa Brickman Scholarship for office administration majors 
Burdick Scholarship for religion, behavioral science or science majors 
Business Administration Scholarship for business majors 
Caldwell Nursing Loan for nursing students planning to serve the 

Chattanooga community 
Cartinhour Foundation Scholarship and Loan 
Cashman-Offer Scholarship Fund 
Merle Peabody Chapman Scholarship Fund 

Chatlos Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 
Drs. Tony Y.T. and DelmaAQ. Chen Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Lucille Coppock Education Scholarship Endowment Fund 
John Christensen Scholarship for chemistry majors 
Penna S.S. Chong Memorial Scholarship for nursing students from 

Florida. (Preference for Far East resident students of Asiatic 

origin) 
Alvin Christensen Memorial Loan for junior or senior biology or 

natural science majors 
Otto Christensen Loan for potential Bible instructors or theology 

majors 
Class of 1969 Loan for juniors and seniors 
Florence Cloutier Memorial Scholarship Endowment Fund 



40 



Financial Aid 



Communication Scholarship 

Frankie Collins Loan for ministerial students 

Conger Memorial Scholarship for education majors or minors 

Edythe Stephenson Cothren Vocal Music Scholarship for junior/senior 

voice majors or minors 
Wilfred and Kathryn Cowdrick Scholarship Fund 
George B. and Olivia Dean Scholarship for education majors 
Duge Family Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Paul Fisher Scholarship 
Harry H. Ooggans Scholarship 

K.W. Grader Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 
Daina Griffin Nursing Scholarship 
Edgar O. Grundset Scholarship Fund 
Hearst Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from the 

Appalachian region 
Henson Mathematics Scholarship for math majors 
Dr. James W. Hickman Scholarship Fund 
D.W. Hunter Scholarship for theology students 
Louise Hurt Memorial Scholarship 
William lies Scholarship 
Johnston Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from North 

Carolina 
Jonathan Lincoln Art Scholarship for art majors or minors 
Irad C. Levering Loan for elementary and secondary education 

majors 
Lions Club Nursing Scholarship Fund 
Luddington Memorial Scholarship 
Nellie Henderson Maddox Scholarship for music major or minor with 

keyboard emphasis 
Manor Care Scholarship for office administration majors 
McClusky Scholarship Fund for biology majors 
McKee Latin American Scholarship 
Ruth McKee Memorial Scholarship Fund 
Marvin Midkiff Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Mitzelfelt Band Scholarship for members of the band 
Dorothy and Harold Moody Scholarship for junior and senior history 

majors 
Carolyn Niemeyer Scholarship for nursing majors 
Nursing Magazine Scholarship for nursing majors 



41 



Financial Aid 



Nutrix-Primus Nursing Scholarship for nursing majors 

Odom Scholarship Fund 

Eva Pangman Memorial Scholarship 

Donald R. and Betty Phillips Scholarship Endowment Fund 

Stephen C. and E. Marie Poch Scholarship Fund 

Reile-McAlexander Memorial Loan for nursing students 

A. F. Ruf Family Scholarship for English or history majors 

So-Ju-Conian Anonymous Birthday Scholarship for descendants of 

Southern Junior College students 
Southern College Symphony Scholarship Fund 
Linda Beardsley Stephens Memorial Loan for nursing students 
Daniel W. Stephenson Graphic Arts Scholarship 
Stover Scholarship Fund 

Sudduth Memorial Scholarship for potential teachers 
Ambrose Suhrie Scholarship for elementary education majors 
Anton Julius Swenson Loan 
Tait-Curry Family Scholarship for nursing, business or chemistry 

majors 
Mollie Tanzer Scholarship 
Dennis and Joan Taylor Scholarship Fund 

William Taylor Scholarship for students from Southeast Asia College 
John C. and Sue Dale Thompson Scholarship 
Sanford and Martha Ulmer Scholarship 

Wayne VandeVere Scholarship for business and accounting majors 
Mattie Vroman Memorial Revolving Loan Fund 
W.K.B.G. Families Scholarship Endowment for student missionaries 
Everett Watrous Scholarship 
E. G. White Ministerial Scholarship 
Drs. John B. and Alice L. Wong Scholarship Fund 
Scott Jeffery Yankelevitz Memorial Scholarship 



42 



STUDENT LIFE 
AND SERVICES 



A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of 
association. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if 
students develop their interests and meet their needs through participation 
in the nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged to take 
advantage of the facilities and opportunities planned for their cultural, 
social, and spiritual growth. 

RESIDENCE HALL LIVING 

Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take* 1 
prepares the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for 
the rights and opinions of others, and offers a first-hand experience in 
adjusting to a social group. 

To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires 
those students who take more than three semester hours of classwork 
and who are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with 
their parents or other approved relatives in the vicinity, to reside in 
one of the residence halls. 

REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 604: Services for 
Students with Special Needs 

Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural 
and prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from 
attending. All applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the 
need for special services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions 
Office for a visit to the campus at which time the applicant will receive 
information concerning all features of campus life and can share with 
the college officials any information pertinent to personal needs. 

DINING 

For the promotion of student health and eqjoyment, Southern 
College provides a complete cafeteria service, organized to serve the 
students' needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social 
and cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria staff is 
available for the many student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary 
dining rooms are available for meetings of various student or faculty 
organizations. 



43 



Student Life and Services 



HEALTH SERVICE 

The Health Service is administered by a nurse director in 
cooperation with a college physician and the Vice President for Student 
Services. The director uses the physician's standing orders and 
maintains regular office hours. The college physician holds regular 
clinic hours each weekday morning. 

An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night 
on an on-call basis by live-in registered nurses who are continuing for 
the B.S. degree. 

The Health Service is available to all dormitory occupants and all 
students taking eight or more hours (three hours in the summer). The 
infirmary is available to all dormitory occupants. There is no charge for 
seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to 
cover costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given 
are charged by the pharmacy. 

All students taking eight hours or more must purchase the 
Student Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of 
adequate coverage by another policy. Spouses of students and those 
taking less than eight hours may also purchase the plan. A policy 
brochure describing complete benefits and terms is given to each 
student at registration. In case of major illness, students may be 
referred to off-campus hospital facilities. 

GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING SERVICE 

During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser 
who will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on 
academic questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek 
counsel concerning academic or personal problems from any member 
of the faculty. 

Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a 
professional counselor should consult the Vice President for Student 
Services or Director of Counseling and Testing. Personnel trained in 
psychology and counseling are available to those with serious social and 
personal problems. 

The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling 
service in providing guidance information to both students and 
counselors. Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service 
as a means of obtaining information useful in choosing a profession or 
occupation. 



44 



Student Life and Services 



ORIENTATION PROGRAM 

Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the 
student desiring a college education. There is much that the student 
must do to get acquainted with the academic, social, and religious life 
of the college by perusing this bulletin and the Southern College 
Student Handbook. Instruction and counsel are given which will help 
the student better understand the college program and what is 
expected of him/her as a citizen of the college community. 

Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to registration 
for the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in 
course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes, 
and functions of the college. Social occasions are also provided when 
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new 
freshman students are required to attend the orientation program. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE 

Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize 
his/her educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of 
the college to give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to 
work, is physically and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his 
class schedule to accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should 
be able to obtain employment on campus. Students seeking 
employment should contact the Student Employment Office located in 
the Student Center. 

SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE 

One of the personnel services of the college is that of assisting 
graduates in securing appointments for service. The Placement Service 
distributes information concerning senior students to a wide list of 
prospective employers. The offices of Student Services and Counseling 
and Testing serve as the liaison sources in bringing graduate and 
employer together. 

STUDENT ASSOCIATION 

Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more 
semester hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association 
with voting privileges in the election of officers. Opportunities for 
leadership development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives 
of Southern College are afforded by the Association. The Association 
assists the college administration and faculty in the implementation of 



45 



Student Life and Services 



policies and assumes responsibility in giving direction to campus 
activities entrusted to it. 

The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated 
through the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees. 
The activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, Southern 
Accent; the yearbook, Southern Memories; the weekly announcement 
sheet, Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty pictorial directory, 
Joker. 

The activities and responsibilities of officers and the detailed 
organization of the Student Association are outlined in the Student 
Association Constitution and Bylaws. 

CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS 

Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than 
thirty campus organizations provide opportunity for enrichment, 
leadership training, and enjoyment. TTiey include church-related 
organizations-Campus Ministry, Student Ministerial Association, 
Collegiate Adventists for Better Living, and Literature Evangelists 
Club; clubs related to academic interests sponsored by the departments; 
social clubs-Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi (women's 
residence hall), and Upsilon Delta Phi (men's residence hall); and 
special interest or hobby clubs. 

Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the 
previous semester to hold any elected office. 

CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES 

Each year a concert-lecture series featuring significant artists, 
lecturers, and film travelogues is provided for students, generally in 
connection with the weekly assembly program. The cost of admission 
for students is included in the tuition. 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT 

In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of 
behavior are maintained to encourage the development of genuine 
Christian character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and 
social integrity appreciate standards that elevate and ennoble. 
Admission to Southern College is a privilege that requires the 
acceptance of and compliance with published and announced 
regulations. Only those whose principles and interests are in harmony 
with the ideals of the college and who willingly subscribe to the social 



46 



Student Life and Services 



program as ordered are welcomed. It therefore follows that since 
students at Southern College receive an education subsidized by the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church, those who engage in activities designed 
to be detrimental to the church on or off campus will not be knowingly 
accepted or retained. 

A student who is out of harmony with the social policies of the 
college, who is uncooperative, and whose attitude gives evidence of an 
unresponsive nature may be advised to withdraw without specific 
charge. The use of tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of 
drugs, movie theater attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or 
vulgar language, hazing, and improper associations are to be avoided. 

Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards 
of conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The 
handbook includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A 
copy may be obtained from the office of the Vice President for Student 
Services. Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are 
of equal force with those listed in official publications. 

ASSEMBLY AND WORSHIP SERVICES 

In private parochial education it has been shown that elimination 
of residence hall worships and all school-wide convocations is the first 
step toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church. 
Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student 
body serve educational and religious purposes. They also provide an 
element of unity which is one of the most desirable features of private 
education such as is found at Southern College. The religious emphasis 
weeks and the weekend church services assist in the spiritual growth 
of the students. Students are required to attend these services 
regularly. Failure to do so will jeopardize the student's current status 
and readmission privileges. 



47 



ACADEMIC POLICIES 



PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY 

When planning for college, students should consider in detail the 
course of study which will lead to their desired profession or 
occupation. If a firm decision about the choice of life work has not been 
made before entering college, students may take a general program of 
study exploring several fields of knowledge during the freshman year. 
This approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned. 

The college offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts, 
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of 
Music, Bachelor of Social Work, Associate of Arts, Associate of Science 
and Associate of Technology degrees, various pre-professional curricula, 
and a one-year occupational certificate program. 

When planning their course work, students should acquaint 
themselves with the programs of study and graduation requirements 
outlined in this CATALOG. Freshman students may consult faculty 
members during the summer months before the beginning of the fall 
term. Students planning- to teach should consult the Department of 
Education and Psychology so as to include teacher education courses 
as a part of their program in order to qualify for denominational and 
state certification. 

Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree 
requirements. Students may choose to meet the requirements of any 
one catalog in effect during the period of residency. If students 
discontinue for a period of twelve months or more, they must qualify 
according to a single catalog in force subsequent to their return. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 

Baccalaureate Degree 

The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as 
follows: 

♦ Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 12). 

♦ A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and 
cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students 
earning the Bachelor of Music degree will take 132 semester 
hours. 



48 



Academic Policies 



♦ A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at 
least 14 upper division hours in the major for a B.A. degree and 
at least 18 upper division hours in the major for all other 
degrees. 

♦ Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a 
B.A. degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a 
cumulative grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* completion 
of the general education requirements, and electives to satisfy 
the total credit requirements for graduation. Courses completed 
with grades lower than a "C-" will not be applied on a major or 
minor. Grades of M C" or better are required for the Nursing 
major and grades of M C- M or better are required for Nursing 
cognate courses. 

♦ More than one major may be earned provided all courses 
required for each major and its cognates are completed. Some 
courses may apply to both majors, but a minimum of 20 hours 
in the second major must not overlap with those in the first 
major. 

A major and minor, with different names, may be earned in 
the same department provided all requirements for both are 
met. Some courses may apply to both, but a minimum of 14 
hours in the minor must not overlap with those in the major. 
Two emphases of the same major may be earned provided that 
all requirements for both are met and that 14 hours above the 
number ordinarily required for the major are earned. 

♦ Completion of an examination as required by the department. 

♦ Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to 
complete, beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a minimum 
of 30 hours, including 16 hours upper division, and a new major. 

♦ Completion of General Education requirements as spelled out in 
the "General Education Requirements'* section of this 
CATALOG. 



*For educational certification, the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 must be 
met both in education and in the field of certification. In elementary education, a GPA 
of 2.50 is required in the major and in required non-major subjects. The music major 
requires a GPA of 2.25 both in applied music and other music courses. The nursing major 
requires a GPA of 2.25 in cognate courses as well as in the major. The medical technology 
major requires minimum grades of C- and a minimum average of 2.25 in the major and 
cognates. 



49 



Academic Policies 



GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree 

♦ A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative 
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. Nursing majors need 
69 semester hours. 

4 Completion of a meyor, the general education requirements, and 
electives to satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. 
Courses completed with grades lower than "C-" will not be 
applied on a major. 

♦ Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish 
to obtain another associate degree may do so upon completion 
of the curriculum prescribed for the second degree. 

The work completed for the second degree must include at 
least 24 hours in residence over and above the number of 
hours earned for the first degree. If the second associate 
degree is earned subsequent to the first associate degree, the 
requirements for the second degree will be governed by the 
provisions of the CATALOG in effect at the time the student 
re-enters the college for work toward the second degree. 
4 Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time 
they receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are 
in different fields. If requirements for an associate and a 
baccalaureate degree in the same field are completed at the same 
time, only the higher degree will be conferred. 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

4 A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements 

of a specific one-year program. 
4 A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or 

above. Grades in the technical area below H C- H will not be 

accepted. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor 

4 A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be 
upper division credit. 

CLASS STANDING 

Freshmen 0-23 semester hours 

Sophomores 24-54 semester hours 

Juniors 55-93 semester hours 

Seniors 94 semester hours 



50 



Academic Policies 



Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a 
good citizenship record. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Degree Candidacy: A student may become a degree candidate when 
he or she enters upon the school term during which it will be possible 
to complete all requirements for graduation. Formal application for 
graduation must be made during the fall registration of the senior year. 

Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of 
commencement for those graduating at the close of the school year, (b) 
the last day of the semester for those finishing first semester, and (c) 
for others, the last day of the month in which graduation requirements 
are met. A commencement service occurs at the end of the second 
semester of each school year. 

Transcripts: Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts 
of all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the 
Office of Records. 

Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to 
participate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all 
the courses they need for graduation or if they submit an approved 
plan for completing their courses the following summer. A $100 fee is 
charged to students who are listed on the May graduation program as 
prospective summer graduates. This fee is refundable only if the degree 
requirements are completed by August 31. See the Director of Records 
for outline of criteria. 

Deferred Graduation: Students ordinarily are allowed to graduate 
under the requirements of the CATALOG of the year in which they 
enter the college, or of any subsequent year in which they are in 
attendance, provided they do not discontinue attendance for twelve 
months or more. Students who are studying for a baccalaureate degree 
and fail to graduate within six calendar years (four years for an 
associate degree), must plan to conform to the current CATALOG. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 

Baccalaureate Degree: Thirty semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the 
baccalaureate degree. These hours must include 16 upper division, with 
eight upper division in the major and three upper division in the minor 
fields. 

Associate Degree: Twenty-eight semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the 



51 



Academic Policies 



associate degree. Sixteen of these hours must be in the major area of 
study. 

Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a 
one-year certificate. 

Transfer Credit: Unless prior arrangements were made with the Vice 
President for Academic Administration, the college will not accept 
transfer credit earned at another college or university during any 
session the student was simultaneously enrolled at Southern College. 

UPPER DIVISION CLASSES 

Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level 
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course 
(upper division). The English Composition and mathematics 
requirements in area A, Basic Academic Skills, of General 
Education must be met before enrollment in upper division 
classes. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

While recognizing the validity of many different general education 
programs, the faculty of Southern College have designed the following 
sequence that provides development of academic skills and 
opportunities for self-fulfillment, and conveys basic values of both the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church and western civilization. Students may 
exercise considerable latitude when selecting courses to comply with 
General Education requirements. A comprehensive general education 
test is required of all students before an associate degree is awarded or 
before they register with junior class standing. 

GENERAL EDUCATION OBJECTIVES 

AND REQUIREMENTS 

Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 

AREA A. BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS 

A graduate of Southern College can use the skills of reading, 
writing, and mathematics. 

Underlying all general education requirements are the basic 
academic skills of English and mathematics. It is important 
for a graduate to be able to discern an author's organization, 
arguments, and supports, and to write coherently, fluently, 
and grammatically. Graduates need numeric and symbolic 
computation skills to function successfully in our scientific 
and technological society. 



52 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 



All English Composition and mathematics 
requirements in Area A courses must be 
completed before upper division worh is 
undertaken* 

Upper division transfer students may take Area A 
requirements concurrently with upper division 
classes. 

1. English 3-6 6-9 
ENGL 101 is required for an associate degree; 

ENGL 101 and 102 for a bachelor's degree. 
Students with an Enhanced ACT English score 
below 15 must take ENGL 099 before enrolling 
for ENGL 101. 

2. Mathematics 0-3 0-3 
Students with a Mathematics ACT score below 22 

must take one of the following: MATH 103, 104, 
114, 140, 215. MATH 099 is required of all students 
with a Mathematics ACT score below 16. 

3. Candidates for the bachelor's degree must complete 
three writing-emphasis classes. These classes are 
identified by a "(Wf following the course name, 
e.g., History of the South (W), in the departmental 
listings. One such class must be in the student's 
major field and one must be outside the major field. 
The third may be chosen from any area. 

AREA B. RELIGION 6 12 

A graduate of Southern College has a knowledge of the Bible 
and a sense of Christian community based on the teachings, 
beliefs, and history of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 
A correct understanding of the human condition results from 
a knowledge of the Bible as God's word, a commitment that 
springs from that truth, and a system of values derived from 
such knowledge and insight 

Transfer students must take 3 hours for each year 
or part thereof in attendance at an SDA college 
with a minimum of 6 hours. Bachelor's degree 
students must take at least three hours from each 
of the sub-areas and include one upper-division 
class. 

1. Biblical Studies 
All RELB courses. 



53 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc* Bachelor's 
2. Religion 

All RELT courses. (Only one of KELT 317, 318, 
424, will apply.) 



AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL 
AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 

A graduate of Southern College has knowledge of history and 
the skill to analyze political and economic systems. It is 
essential that one have an historical perspective in a 
society that allows its members a voice in shaping its political, 
social, and economic institutions. 

Students with less than one secondary school 
credit for World History must include one of the 
following: HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 
386 or 389. 
L History 

All HIST courses. 
2. Political and Economic Systems 

All PLSC courses; GEOG 204 (elementary 
education majors only), GEOG 306; 
ECON 213, 224, 225. 

AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, 
FINE ARTS 

A graduate of Southern College can recognize the impact of 
arts and humanities on life and integrate such knowledge 
into personal experience. 

Language, literature, speech, and the fine arts convey ideas, 
values, and emotions. An acquaintance with these modes of 
communication enhances the ability to express one's self and 
fosters an appreciation of the cultural heritage of world 
civilization and the complexities of human existence. 

Bachelor's degree students must include at least 
2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas (2 sub-areas if 
required to take 6 hours of foreign language). 
Students entering Southern College who have 
less than two secondary school credits of foreign 
language and who are pursuing a Bachelor of Arts 
degree must complete the elementary level of a 
foreign language. 

L Foreign Language 
FREN 101-102, 211-212; GRMN 101-102, 
211-212; SPAN 101-102, 211-212; 
RELL 271- 272, 311-312, 471-472. 



54 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc, Bachelor's 



2. Literature 

All literature courses offered by the English 
Department and ENGL 326. 

3. Music and Art Appreciation 

HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 320, 321, 322, 323; 
MUCH 215; ART 218, 318, 344, 345. 

4. Speech 

SPCH 135, 136, 236. 

AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 

A graduate of Southern College comprehends the basic 
concepts of science and can apply the scientific method 
to problem solving. 

A study of the sciences develops an inquiring attitude 
toward one's environment It provides individuals with 
empirical and rational methods of inquiry and an awareness 
of both the potential and the limitations of pure and applied 
science in solving problems. 

Bachelor's degree students must take at least 3 
hours from each of 2 sub-areas* Only one of the 
following may apply: BIOL 424, PHYS 317, 318, 
Students who have less than two secondary school 
units in science, and a Science Reasoning ACT 
standard score less than 14, must take 3 hours of 
science above the usual requirements; e.g. associate 
degree students must take 6 hours and bachelor's 
degree students must take 9 hours. 
Southern Scholars must take a sequence of two 
classes from the same department. See the "Honors 
Studies Sequence" section of the CATALOG for 
clarification. 

1. Biology 

BIOL 101-102, 103, 104, 225, 151-152, 226, 
314, 424. 

2. Chemistry 

CHEM 111-112, 113-114, 151-152. 

3. Physics 

PHYS 111, 155, 211-212, 213-214, 317, 318. 

4. Earth Science 
ERSC 105, 106. 



3-6 6-9 



55 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA F. BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, 

HEALTH SCIENCES 2 5 

A graduate of Southern College will have a knowledge of 

and be able to apply the dynamics of personal relationships, 

social interaction, and healthful living toward effective 

service. 

The basic social units significantly shape people's lives 

and a knowledge of their workings is necessary to understand 

ourselves and others. 

Bachelor's degree students must include at 

least 2 hours in each of 2 sub-areas. 

1. Behavioral Science 

PSYC 124, 128, 224, 233, 315, 349, 367, 
377, 415, 465; SOCW 211, 212, 233, 296, 
375, 424, 465, 496; EDUC 217, 427; all 
SOCI courses except 201, 223, 365. 

2. Family Science 

BUAD 128, SOCI 201, 223, 233, 365; 
PSYC 233. 

3. Health Science 

HLED 173, 203; PDNT 125. 



AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS 

A graduate of Southern College will understand how to live 
a balanced life by following the principles of wellness 
and using leisure time wisely. The Seventh-day Adventist 
philosophy stresses the balanced development of the whole 
person. Toward this goal, education in the use of leisure 
time is important, particularly in creative, recreational, 
and practical skills. Associate degree students may take 
a maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area; bachelor's degree 
students may take a maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. 
All students must take at least 1 hour from G-3. 

1. Creative Skills 

All MUPF courses; ART 104-105, 109, 110, 
215, 235; ENGL 314; JOUR 225, 315. 

2. Practical Skills 

ACCT 103, 121-122; CPTR 105, 106, 107, 
120, 126, 131, 132, 217; CPTE 249, 349; 
EDUC 250; ENGL 313; ENGR 149, 150; 
JOUR 103; LIBR 125; OFAD 105, 115, 214, 
218, 225, 228; TECH 145, 149, 154, 164, 
174, 223, 264, 364. 

3. Recreational Skills 

All PEAC courses. Optional pass/fail grading 
is available for these courses. 



56 






Academic Policies 



SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program) 

The honors program is designed for students who bring to their 
baccalaureate studies a high degree of motivation and intellectual 
curiosity. Special projects, interdisciplinary studies, and designated 
honors courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating 
educational experience. Degrees of depth and breadth sure attained in 
this experience beyond those normally attained in regular baccalaureate 
studies. 

The program is administered by an honors committee. This commit- 
tee admits students to the program and discontinues honors status of 
those who fail to maintain minimum program standards. Its members 
also advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor their 
progress. 

Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during 
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of 
3.70 or higher. Other students must have completed at least thirty-one 
and at most sixty-two semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 
or higher. 

To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a 
minimum of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each 
calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence 
courses, receive a B (3.00) average or higher in the honors sequence 
courses and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors 
students are expected to graduate within a four-year period unless 
extenuating circumstances justify an extension by the honors 
committee. 

Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in 
residence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee 
in the case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern 
College who wish to take honors sequence classes at another institution 
must secure prior approval from the honors committee. 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars 
may receive a scholarship for the cost of auditing one class for each 
semester that they remain in the program. Beginning with the junior 
year, the student will also receive a scholarship covering a three-hour 
class each semester. Also, a scholarship will be granted to cover Honors 
Seminar HMNT 451, 452. The "per-hour* rate for a 16-semester hour 
class load will be the basis for calculating these scholarships. 



57 



Academic Policies 



HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE 

A. General Education 

Honors students must meet regular general education requirements 
with the following stipulations: 

1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: RELT 
424 or RELT 467. 

2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the 
intermediate level. 

S. Area D-2. ENGL 445 must be selected. 

4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected. 

5. Area E. MATH 181, MATH 215, or BUAD 313 and one of the 
following science sequences must be selected: BIOL 151-152; 
CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214. 

B. Honors Seminar 

HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight seminar sessions, one each 
month, September through April. Taken during the junior or senior 
year. 

C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study) 

A significant interdisciplinary project demonstrating an under- 
standing of the relationship between the student's major field and 
some other discipline. Directed study research, writing, special 
performance, appropriate to the major in question. The honors 
committee expects the project to be of sufficiently high quality to 
justify public presentation. The project must be approved by the 
honors committee in consultation with the student and his 
supervising professor. 

GRADUATION WITH HONORS 

Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will 
have the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude\ 3.75-3.89, 
magna cum laude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate 
designations will appear on the diploma. Students completing the 
honors program will, in addition to the above designation, be graduated 
as Southern Scholars. 

HONOR ROLIVDEAN'S LIST 

At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who 
have carried a minimum of 12 semester hours and who have attained 
the following grade point averages will be included in the honors group 
indicated: 



58 



Academic Policies 



3.25 Honor Roll 
3.50 Dean's List 
3.75 Distinguished Dean's List 

MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

Southern College offers 36 majors and 27 minors for students 
wishing to qualify for a baccalaureate degree. Each major consists of 
thirty hours or more in the chosen field of specialization of which a 
minimum of fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts degree and eighteen for all 
other Bachelor's degrees must be upper division credit. The total 
semester hours required for each major for the Bachelor of Science, 
Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor 
of Social Work degrees varies with the field of specialization chosen. 

All minors consist of at least eighteen semester hours. Six hours of 
a minor must be upper division credit. 

The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under the 
respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study." 

DEGREES AND CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Arts degree consists of four years of course work 
that places a student's major field of study in the context of a liberal 
arts education. To encourage a wide range of studies, a minor is 
required. A foreign language component is required. 

The Bachelor of Science degree consists of four years of course 
work that places the student's major field of study in the context of a 
liberal arts education. The degree permits somewhat greater 
concentration in the field of study. No minor or foreign language study 
is required except as specified for certain majors. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is a 
professional degree consisting of a four-year program with 
concentrations available in various fields of business. Requirements for 
this degree are outlined in the Business and Office Administration 
Department section. 

The Bachelor of Music degree is a professional degree consisting 
of four years of course work designed to meet the needs of students 
wishing to receive teaching credentials. Requirements for this degree 
are outlined in the Music Department section. 

The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a professional degree 
consisting of a four-year program of courses designed to meet the needs 
of students wishing to go into the social work profession. Requirements 



59 



Academic Policies 



for this degree are outlined in the Behavioral Science Department 
section. 

The Associate of Arts degree is a two-year program designed to meet 
the needs of students who wish to pursue a short general studies 
program. 

The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed 
to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a short occupational 
or pre-professional program. 

The One-Year Certificate is available for students desiring 
training in Auto Body Repair. Requirements for the certificate are 
outlined in the Industrial Technology Department section. 

Pre-Professional Curricula are programs designed to prepare 
students to enter professional schools. In some cases pre-professional 
curricula will lead to an associate degree. 



CURRICULUM CHART 



Department 


Deffree 


Maior 


Minor 


Allied Health 


BS 


Medical Technology 






AS 


Pre-Dental Hygiene 






AS 


Pre-Occupational Therapy 






AS 


Pre-Physical Therapy 




Art 






Art 


Behavioral 


BS 


Beh Sci-Family Studies 


Behav Sci 


Science 


BSW 


Social Work 


Sociology 


Biology 


BA 


♦Biology 


Biology 




BS 


*Biology 




Business 


BBA 


Accounting 




& Office 


AS 


Accounting 




Administration 


BS 


Business Admin 


Business Admin 




BBA 


Computer Info Systems 






BS 


Long-Term Health Care 






BBA 


Management 






BS 


*Ofifice Admin 


Office Admin 




AS 


Office Adm-Admin Asst 






AS 


Office Adm-Accounting 






AS 


Pre-Health Info Admin 






AS 


Office Adm-Medical 




Chemistry 


BA 


♦Chemistry 


Chemistry 




BS 


•Chemistry 





60 



Academic Policies 



Department Degree 
Computer Science BBA 
and Technology BA 

BS 

AS 
AS 
AS 


Major 

Computer Info Systems 
Computer Science 
Computer Science 
Architectural Studies 
Computer Applications 
Computer Science 


Minor 

Computer Science 


Education & 
Psychology 


BA 
BA 
BS 


Psychology Psychology 
Psychology (Elem Education K-8) 
Soc/Language Arts (Elem Ed 1-8) 
Secondary Teaching-see *asterisked majors 


Engineering 
Studies 


AS 


Engineering Studies 




English 


BA 


♦English 


English 


General Studies 


AA 


Qeneral Studies 




Health, PE, 
& Recreation 


BS 
BS 
BS 


♦Health, PE, Recr 
Health Science 
Corp/Com Wellness Mgmt 


Hlth, PE, Recr 


History 


BA 


♦History 


History 

Political Economy 


Industrial 
Technology 


Cert 


Auto Body Repair 
Graphic Arts Prep 
Technical Plant Services 


Technology 


Journalism 


BA 

BA 
BA 


Broadcast Journalism 
Journ (News Editorial) 
Public Relations 


Broadcasting 

News Editorial 
Public Relations 


Mathematics 


BA 
BS 


♦Mathematics 

♦Mathematics 


Mathematics 


Modern Languages 


BA 
BA 
BA 
BA 


(1 year abroad req) 
♦French 
♦German 
♦Spanish 

International Studies 


( 1 semester abroad req) 

French 

German 

Spanish 


Music 


BA 

BMus 


Music 

♦Music Education 


Music 


Nursing 


AS 
BS 


Nursing 
Nursing 




Physics 


BA 

BS 


♦Physics 
♦Physics 


Physics 



61 



Academic Policies 



Department 


Degree 


Major 


Minor 


Religion 


BA 


General Religion 






BA 


Religion-Church Ministry 


Practical Theology 




BA 


♦Religion Teaching Min 


Religion 

Biblical Languages 



Cert - One-year certificate program 

♦Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

Southern College offers pre-professional and pre-technical programs 
in a wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission to 
professional schools or to enter upon technical careers. The following 
pre-professional curricula are offered at Southern College: 

Anesthesia Optometry 

Dental Hygiene Osteopathic Medicine 

Dentistry Pharmacy 

Law Physical Therapy 

Medical Technology Radiology Technology 

Medicine Respiratory Therapy 

Occupational Therapy Veterinary Medicine 

An A.S. degree in Allied Health is available to students who fulfill 
pre-professional requirements in the allied health fields of Dental 
Hygiene, Health Information Administration, Occupational Therapy, 
and Physical Therapy. Pre-professional and technical admission 
requirements may vary from one professional school to another. The 
student is, therefore, advised to become acquainted with the admission 
requirements of the chosen school. 

Detailed requirements for non-degree pre-professional curricula are 
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental 
Programs 11 (See Index). 

REGISTRATION 

Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration 
periods designated in the school calendar. The registration process is 
complete only after all procedures have been met and registration 
forms are returned to the Office of Records. Freshmen are required to 
participate in the orientation activities. 

Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from 
the Director of Records. Students failing to register during the 
scheduled registration periods will be assessed a late registration fee. 
The course load of a late registrant may be reduced according to the 



62 



Academic Policies 



amount of classwork missed. No student may register after two weeks 
of the semester have elapsed. 

Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration students 
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet 
their objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be 
maintained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular 
activities. 

To make program changes students must obtain the appropriate 
change of registration voucher at the Office of Records. After obtaining 
the necessary signatures indicating approval of the change, they must 
return the form to the Office of Records. Course changes and complete 
withdrawals from the school become effective on the date the voucher 
is filed at the Office of Records. A fee will be assessed for each change 
in program after the first week of instruction. 

A student may not change from one section to another of the same 
course without the approved of the instructor. 

A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after mid-term 
and receive a grade of "W" automatically. A student withdrawing from 
a class after that date and up to two weeks before the last day of 
classes will be assigned a grade of "W" or "WF* 1 by the teacher. The 
grade for any withdrawal during the final two weeks of the semester 
will automatically be "F. w 

Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students 
may register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) 
for which they are qualified. Auditors are to be admitted to classes of 
limited enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish 
to enroll for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is 
expected but examinations and reports may be omitted. With the 
approval of the instructor, a student may change a course registration 
from audit to credit or from credit to audit only during the first week 
of instruction. No credit is given for courses audited, and the fee is one- 
half of the regular tuition charge. 

Canceled Classes. The Vice President for Academic Administration 
or a department may cancel a class for which fewer than six students 
enroll. This policy applies to ordinary classes but not to directed study 
courses, private lessons, and other special classes such as special 
methods of secondary teaching. Students enrolled in canceled classes 
should confer with their advisers to determine alternate means to 
complete their schedules. 



63 



Academic Policies 



COURSE LOAD 

College courses are expressed in semester hours. A semester hour 
consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for one semester. 
Thus, two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week and 
three-semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory 
period of two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period. 
Students should expect to study up to two hours outside of class for 
each fifty-minute period the class meets. Ideally, a sixteen-semester- 
hour class load should require up to 32 hours of study each week by the 
student. Except by permission of the Vice President for Academic 
Administration, a student may not register for eighteen or more 
semester hours. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must 
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer 
term may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree 
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take 
reduced programs of studies during the regular academic year. The 
typical class load during the summer is one three-hour class per 
session. 

Study-Work Program. It is important that the student adjust the 
course load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. During 
registration the student should confer with his adviser in planning the 
proper balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable 
study-work program, the following will serve as a guide: 

Maximum 
Course Load Work Load 

16 hours 16 hours 

14 hours 20 hours 

12 hours 26 hours 

10 hours 32 hours 

8 hours 38 hours 

FULL-TIME STUDENT 

Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and students in 
the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the courses 
required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) will 
be classified as full-time students. The completion of nine or more 
semester hours will constitute full-time enrollment for the summer. 
Students receiving financial aid should consult the Student Finance 
Office for the definitions of a full-time student set up by the various 
agencies which offer aid. 



64 



Academic Policies 



A 


4.0 grade points per hour 


D 


A- 


3.7 grade points per hour 


D- 


B+ 


3.3 grade points per hour 


F 


B 


3.0 grade points per hour 


W 


B- 


2.7 grade points per hour 


WF 


C+ 


2.3 grade points per hour 




C 


2.0 grade points per hour 


AU 


C- 


1.7 grade points per hour 


I 


D+ 


1.3 grade points per hour 


P 



GRADING SYSTEM 

Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student 
and parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes. 
Only semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record. 
The following system of grading and grade point values is used: 

1.0 grade points per hour 

0.7 grade points per hour 

0.0 grade points per hour 

Withdrawal 

Withdrew Failing 

(0.0 grade points per hour) 

Audit 

Incomplete 

Pass 

A student may receive an T (Incomplete) because of illness or other 
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must 
secure from the Office of Records the proper form and file the 
application with the teacher to receive an incomplete. There is a charge 
of $7.50 for processing grades of incomplete. Any incomplete which 
is not removed by the end of the following term (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) will automatically become an "F." 

A course may be repeated before the student takes a more advanced 
course in the same field. Only the last grade will be counted on 
repeated courses. No course may be repeated more than once without 
permission from the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number 
of grade points earned by the hours attempted. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the 
record or of information contained therein is governed by regulations 
of the federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only 
directory information, such as a student's name, address, telephone 
listing, birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in 
officially recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees 
and awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency 
or institution attended, may be released by the institution without 
consent of the student unless the student has asked SC to withhold 
such information. 

Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are 
entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also 



65 



Academic Policies 



provides for the release of information to college personnel who 
demonstrate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions 
engaged in research (provided information is not revealed to any other 
parties), and certain federal and state government officials. 

A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to challenge 
the content of records. 

A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the 
Office of Records. The Director of Records will further explain and 
clarify the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, 
parents, or interested parties upon request. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic 
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to 
maintain high, ethical Christian levels of honesty. 

Faculty Responsibilities: 

1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments, 
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," M take home," or "peer 
collaboration." 

2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they 
state otherwise. 

Student Responsibilities: 

1. Students assume responsibility to avoid plagiarism by learning the 
proper procedures for acknowledging borrowed wording, information, 
or ideas. Otherwise students might innocently misrepresent others' 
material as their own. 

2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should 
confer with their teacher. 

3. Students are to assume all course work is "no collaboration" unless 
stated otherwise by the teacher. 

Departmental Policies: 

Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have 
additional honesty policies which have the same force as those 
published here. Such policies will be presented to students before 
implementation. 



66 



Academic Policies 



Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty: 

1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such 
as cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student 
with the dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the 
situation, or if the student's grade will be affected, then the Vice 
President for Academic Administration must be consulted. 

2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual 
procedures for the teacher to follow will be to: 

a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or 
project if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing the 
class. 

b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the exam, 
assignment or project would constitute failing the class. The 
teacher will then write up the incident and state the penalty 
administered, giving a copy to both the Vice President for 
Academic Administration and the student. 

3. Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to 
be dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the 
action through the established appeal procedures spelled out in the 
"Grievance Procedure" section of this CATALOG. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

When for any reason a student's Southern College or cumulative 
grade point average falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on 
academic probation and restricted from holding office in any student 
organization or being a member of any touring group. Those on 
academic probation will not be allowed to participate in academic 
activities causing class absences. 

Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 2.25 
in his/her major will also be placed on academic probation. Candidates 
for an associate of science degree must have a grade point average of 
at least 1.95 before being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00 
after attempting 53 or more semester hours. Candidates for a one-year 
certificate must have at least a 2.00 average at the end of the second 
semester of enrollment. No more than one additional semester of 
enrollment will be permitted. If the 2.00 grade point average is not 
then reached, the student will be dismissed. 

Transfer students must have a grade point average of at least 2.00 
in order to be eligible for regular admission to Southern College. 



67 



Academic Policies 



A student will be subject to academic dismissal when the Southern 
College or cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels 
indicated below. The academic record will be reviewed by a committee, 
and the Vice President for Academic Administration will notify the 
student in writing of the committee's decision. 



Semester Hours Attempted 


G.PA./Subject to Dismissal 


6- 48 


1.50 


40- 64 


1.65 


65- 80 


1.75 


81- 98 


1.85 


94 - 116 


1.95 


117 - up 


2.00 



A student academically dismissed may not be readmitted until two 
sessions (for this purpose the summer is counted as one session) have 
elapsed. Eligibility for readmission shall include successful college-level 
work taken in another institution or other evidence of maturity and 
motivation. 

Students receiving financial aid must also meet an academic progress 
policy set by the federal government. For further explanation see page 
32, "Southern College Academic Progress for Federal and Institutional 
Student Financial Aid." 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance 
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the CATALOG may 
make a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for 
consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of 
the department chairman of their major. The petition must contain a 
statement of the request and supporting reasons. Students will be 
notified in writing by the Vice President for Academic Administration 
of the action on petitions within five working days. Petition forms are 
available from the Records Office. 

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 

Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed 
upon or that they have been treated unjustly with respect to their 
academic program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of 
their cases. They should do the following. to effect a solution: 

1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned. 

2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chair. 

68 



Academic Policies 



3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to 
the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance 
Committee, chaired by the Vice President for Academic 
Administration or his designee and including three other faculty 
members and two students selected by the Academic Affairs 
Committee. Both the student and the teacher involved in the 
case are entitled to appear before the committee or to present a 
written statement of the case. The decision of the committee 
shall be presented in writing to the individuals involved within 
three days of the committee meeting unless a later time is 
agreed upon by both parties. The decision of the committee is 
binding and will be implemented by the teacher involved or the 
Vice President for Academic Administration. 

ABSENCES 

Class, Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is expected. 
Teachers prepare an absence policy for each class, which includes an 
explanation of penalties, if any, for absences, and the procedure for 
making up work, if such is allowed. It is the responsibility of teachers 
to publish their policies for each class at the beginning of each 
semester, but it is the students' responsibility to familiarize themselves 
with the practices of each teacher from whom they are taking classes. 
Generally speaking, teachers will not excuse absences for reasons other 
than illness, authorized school trips, or emergencies beyond the 
students' control. 

Students are not penalized if they incur absences while participating 
in school-authorized activities, but they are held responsible for work 
they miss and it is their responsibility to initiate arrangements to make 
up their assignments. One and one-half absences are given for missing 
a 75-minute class, two for missing a 100-minute class, etc. 

Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and 
fairness, final examinations will be taken as scheduled in the official 
examinations schedule. In the case of illness verified by Student Health 
Service or a physician, death in the immediate family, three 
examinations scheduled consecutively in one day, or four or more 
examinations scheduled in one day, a final exam may be rescheduled 
upon approval by the teacher and the Vice President for Academic 
Administration. The rescheduled examination will be given at a time 
convenient to the teacher. 



69 



Academic Policies 



When examinations are rescheduled because of three scheduled 
consecutively in one day or four in one day, the last examination of the 
day will normally be the one so rescheduled. Examinations rescheduled 
for any reason other than those listed above, may require a fee of $63 
per examination. All rescheduling requests will be made on a form 
available at the office of the Vice President for Academic 
Administration. 

Assembly. Assemblies are held each Thursday at 11:00 a.m. During 
weeks of spiritual emphasis assemblies are held on Tuesday as well. 
Occasionally, assemblies will be held in the evening or may begin at 
10:30 a.m. on Thursday. All students are required to attend 16 
assemblies each semester. Failure to meet this assembly requirement 
can result in suspension of registration. Exceptions to the assembly 
attendance requirement are made by the student services office only for 
legitimate direct work or class conflicts with scheduled assemblies. Any 
excuses for absences from assembly must be approved by the vice 
president for student services. 

A special series of orientation assemblies is scheduled during the 
fourth summer session. 

LIMITATIONS ON CLASS ATTENDANCE 

Classes at Southern College are open to registered students only. 
Information disseminated in the classroom or other places of learning 
is the primary product that the college sells, hence visitors may not 
expect to enter such gatherings freely. To attend classes visitors must 
be official guests of the institution with legitimate business in a 
classroom or have the permission of the instructor. 

Visitors who attend classes do not exercise the right to engage in the 
discussions of a class unless invited to do so. Classes are gatherings at 
which college employees organize learning experiences about 
prearranged topics as listed in the catalog rather than public forums. 
Registrants who pay tuition can expect their class rights to be 
protected from the intrusion of anyone who has not similarly paid for 
the course. 

Teachers and the institution reserve the right to remove legitimate 
students from classes if their behavior threatens the purposes of the 
class by exceeding the bounds of normal academic freedom. 

Teachers conducting extension classes from other institutions on the 
Southern College campus share the rights spelled out by this policy. 



70 






Academic Policies 



WAIVER EXAMINATIONS 

Upon the approval of the department chairman and the Vice 
President for Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver 
of curricular requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive 
examination-written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined 
by the department involved. A fee of $48 per examination is charged. 

NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT 

In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, 
Southern College accepts credit earned by two other means-challenge 
examinations and correspondence courses. 

The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and 
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted 
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These 
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting 
over a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral 
excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, 
most college credits should be earned through class participation. 
However, the college will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit 
required for a given degree to be earned by these nontraditional means. 

College Credit by Examination. The college recognizes three types of 
examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a 
department which must be passed at "B" level or above, approved 
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations 
which must be passed at the sixty-fifth percentile or above, and the 
Advanced Placement Examinations which must be passed with a score 
of three or better. A student may challenge a given course by 
examination only once. No CLEP or challenge exam may be attempted 
after the student has been enrolled in that course beyond the second 
week of a semester. No course may be challenged as part of the 
last thirty hours of any degree. Grades are recorded for 
departmental challenge examinations and scaled scores are recorded for 
nationally normed examinations. Permission to take a challenge 
examination while in residence must be obtained from both the 
department chairman and the Vice President for Academic 
Administration. 

Students may earn a maximum of twelve hours of credit by 
examination in courses that do not appear in the college catalog if the 
evaluating tests are approved by the Academic Affairs Committee. 



71 



Academic Policies 



Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed 
on a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable 
until that student has successfully completed twelve semester hours in 
residence at Southern College. 

Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under 
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this CATALOG. 

Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be 
obtained from the Office of Records or the Counseling and Testing 
Center. 

Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of 
correspondence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate 
degree program and eight hours toward an associate degree. 

Griggs University, a department of Home Study International, 
Washington, D.C., is the officially recognized correspondence school. 
Southern College recommends Home Study International for those 
students needing correspondence credit and accepts all such credits 
when the study program is approved by the college prior to enrollment. 
The college accepts credits from correspondence schools which are 
accredited by NUCEA (National University Continuing Education 
Association) on the basis that credits are accepted from other regionally 
accredited colleges. 

A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in 
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college. 
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during 
the summer, must be approved in advance by the college. 

Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division 
requirements of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be 
earned to apply on the lower division requirements for a major. A 
course in which the student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in 
residence may not be repeated by correspondence. No correspondence 
credit will be entered on the student's record until s/he has earned a 
minimum of twelve hours in residence with an average of at least "C." 
Official transcripts must be in the Office of Records before a diploma 
will be ordered. The graduation date will be the last day of the month 
after the official transcript is received. 



72 



Academic Policies 



TRANSCRIPTS 

Official transcripts of a student's academic record may be obtained 
by the student upon a written request to the Office of Records. The 
request must include the student's signature and payment of $3.00 in 
cash, check, or money order for each transcript ordered. Same-day 
service is available for $6.00. Because of legal difficulties, telephone 
requests from students and telephone or written requests from other 
members of the student's family cannot be honored. 

A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes 
without charge by applying in person at the Office of Records. Official 
transcripts given directly to a student will be stamped "Student Copy." 
No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid in 
full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions 
will be made. 

SEQUENCE OF COURSES 

A student may not receive credit for a course which is prerequisite 
to a course for which s/he has already received credit. 



73 



ACADEMIC 
ENRICHMENT SERVICES 



E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The E. A Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the 
business curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of 
E. A Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the 
student a broader understanding of the business world. The public is 
invited to attend the lectures free of charge; however, for a fee, con- 
tinuing education credit is available. Lectures are presented at 8 p.m. 
in the E. A Anderson Business Seminar Room, Brock Hall, Room 338. 

EUGENE A. ANDERSON 

HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES 

The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to 
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are 
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected 
performances are broadcast internationally on the American Public 
Radio Program, "Pipe Dreams. M The series is made possible through the 
generosity of Eugene A Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the 
education and ei\joyment of the students and the public. Because of its 
uniqueness, this series attracts organists and other fine arts 
enthusiasts from all areas of the country. 

The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was 
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April 
1986. A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and 
13 stops, is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John 
Brombaugh and Associates of Eugene, Oregon. 

FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of 
Seventh-day Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the 
health field on campus to address the professional community. 

Southern College believes education to be a dynamic lifelong process 
and is committed to providing professional nurses with continuing 
education opportunities, as well as exposing student nurses to the 
importance of self-initiated education. 

This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is 
made possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson. 



74 



Academic Enrichment Services 

STALEY CHRISTIAN SCHOLAR LECTURE SERIES 

The Thomas F. Staley Foundation provides the Department of 
Religion with funds for a speaker to come on campus once a year. This 
individual is the speaker for a chapel service, usually holds a table-talk 
session during the lunch hour at the cafeteria, and serves as guest 
lecturer at several religion classes. 

ROBERT H. PIERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The Robert H. Pierson Lecture Series brings to the department of 
Religion recognized speakers to address faculty, students, and the 
community on topics of interest in the religious world and in the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

The selected individual usually speaks at a Friday evening and 
Sabbath morning service in the Religion Chapel, and holds a discussion 
session Sabbath afternoon. 

CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES 

Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the 
Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three artists and/or 
ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for students, 
faculty, and the community. Artists are chosen in such a fashion that 
over a four-year period a student can become acquainted with solo and 
ensemble music of many style periods. Master classes are often 
scheduled in conjunction with a concert. 

HUMANITIES FILM SERIES 

Christian education involves the teaching of discretion in society: 
how to appreciate human culture while being critical of its content and 
direction. These films series, sponsored by Student Services and the 
History Department, seek to provide films of a serious, mature, 
informative, educational, and entertaining nature. They are intended 
to augment the educational experience of students at the college level. 

The films in these series have been chosen for their societal impact, 
historical importance, inspirational depth, classical significance, and 
informative value. Critical notes are provided to strengthen the 
student's awareness of certain elements in the films. 



75 



Academic Enrichment Services 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

The Instructional Media Service provides audio-visual services to the 
college administration, faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff 
includes a director, secretary, and service technician. 

LIBRARIES 

McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational 
materials for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, 
pleasant areas to read or study, current periodicals, and a large 
microform collection contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special 
collections in the library include the Seventh-day Adventist Heritage 
Collection: books and materials by SDA authors and about the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church; and the Dr. Vernon Thomas Memorial 
Civil War and Abraham Lincoln Collection: books, letters, manuscripts, 
newspapers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings, maps, and artifacts of this 
period in American History. 

The 10,000 volume extension library at the Orlando Center is 
well-known throughout central Florida as an outstanding nursing 
material resource center. 

The combined collection of these libraries contains approximately 
180,000 items. Approximately 1,000 periodicals are currently received 
which include a large number of titles kept permanently on microform. 
McKee Library has an online computerized card catalog as well as a 
computerized magazine index. Various databases are available on CD- 
ROM. The library is a member of Ohio College Library Center and 
charter member of the Southeastern Library Network automated 
systems. 

The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 400, 
including 300 individual study carrels. 

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

Southern College is affiliated with Walla Walla College in the 
operation of a marine biological station, located at Rosario Beach on 
Fidalgo Island in the Puget Sound of the state of Washington. The 
station provides facilities for undergraduate and graduate students to 
take courses and do research during the summer term and for 
year-round research. The close proximity to the biological spectrum 
from sea bottom to Alpine tundra provides a unique opportunity for 
instruction and investigation. 



76 



Academic Enrichment Services 

WSMC FM90.5 

WSMC FM90.5 is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, fine arts radio 
station licensed to Southern College. 

WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. 
The station regularly hires between 15 and 20 students as on-air 
announcers, or production assistants. The station is an excellent way 
for the student to receive hands-on experience in the field of 
broadcasting. 

WSMC represents the college to the Greater Chattanooga 
community, with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of 
Chattanooga. Founded in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts 
station in southeastern Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station 
in a seven-state region to receive satellite capability. The station also 
exists as an outreach of the college—striving to enhance the quality of 
life in the community. 

The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, 
educational, and inspirational programs. WSMC is affiliated with 
National Public Radio, American Public Radio, the Associated Press, 
and the Adventist Radio Network. 

WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility 
includes a studio-quality production room, news room, music library, 
and on-air studios. 



77 



DEPARTMENTAL 
COURSES OF STUDY 



COURSE NUMBERS 

Each course number consists of three figures as follows: 

HIST 354 . Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

The first numeral indicates class year status as follows: 
. 0~remedial (institutional credit only) 
1-freshman level (lower division) 
2-sophomore level (lower division) 
3--junior level (upper division) 
4-senior level (upper division) 

Within a given 100 sequence there is no significance in one course 
number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not 
necessarily mean that the course is on a higher level than 235. 

Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in 
which credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second [e.g., 
ENGL 101-102. College Composition]. However, credit is given for the 
first semester when taken alone. 

Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester 
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma [e.g., 
HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions] represent complete 
units, either one of which is counted for graduation without reference 
to sequence. 

Designation in brackets following course titles, [e.g., MATH 103. 
Survey of Mathematics (A-2)1 indicates the General Education area and 
sub-area that the class fulfills. Classes designated with a "(W) M are 
writing classes for General Education credit. 

COGNATE COURSES 

Required courses related to the major which are not a part of the 
major are called cognate courses; e.g., students majoring in Nursing are 
required to take Microbiology as a cognate course. 



78 



ALLIED HEALTH 



Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: David Ekkens, William Hayes, Henry Kuhlman 

Adjunct Faculty: John Lechler 

Medical Technology: Lee Alan Forsythe, Rodney Holcomb, 
R. A, Ramkissoon, Patricia Rogers 

The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of 
specialization within the health care industry. Job openings are 
plentiful and pay scales are comparable to other professionals in 
health care. The department offers a B.S. degree in Medical 
Technology and an A.S. degree in Allied Health (Pre-Dental 
Hygiene, Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre-Physical Therapy), 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical technology 
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a 
12- to 13-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology 
program accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and 
Accreditation (CAHEA) of the American Medical Association. Hospital 
programs affiliated with Southern College include Florida Hospital 
Medical Center and Hinsdale Hospital. Internship in other 
CAHEA-accredited programs requires prior college approval. 

The Medical Technology degree qualifies a person to take a number 
of national certifying examinations, including those offered by the 
Board of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists 
(ASCP) and the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences (NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals work in 
hospitals, clinics, physicians 9 offices, public health agencies, private 
laboratories, pharmaceutical firms, and research institutions. 

The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet 
the requirements of the college and of the Committee on Allied Health 
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA). Affiliated hospitals may have 
additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or 
advisers of the specific hospitals for those requirements. 

Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and 
graduating seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified 
Medical Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to 
fulfill the requirements of the college and the hospital program. 

79 



Allied Health 



During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for 
admission to an affiliated hospital-based medical technology program. 
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is 
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student 
must complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning 
the senior year. The over-all grade point average must be acceptable to 
the college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept 
students with less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. 
Although hospital acceptances are granted during the junior year, they 
are conditional, pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission 
criteria. 

Written information about each of the affiliated hospital-based 
medical technology programs is available through the college medical 
technology adviser. The student should be aware that acceptance 
criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application procedures, 
tuition for the senior year, and program formats may vary at each 
affiliated hospital. There is a $55 recording fee for the senior year. 

• MAJOR 2 

MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with the 
profession. The history and standards of medical technology and employment 
opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory procedures will 
be taught and laboratory tours will be conducted. 

• COGNATES j 43 

BIOL including 151-152, 315, 330, 340 17 

♦CHEM including 151-152, 311-314, 16 

CPTR 120 or 131 3 

MATH 114 4 

BUAD 234 3 

•These must be courses which could apply to a Chemistry major. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35 

AREA A 1. ENGL 101, 102 6 

2. (See Cognates) 

AREA B Religion 9 

AREA C History, Political Science, and Economics 6 

AREA D Language, Literature, and Fine Arts 6 

AREA E (See Cognates) 

AREA P Behavioral, Family, or Health Sciences 3 

AREA G Activity Skills 5 

•Grades of C- and better are required in the major and cognates. A minimum 
GPA of 2.25 must be earned on the major and cognates. 



80 



Allied Health 



Twenty hours of upper division credit, including two writing courses 
are required. One (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a 
noncognate area. 



ELECTIVES 14 

Recommendations include: 
BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418 
CHEM 315, 321, 323 
MATH 215 
PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214 

TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 94 

HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable 

Individual affiliated hospital programs should be consulted for their 

specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given 

in the twelve to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in 

affiliate programs include: 

Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, 
Hematology, Hemostasis, Immunology, Immunohematology, 
Clinical Microbiology, Clinical Mycology, Clinical Parasitology, 
Clinical Biochemistry, Instrumentation, Research. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S, MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


I 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 4 4 


CHEM 311,312 


•Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 3 


CHEM 313,314 


•Organic Chem Lab 


1 1 


HIST 174, 175 


Survey of Civ 3 3 


BIOL 151-152 


•General Biology 


4 4 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 4 


BIOL 330 


•Gen Microbiology 


4 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




Elective *1 13 


MDTC225 


•Intro to Med Tech 


2 




Id 16 




Literature *3 
Area G, Act Skills 


3 
16 16 


YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 


Clinical Year 




BIOL 315 


'Parasitology 3 








BUAD 234 


*Princ of Management 3 








CPTR 131 
BIOL 340 


•Fund of Prog I 3 
•Immunology 2 


* See next page for explanations 




Biology *2 3 










Area B, Religion *3 3 










AreaD, 










Long/Lit/F.Art 3 










Electivea *4 3 8 










15 16 









81 



Allied Health 



*An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement. 

*1 Pre-Meds recommended to take Calculus I 

*2 Recommended Biology courses: (BIOL 316, 415, 417) 

*3 This is a suggested place for taking an upper division course 

*4 Recommended Physics courses: (PHYS 211-212, 213-214) 

20 upper division credits, make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 93 total hours 
must be completed prior to the clinical year. 

ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH 

The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares 
the student for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda 
University or Andrews University. Admission to any professional school 
is dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite requirements of the 
individual school. Students desirous of admission to other professional 
programs should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the 
requirements. 

Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied 
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the 
final year at Southern College. LLU requires students who have credit 
for any remedial courses or for MATH 104, Intermediate Algebra, to 
take a corresponding number of semester credits above the minimum 
number required for graduation. The lowest acceptable grade for 
courses to be transferred is C*. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 
is required for the Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but 
grade point averages between 2.50 and 3.50 are considered minimal for 
entrance to the junior year of Allied Health programs. All applicants 
are required to have taken the Allied Health Professions Admissions 
Test (AHPAT). 

There are three major emphases in the Allied Health Professions 
degree: pre-Dental Hygiene, pre-Occupational Therapy, pre-Physical 
Therapy. 

The department also offers curricula to meet requirements for 
entrance into the following Allied Health degree programs at Loma 
Linda University and most other university programs: 

1. Occupational Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 

2. Physical Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 

3. Radiologic Technology (Associate in Science and Bachelor of Science 

Degrees) 

4. Respiratory Therapy (Associate in Science and Bachelor of 

Science Degrees) 

5 . Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (Bachelor of Science Degree) 



82 



Allied Health 



For details on these programs and Southern College curricula for 
entrance into them write: 

Chair, Allied Health Department 
Southern College of SDA 
P.O. Box 370 
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

Adviser: Stephen Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University.) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 or 104* (or 22 Math ACT and 2 

units of high school Math) 
Area B RELB or RELT, 6 hours 
Area C HIST, 3 hours 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 9 hours; SPCH, 3 hours 
Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114. 
Area F PSYC 124; SOCI 125; 3 additional hrs. PSYC, SOCI, HIST, 

or ECON. 
PEAC, 1 hour; Music or Art, 2 hours 



Area G 

Electives to make a total of 64 hours 



*MATH 103 and MATH 104 are not accepted for college transfer credit by 
LLU. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

(Allied Health Professions) 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1ft 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 1 1 


MATH 103/104 


Srvy of Math/Int Alg* 0-3 




BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 4 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 3 
Area B, Religion 3 






Area D, For Lang/Lit/ 
Fine Arts 3 6 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 




Area O-l, Music/Art 1 1 




Area G-3, PE Activity 1 






Psychology, Sociology 




Area CM, History 


3 




History or Economics 3 




Electives JM) 


J, 




Electives J. _2 




16 


16 




16 16 



•MATH 103, 104 is not accepted for college transfer credit by LLU. 

NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) 

is required. 



83 



Allied Health 



PRE-OCCUPATTONAL THERAPY 

Adviser: Stephen A Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; 2 years high school math with C grade or better 

and 22 math ACT score*; MATH 215. 
Area B RELB or KELT, 6 hours; KELT 373 
Area C HIST, 3 hours 
Area D SPCH, 3 hours; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hours 

(2 sub areas) 
Area E BIOL 101-102; CHEM 111, 113; PHYS 111 
Area F HLED 173**; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125, Cultural 

Anthropology***; additional PSYC or SOCI, 2-3 hours 
Area G ART 235; TECH 154, Applied Arts or Crafts, 2 hours; 

PEAC, 3 hours 

A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in an 
occupational therapy department is required. 



♦MATH 103 or 104 is required by Southern College of students with ACT 
math scores below 22. MATH 103 and MATH 104 will not earn college transfer 
credit at LLU. 

**High School health course acceptable. 

***Not offered by Southern College-must be taken at a state university, 
correspondence course, or during clinical program at LLU. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

(Allied Health Professions) 



YEABl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 3 




BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


CHEM 113 


Survey of Chem Lab 1 




ART 235 


Ceramics 3 




PHYS 111 


Intro to Physics 


3 


HLED 173 


Health & Life* 


2 


TECH 154 


Woodworking 3 




SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Pay 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




RELT 373 


Christian Ethics 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 
Area B, Religion 3 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 

Applied Arts or Crafts 2-3 


3 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 




Area C, History 3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 






Area F-l, Beh Sci 3 






16 


17 




Area G-3, Rec 1 
Area D, For Lang/Lit/ 

Fine Arts 

16 
(17) 


1 
16 



♦May be waived if high school health course taken. 

NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) is required. 



84 



Allied Health 



PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Adviser: David Ekkens 

(Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104 (or 22 Math ACT); MATH 215 

Area B RELB or KELT, 3 hours; KELT 255 

Area C HIST 154 

Area D SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hours 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212, 213-214 

Area F PSYC 124, 128; PSYC, SOCI or ECON, 3 hours 

Area G PEAC 125; additional PEAC, 1 hour; CPTR 120 

Electives to make a minimum total of 64 hours 

If BIOL 151-152 has already been taken, it may be substituted for 
BIOL 101-102. Recommended electives are FDNT 125, ECON 213, 
ACCT 103. 

A minimum required GPA for admission into the Andrews 
University clinical program is 3.00 for the required science prerequisite 
and 3.00 for total credit units completed. C- is the lowest acceptable 
grade for science and cognate courses. The Nelson-Denny Reading test, 
Strong-Campbell Vocational Interest Inventory and the Sixteen 
Personality Profiles Tests are also required. All three tests may be 
taken at SC. Students must pre-register with the Testing and 
Counseling Center for the AHPAT. This test is only offered four times 
a year and a fee is charged. An additional requirement for admission 
is 80 hours of observation or work experience with a physical therapist. 
This 80 hours must include at least 16 hours in each of three of the 
following settings: general acute care hospital, home health agency, 
industrial practice, nursing home, private practice, rehabilitation 
center, school for the handicapped, specialized clinics. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

(Allied Health Professions) 

Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course will depend 
on the college selected. Requirements for Andrews University and Loma Linda University 
are outlined here. Students who complete one of these programs will be awarded an 
Associate of Science degree by Southern College. Students planning to attend other 
colleges should contact them to obtain their requirements. 



85 



Allied Health 



ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 



YEAR 1 


fln|l|ft- A 


YEAR 2 




Semester 




Isk 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 101-102 
PSYG 124 


Anatomy & Physiology* 3 
Intro to Psychology 3 


3 


BIOL 225 
KELT 255 


Basic Microbiology 
Christian Beliefs 


4 
3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psyc 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra** 3 






Computer Course 


3 


RELB 125 


Life & Tchgs of Jesus 3 






Area D-3, Music or 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Speaking 


3 




Art Appreciation**" 3 


PEAG 125 


Conditioning 1 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Elect ivee 


1 




Psyc, Socio, or Econ 


3 




Area C, History*** _ 
16 


_3 
16 




Electives 


1 3 
16 16 



Note: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. This is offered at 
Andrews University immediately preceding their first quarter. PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, 8 semester hours 
at SC, will fulfill this requirement. 

*BIOL 151-152, General Biology, may be substituted if it has already been taken. 
••Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher, but 64 total hours must be completed. 
•••American History required if not taken in high school. 
••••A two-semester sequence in a music organisation may be substituted. 

Program below meets Loma Linda University admission requirements. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 114*», 215 

Area B KELT 373; RELB or KELT, 6 hours 

Area C HIST 174 or 175 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts*, 6 hours; SPCH 135 

Area E BIOL 151-152, (or BIOL 101-102), 125; CHEM 151-152; 

PHYS 211, 214 
Area F PSYC 124, 128; HLED 173 

Area G PEAC, 1 hour; CPTR 120 

For admission into the Loma Linda University clinical program, a 
student must have a 3.00 GPA for the required science prerequisites 
and 3.00 GPA for total credit units completed. Also required is a 
minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or employee) in a 
physical therapy department, 20 of which are in a general, acute-care 
hospital. 



*MUPF or ART courses may be selected. 
**MATH 103, 104 not accepted as college transfer credit by LLU. 



86 



Allied Health 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 



LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 




1ft 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 4 


4 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 




or 




HLED 173 


Health & Life 


2 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


CPTR 


Computer Course 


3 


PSYC124 


Introduction to Psyc 3 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psyc 


3 


HIST 175 


Survey of Civ 


3 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 4 




KELT 373 


Christian Ethics 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 


3 




Area D, Fine Arts* 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub BpssJring 


_3 




or Fine Lang 


3 3 




17 


16 




Area G-8, Recreation ___ 1 




(16)(15) 






17 16 



NOTE: A total of 66 semester hours, excluding Intermediate Algebra (if taken), is required for admission. 
Other entrance requirements are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of 80 hours 
work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in a physical therapy department. C- is the lowest acceptable 
grade for a course. 

NOTE: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. TYub is offered on the 
LLU LaSierra campus immediately preceding their first quarter. PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, 8 semester hours 
at SC, will fulfill this requirement. PHYS 111, 3 semester hours at SC, fulfills the first half of this 
requirement. 



87 



ART 



Chair: Robert Garren 

Adjunct Faculty: John Cline, John Petticord 

Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for 
the quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and 
technical growth. The instructors desire to help all students become 
aware of their options in the field of art and to prepare them 
systematically to meet the needs of their respective choices, whether 
they are oriented commercially or aesthetically. 

Students majoring in Art must meet the specific requirements of the 
Art Department (below) and the General Education program (pages 48- 
50, 52-56). Ah Art major requires an intermediate foreign language. 

PROGRAMS IN ART 

Note: The Art Department has not accepted majors since the 
1988-89 school year. Asterisks denote classes that will be 
phased out when art majors enrolled as of 1988-89 complete 
their graduation requirements. 

Major: Thirty-six hours to include ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344, 345, 
499, with not less than 14 hours upper division. Cognate requirement: 
JOUR 225. A foreign language at the intermediate level is required. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BJV.ART 



YEAR 1 

ART 104-105 
ART 109 
ART 110 
ENGL 101-102 



Semester 
l£t 2nd 
2 2 
3 



3 



Drawing I, II 
Publications Design 
Design Principles 
College Composition 3 
Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-l, Reg For Lang 3 
Area G-2, Practical 

OR 11 

Area 0-3, Recreation 
Area A-2, Math 0-3 

Minor or Elective *M) 

18 15 



YEAR 2 



ART 344 
JOUR 225 



History of Art 
Intro to Photography 
Area 0-1, History 
Area D-l, Inter For 

Language 
Area D-2, Literature 

OR 
Area D-4, Speech 
Area F-2, Family Sci 

OR 
Area F-3, Hlth Sci 
Area B-l, Religion 
Art Electives 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 
2 
3 3 



3 3 



3 
3 3 

3 

17 15 



88 



Art 



YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 


ART 345 


Contemporary Art 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/ 


1st 2nd 
3 
3 


ART 499 


Senior Project 
Area B, UD Religion 
Art Elective* 


1st 2nd 
1 

3 
6 3 




Economics 


3 




Minor or Electivee 


J9 JU> 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 3 






16 16 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 


3 










Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 










Minor or Electivee 


3 3 










Art Electivee 


5 

15 15 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including courses ART 104-105, 109, 110, 
344, with not less than six hours in upper division courses. 



STUDIO ART 

ART 104-105. Beginning Drawing I, II (G-l) 2,2 hours 

An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on the 
basic art elements and their functions in composition using various media. 
(Fall, Spring) 

ART 109. Publications Design (G-l) 3 hours 

Emphasis on the design and layout of newspapers, magazines, brochures, and 
advertisements. Creative use of illustrations and typographical elements to 
enhance the communicative potential of the print media. 

ART 110. Design Principles (G-l) 3 hours 

Problems in two and three-dimensional art, dealing with line, shape, form, 
color, and texture. 

♦ART 215. Sculpture (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional design 
using various media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting. Taught odd 
years. May be repeated for credit. 

ART 221-222. Painting I, II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student experience in using painting materials 

applied to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, 

Spring) 



89 



Art 



ART 230. Introduction to Art Expression 2 hours 

A course designed to give students hands-on experience with a variety of art 
media and materials. Study will be given to how artists use media in their 
expression of design and composition. 

ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours 

Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication from 
hand building to wheel- thrown wares, chemistry and application of glazes, and 
stacking and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20 fee is applied 
toward necessary supplies. (Fall) 

♦ART 311-312. Painting III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor. 

Advanced problems in painting. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

♦ART 313-314. Drawing III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student increased experience in the application 
of drawing media to the production of art. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be 
obtained. ART 495 is for majors and minors only. 

The course is designed for students who wish directed study or for a group of 
students who wish a special course not taught under the regular class offering. 
Students taking the class as directed study may choose from art history, 
ceramics, design, drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students 
must have had maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes 
credit offered by the Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated 
for credit up to four times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only. 

♦ART 499, Senior Project 1 hour 

Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent 
portfolio of college art work. (Spring) 



ART HISTORY 

ART 218/318. Art Appreciation (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with two 
hours per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in Washington, 
D.C., and New York City visiting major art museums. When offered in the first 
summer session, there will be one week of two-hour lectures and two weeks of 
travel and museum visits. There is an additional charge for travel. Students 
will be required to write a summary paper. Students taking the class for 
upper-division credit will be required to write a research paper. 

90 



Art 



ART 344. History of Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-1800*s with 
an emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall) 

ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours 

Nineteenth- and twentieth-century developments in European and American 
arts. (Spring) 



(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



91 



BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 



Chair: Ed Lamb 

Faculty: Larry Williams, Terrie Ruff 

Adjunct Faculty: Sherri Craig, Ellen Gilbert, Judie Port 

The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational 
philosophy and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this 
faculty embraces the following beliefs: 

(1) God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also 
the ultimate Source of all knowledge. 

(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious 
physical, mental, spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) A loving God seeks to restore His image in humanity, thus 
preparing them for personal fellowship with Himself. 

We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of 
the whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, 
therefore, to achieving the following objectives: 

Spiritual 

Behavioral Sciences majors will acquire an understanding of the 
basic beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals, 
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to 
commit themselves to such ideals. 

Intellectual 

Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive 
themselves as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of 
knowledge. We have designed course-related activities and 
investigations to aid them in achieving intellectual and career goals, 
and in acquiring the necessary tools for future learning. The Behavioral 
Science curriculum is structured so as to encourage critical thinking, 
perceptive discussion, intellectual curiosity, and cultural awareness. 

Social 

Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive 
interpersonal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making 
approaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the 
attitudes of acceptance, caring, patience, and service. 



92 



Behavioral Science 



Physical 

Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic 
view of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our 
physical, mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to 
establish balanced programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and 
recreation. The faculty promotes such positive values and practices 
through example and instruction. 

Students wishing to prepare for graduate study in community and/or 
family counseling, law, personnel work, and sociology of the family 
should consider a Behavioral Science major with a Family Studies 
emphasis. The Bachelor of Science in Social Work (BSW) is offered for 
those students seeking preparation for entry-level generalists 
baccalaureate practice positions. Registered nurses will find a major in 
some area of Behavioral Science an excellent foundation for public 
health and psychiatric work. To achieve a complete preparation in 
these fields, however, the student is encouraged to consider further 
training at the graduate level. 

PROGRAMS IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

Major (B.S., Family Studies Emphasis): Forty-five hours, 
including PSYC 124, 128, 233, 315; SOCI 125, 201, 223, 424, 495, 349, 
365; SOCW 211, 212, 497. Cognate requirements: MATH 215 and three 
hours in Biology. Remaining course work will normally be chosen from 
the following courses: PSYC 377; SOCW 375. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S, BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

(Family Studies Emphasis) 



YEARl 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SOCI 201 


Parenting 3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




ECON213 


Survey of Economics 3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 


SOCW 211 


Intro to Soc Work 3 


PSYC 128 


Develop Psychology 




3 


SOCW 212 


Social Welfare Inst* 3 




Area G, Act Skills 


2 


1 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & Family 2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




SOCI 233 


Human Sexuality 3 




Area E-l, Biology 




3 




Area D-4 Speech 2 




Area A-2, Math 




0-3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Minor or Elective 


J 


3-0 




Area 0-1, History 3 3 






15 


16 




Area D, Lang/Lit 

Fine Arts 6 

17 17 



93 



Behavioral Science 



YEARS 


! 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




M 2nd 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




SOCW497 


Research Methods 3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psych 




3 


SOCI349 


Aging & Society 3 


SOCI365 


Family Relations 




3 


SOCI424 


Contemp Social Prob 3 


SOCI495 


Directed Stu^y 




1 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area O, Act Skills 2 




Area D, Lang/Lit 








Minor or Electives 4 5 




Fine Arts 




4 




PSYC & SOCW Elect _6 




Area E, Chem/Phys/ 








15 14 




Earth Science 


3 










Area G-3, Recreation 


1 










Minor or Electives 



15 


4 
15 







See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



A student contemplating graduate study should take as many courses 
as possible in the area of his/her emphasis. 

Major (B.S.W., Social Work): Forty-five hours including SOCW 
211, 212, 313, 314, 315, 424, 434, 435, 436, 497; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 
125. Cognate requirements: PLSC 254 or ECON 213; MATH 215; 
RELT 373; any human biology. 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S.W. SOCIAL WORK 



YEAR 1 

ENGL 101-102 
PSYC 124 
SOCI 125 
PSYC 128 



College Composition 
Intro to Psychology 
Intro to Sociology 
Develop Psychology 
Area D-4, Speech 
Area B, Religion 
Area A-2, Math 
Area G, Skills 
Electives 



Semester 

ut 2ad 

3 3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
0-3 
2 
8-5 
15 16 


YEAR 2 

SOCW 211 


1 
Intro to Social Work 


Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 


SOCW 212 


Social Welfare Insts 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 




Area G, Skills 


2 




Area E*l, Biology 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C-l, History 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 


3 3 




Fine Arts 


3 




Electives 


_3 _2 
15 16 



94 



Behavioral Science 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


SOCW313 


HBSE 


3 




SOCW424 


Contemp Soc Problems 3 


SOCW314 


Social Work Meth I 


3 




SOCW434 


SocWelflssues&Pol 


1 3 


SOCW315 


Social Work Meth II 




3 


SOCW 435-436 


Practicum I, II 


4 4 


MATH 215 


StatistioB 


3 




SOCW 


Elective 


1 


SOCW497 


Research Methods 




3 




Area G-3, Recreation 


1 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area O, Skills 


1 




Area D, Lang/Lit 








Area 6, UD Religion 


3 




Fine Arts 




3 




Elective 


A i£ 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 








16 15 




Elective, Social Work 




3 










Elective 


15 


_4 
16 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor-Behavioral Science. Eighteen hours selected from any 
Behavioral Science areas and including PSYC 124, SOCW 211, and 
SOCI 125, with a minimum of six hours of upper division Behavioral 
Science classes. 

Minor-Sociology. Eighteen hours including SOCI 125, 365, and 
424. 



BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

BHSC 227. Community Service 6 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 099. 

This course is designed specifically for those who participate in the North 
American Division's Humanitas (Task Force) program, and those who work in 
other countries as part of the Adventist Youth Service (student missionaries) 
program. The course consists primarily of field work. Students must work a 
complete academic year in a consistent, planned program that contributes to 
the well-being of the community. Reading assignments and a paper are 
required. Only three hours will apply to General Education, Area F-l. Students 
pay 10% tuition. The policy for tuition refunds applies to this class. The date 
the college receives notification of withdrawal will be the official withdrawal 
date. May not be repeated. 



SOCIAL WORK 

SOCW 211. Introduction to Social Work (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the profession of social work, its historical roots, its values, 
and its fields of practice. 



95 



Behavioral Science 



SOCW 212. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours 

Social welfare systems are viewed from both historical and philosophical 
perspectives. The role of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in meeting human 
need is also examined. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 221. 

SOCW 213. Interviewing Skills 1 hour 

Focuses on the development of interviewing and communication skills. Course 
is experientially based. 

SOCW 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

See SOCI 233 for course description. 

SOCW 313. Human Behavior and 

the Social Environment 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 101; SOCI 126; PSYC 124, 128; SOCW 212 or permission 
of instructor. 

A study of the interaction between human behavior and the social 
environment. Relevant concepts from the behavioral sciences will be reviewed 
to provide students with a holistic view of human behavior. Includes such 
topics as systems theory, roles, reference groups, and social stratification. To 
be taken prior to or concurrently with SOCW 314. 

SOCW 314. Social Work Methods I (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of instructor. 

Provides students with theoretical framework for generalists social work 
practice. Topics include the establishment of relationship, assessment, 
contracts, intervention, utilization of resources, social work values and ethics. 
Work with individuals and families is emphasized in the first semester of a 
two-semester sequence. 

SOCW 315. Social Work Methods II (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of SOCW 314. The primary focus is on working with small 
groups and the community. Public policy development and implementation are 
also studied. 

SOCW 349. Aging and Society (W) 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

SOCW 374. Criminology 3 hours 

See SOCI 374 for course description. 

SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family intervention. 
The family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis techniques 
designed to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium. 



96 



Behavioral Science 



SOCW 424. Contemporary Social Problems (P-l) 3 hours 

See SOCI 424 for course description. 

SOCW 434. Social Welfare Issues and Policies 3 hours 

A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of 
social services. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 222. 

SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314. 

This course provides opportunity for students to apply practice theory to 
develop skills for generalists social work practice. Through participation in the 
social service delivery system, the student becomes familiar with agency 
structures, functions, and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent 
working in an agency setting for each four hours of course work. 

SOCW 436. Social Work Practicum II 4 hours 

This course builds on the experiences of the first semester practicum and 
progresses to more difficult and varied tasks. 

SOCW 465. Topics in Social Work (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary 
among such topics as child welfare, sex roles, income maintenance, social work 
ethics, etc. This course can be repeated once for credit. 

SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor. 
A study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary 
among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics of 
social work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire semester. 
This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours 
credit. (Fall) 

SOCW 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours 

A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral 
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving 
vacation and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social 
agencies (1 hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected culture 
is taken every other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to 
cover travel expenses. 

SOCW 497. Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive and 
relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and completed 
project is expected of each student. (Fall) 



97 



Behavioral Science 



SOCIOLOGY 

SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours 

An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social world. 
Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society and social 
institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups including the 
family, its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SOCI 201. Parenting (F-2) 3 hours 

A study of the family system in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics 
of parent-child interaction. Attention is given to family planning, the childbirth 
experience, child development, techniques for developing close relationships 
and communication between parent and child, understanding and relating to 
children's individuality, common child rearing problems, and methods of 
modifying behavior. 

SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours 

A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the family 
in society and the Christ-centered approach to marital and familial conflicts. 
(Fall, Spring) 

SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

See PSYC 224 for course description. 

SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the 
Christian cultural setting. 

SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the 
process of aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in 
contemporary society. Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored. 
A balance between the theoretical and the applied is sought. (Spring) 

SOCI 356. Natives and Strangers (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 356 for course description. 

SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be 
given to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorganization 
and reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be given to 
findings of recent family studies. (Spring) 



98 



Behavioral Science 



SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenomenon, 
of criminals, and of penal treatment. The relationship of law and crime to 
other trends in the social order. Research in prevention and treatment of 
crime. (Fall, odd years) 

SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural changes 
today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in bringing 
about group and mass adjustment (Spring) 

SOCI 295/495. Directed Study (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor. 

Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology. Content will vary 
among such topics as the sociology of women, social conflict and change, Black 
America, the sociology of education, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the 
entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more 
than three hours credit. (Spring) 

SOCI 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours 

A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral 
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving 
vacation and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social 
agencies (1 hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected culture 
is taken every other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to 
cover travel expenses. 



(F-l), (F-2), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



99 



BIOLOGY 



Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: David Ekkens, Edgar Grundset, 
William Hayes, Duane Houck 



The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and 
important fields of scientific investigation, since it provides a better 
understanding of ourselves and the living things around us. Even the 
casual observer of Biology who pauses long enough to take a course 
may derive a lifetime of pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as 
bird watching, shell collecting, or wildflower photography. 

More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point 
for numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With 
a B.S. degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to 
research in the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, 
microbiology, cytology, etc.), teaching at the college or graduate level, 
or employment in industry or government. The B.A. degree is the 
degree of choice in preparation for high-school teaching, medicine, 
dentistry, optometry, careers in wildlife, forestry or zoo management, 
health education, public health, biostatistics, epidemiology, and 
environmental health, to name a few. 

DEGREES IN BIOLOGY 



Core Courses: 

BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


BIOL 316 


Genetics 


BIOL 412 


Cell and Molecular Biology 


BIOL 424 


Issues in Natural Science and Religion 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 


Areas: 




Botany: 




BIOL 408 


Flowering Plants and Ferns 


BIOL 409 


Smoky Mountain Flora 


BIOL 419 


Plant Physiology 


Ecology: 




BIOL 226 


Environmental Conservation 


BIOL 317 


Ecology 




Marine Biology Courses 



100 



Biology 



Zoology Field Courses: 



BIOL 312 
BIOL 314 
BIOL 319 
BIOL 320 
BIOL 411 

Microbiology: 
BIOL 315 
BIOL 330 
BIOL 340 

Basic Zoology: 
BIOL 313 
BIOL 415 
BIOL 417 
BIOL 418 



Vertebrate Natural History 

Ornithology 

Herpetology 

Entomology 

Mammalogy 



Parasitology 
General Microbiology 
Immunology 



Embryology 
Comparative Anatomy 
Animal Histology 
Animal Physiology 



Major (BA): Thirty-one hours including Biology core of 19 hours, 
plus one course from each of four areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM 
151-152 General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry, and a 
computer course; PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, General Physics and 
General Physics Laboratory, are highly desirable. A minor in Chemistry 
is recommended. All seniors are required to take the Educational 
Testing Service Major Field Achievement Test in Biology before 
graduating. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B Jl. BIOLOGY 

(Chemistry Minor Recommended) 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


! 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


4 


4 


BIOL 316 


Genetics 


4 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 


4 






Area G-2, Comp Sci. 


3 


BELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 


3 






Area G-3, Rec. Skills 


1 


KELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 




3 




Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/ 




Area F-2,3 








Speech 


3 




Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G, Skills 


1 


1 




Biology Elect ives 


3 3/4 




Elective 


17 


5 
16 




Electives 


2 
15 15 

(16) 



101 



Biology 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 


3 


BIOL 424 


Issues of Nat Set 




CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem. Lab 


1 


1 




& Religion 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 


1 


PHYS 213-214 


Gen Physics Lab 


1 


1 


CHEM 323 


Biochemistry 


4 


BIOL 412 


Cell & Molecular Bio 


3 






Biology Elective 


3 




Biology Elective 




3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area 0-1, For. Lang 


3 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Electives 


_1 


_l 




Area C-2, Political 








15 


15 




Science/Eoon 
Area F-l, Beh Sci. 
Electives 


3 

3 

3 _3 

16 16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the 
requirements for make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including Biology core of 19 hours, plus 
one course from each of the five areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM 
151-152 General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry; MATH 
114 Precalculus, MATH 215 Statistics; a computer course. PHYS 
211-212 and 213-214, General Physics and General Physics Laboratory, 
are highly recommended. All seniors are required to take the 
Educational Testing Service Major Field Achievement Test in Biology 
before graduating. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. BIOLOGY 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 4 


4 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


ENGL 101-102 
MATH 114 


College Composition 3 
Precalculus 4 


3 


HIST 154,155 


American History 

OR 
Survey of Civ 
Genetics 


3 3 


RELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 3 
Biology Elective 


3 


HIST 174,175 
BIOL 316 


4 




Area F-2,3 Fam/ 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




Hlth Science 2 






Biology Elective 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Area F-l, Beh Science 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/ 






Area 0-1, Creat. Skis 


2 




Fine Arts 
Electives 


3 
_1 




Area B, Religion 


_ _2 
15 17 




16 


15 









102 



Biology 



YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


and 






1st 2nd 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 


3 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 


1 


GHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 


1 


BIOL 424 


Issues of Nat Sci 




PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 




& Religion 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Phys Lab 


1 


1 




Biology Electives 


6 6/7 


BIOL 412 


Cell & Molecular Bic 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 


3 






Area D-2, Lang/Lit 
Fine Arts 


3 




Fine Arts 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Ecor 


, 3 




Biology Elective* 




6 




Area G-2, Comput Sci 


3 




Area B, Religion 


8 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 






14 


17 




Electives 


_ _3 
16 15 

(16) 



See pages 48-50 and 62-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including BIOL 151-152 General Biology. A 
course in physiology is strongly recommended. A minimum of six hours 
must be in upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Biology requires 
a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses 
for licensure. See explanations in the Education and Psychology 
section, beginning on page 160. 



NON-MAJOR, NON-MINOR COURSES 

BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first 
semester covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumentary, 
nervous, and endocrine systems. The remainder of the body systems are 
studied the second semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 

BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

This is a basic general education biology course designed to give the student 
a modern treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant and 
animal life. Three lectures each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in 
Biology. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 104. Principles of Biology Lab (E-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 103. 
Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate the principles learned in BIOL 103. 
Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in 
Biology. (Fall, Spring) 



103 



Biology 



BIOL 225. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours 

A study of the principles of microbiology, disinfection, sterilization, elementary 
immunology, and microorganisms emphasizing their relationship to health and 
disease. Three lectures and two one and a-half hour laboratory periods each 
week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



CORE COURSES 

BIOL 151-152. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

This is a rigorous introductory course in Biology primarily for Biology majors 
and pre-professional students. The course is designed to give the student a 
solid foundation in the fundamental processes of plant and animal life. It is 
prerequisite to most all other Biology major courses. Three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 316. Genetics 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 125 or 151, or consent of instructor. 
A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an 
investigation of gene structure and function. Three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 412. Cell and Molecular Biology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; BIOL 316. 

This course, designed for advanced Biology and Chemistry majors, deals 
primarily with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles 
learned in BIOL 151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular 
research while learning about the appearance and operation of cellular 
organelles. The exciting details of cell integration and control provide the 
framework for this interdisciplinary study. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science 

and Religion (E-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates to 
current issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental 
responsibility. Special attention is given to Christian perspectives of the issues 
discussed. Credit can be applied toward either Biology or Religion. Three 
lectures each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Biology major or minor with senior standing. 
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on 
current literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval 
of Department Chairman. (Fall, Spring) 



104 



Biology 



BOTANY 



BIOL 408. Flowering Plants and Ferns 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

This field study of trees, flowering plants and ferns emphasizes species 
identification with the aid of botanical keys, recognition of plant families and 
noting habitats where various species occur. Other taxonomic methods will be 
introduced. Students will prepare a collection of herbarium specimens. Two 
lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall- 
odd years; Summer-even years) 

BIOL 409. Smoky Mountain Flora 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 152 or consent of instructor. 

A field study of the wildflowers, shrubs and trees in the Great Smoky 
Mountain National Park, which contains the world's finest examples of 
temperate deciduous forest. Plants are identified by means of botanical keys, 
and observation lists are kept. Special attention is given to the different forest 
types and their associated plants. Involves a 10-day to three-week camping 
study experience. Field trips daily. (Summer, odd years) 

BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water relations, 
mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation, respiration, and 
growth. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, 
odd years) 



ECOLOGY 

BIOL 226. Environmental Conservation (E-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex 
interlocking environmental problems facing us today. Beginning with basic 
ecological principles, the course goes on to examine population dynamics, 
energy utilization, resource consumption, the various forms of pollution, and 
conservation methods to preserve our natural resources, natural areas, and 
native species. On field trips we will evaluate how efficiently our natural 
resources are being monitored, utilized, and conserved. Two lectures and one 
field trip or three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring) 



105 



Biology 



BIOL 250. Introduction to Tropical Marine Biology 3 hours 

A study of the major invertebrates and fish of the tropical coral reef and 
seashores. Emphasis is placed on the life habits of the organisms and their 
ecological niches. Habitats studied are coral reefs, rocky shores, sandy beaches, 
thalassia beds and mangrove swamps. Involves two weeks of on-campus 
classwork and 7-10 day field laboratory experience in the Bahamas. There is 
an additional charge for the Bahamas trip. (Summers) 

BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their 
environment. This course will examine these interactions in the context of 
energy flow, nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population 
dynamics. Field work will introduce various ecological sampling techniques and 
the student will participate in ecological analysis of various local communities 
as well as extended field trips. Two lectures and one field trip or three-hour 
laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which applies toward 
laboratory credit, is planned from Thursday night through Monday of mid- 
term break. (Fall) 



ZOOLOGY FIELD COURSES 

BIOL 312. Vertebrate Natural History 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Natural history of the vertebrate classes including ecology, physiology, 
behavior, classification and identification with emphasis on local species. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory each week. An extended weekend field 
trip will be required as part of laboratory credit. (Fall, odd years) 

BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours 

A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features, 
taxonomy, nesting and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which 
applies toward laboratory credit, is planned during spring vacation. There is 
an additional charge for the trip. (Spring) 

BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Natural history, ecology, physiology, behavior, classification and identification 
of amphibians and reptiles, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory each week. An extended field trip will be required 
as part of laboratory credit. (Fall, even years) 



106 



Biology 



BIOL 320. Entomology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A systematic study of the insects of the world considering anatomy, physiology, 
behavior and relation to humans. In the laboratory, emphasis will be placed 
on identifying local insects and a representative collection will be turned in. 
Short field trips are planned as part of the laboratory work. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, odd years) 

BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. 

Includes classroom and field study of systematica, distribution, behavior and 

ecology. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory each week. (Fall, even 

years) 

MICROBIOLOGY 

BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic 
animals. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 
(Spring, even years) 

BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent. 

A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their 
morphology, physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be given 
to immunology topics: antigen-antibody properties, host-antigen interactions, 
humoral and cellular immune systems. The importance of microorganisms in 
environmental and applied fields will be considered. Three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 340. Immunology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 225 or 330. 

A study of the basic aspects of the human immune system including topics 
such as antigen and antibody structure and reactions, humoral and cell 
mediated immunity, hypersensitivity, immune disease and transplantation 
immunology. Two lectures each week. (Spring) 



BASIC ZOOLOGY 

BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis 
on the development of the chick. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. (Fall) 



107 



Biology 



BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates. The 
dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory study. 
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A descriptive study of normal tissues, primarily those of man. The microscopic 
identification and characteristics of stained sections are emphasized in the 
laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 
(Spring, odd years) 

BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 102, 151-152, or equivalent and CHEM 151-152 or 

equivalent. 

Functional processes used by animals in adjusting to their external 

environment and controlling their internal environment. Laboratories involve 

analysis of functions of major organ systems. Two lectures and one three-hour 

laboratory period each week. (Spring) 



SPECIAL COURSES 

BIOL 365. Topics in Biology 1-3 hours 

Designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty areas of 
Biology not covered in regular courses. May be repeated in different specialized 



BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent. 

BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only. Designed for the student who 
wishes to do independent study in an area of biology not listed in the regular 
offerings. Content and method of study must be arranged for prior to 
registration. This course may be repeated for credit. (Fall or Spring) 

BIOL 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of biology or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems will 
be selected according to the interest and experience of the student. Prior to 
registration students are urged to contact all biology staff members with 
respect to the choice of available research problems. This course should be 
taken not later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer-on demand) 



108 



Biology 



EDUCATION 



EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Biology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, testing, 

and evaluating student performance; and the survey and evaluation of 

textbooks. 



ROSARIO BEACH 
MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION 

The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility 
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College 
and other Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes, 
Washington, the station occupies 40 acres of beach and timberland. In 
addition to some of the biology courses listed in this catalog, the 
following are among those taught during the summer at Rosario Beach: 



BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours 

An overview course designed to introduce general education students to the 
biology and ecology of the marine environment. Course not applicable to 
Biology majors. 

BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours 

A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will 
involve extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine 
invertebrates of the Puget Sound. 

BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Animal Behavior or Intro to Psychology. 
A study of intra and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their 
behavioral responses to the physical environment. The course involves 
laboratory experiences, field observation, and a research project. 



109 



BUSINESS AND OFFICE 
ADMINISTRATION 



Chair: Wayne VandeVere 

Faculty: Herbert Coolidge, Joyce Cotham, Richard Erickson, David 

Haley, Cliff Olson, Cecil Rolfe, Dan Rozell, Peg Smith 
Adjunct Faculty: Daniel Gray, Richard J. Henry, Jr., Dale Lind, 

Doug Malin 
Advisory Council: 

Long-Term Health Care: Forrest Preston, Chairman; Glen Choban, 

Bob Gore, Dan Gray, Richard Henry, Dale Lind, Douglas 

Malin, Jan Rushing, Ben Wygal 



The courses and programs offered by the department are designed 
to prepare students for business-related careers with the church, 
government, industry, and in long-term health care and to train 
students for secretarial, office work, and office administration in the 
modern office. 

The objectives of the department are: 

1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free 
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical 
guidelines. 

2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy 
toward our current economic environment and the ever-changing 
business world of the future. 

3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with 
basic business skills required for initial job placement. 

4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as 
workers and in positions of business leadership with 
organizations sponsored by this denomination. 

5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive 
secretaries, and word processing operators and managers. 

6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into 
most graduate degree programs in business. 

The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, Marketing, and 
Computer Information Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) 



no 



Business and Office Administration 

with majors in Business Administration, Long-Term Health Care, and 
Office Administration. 

For those who desire a two-year program, Associate of Science 
degrees (A.S.) are available in Accounting and also Office 
Administration with options in Administrative Assistant, Medical, and 
Accounting. A pre-professional degree in Health Information 
Administration is also available. 

Students wishing to receive secondary teacher certification in 
Business Education must complete a baccalaureate degree and complete 
the professional education courses for licensure. See explanations in the 
Education and Psychology section, beginning on page 160. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

To help the graduates in Business and Office Administration to 
evaluate their academic progress and to aid the department in 
evaluating teaching effectiveness, students who major in business 
related fields will be required to: 

1. Participate in the college-wide Sophomore testing program 
in general education. 

2. Take the area test in business prepared by the Educational 
Testing Service (ETS) during the last semester of their 
academic program, and 

3. Accounting majors who plan to enter public accounting 
will be evaluated by their performances on the National 
CPA exam. 

PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS 
AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

B.B.A. Core Requirements: The B.B.A. degree requires a basic 
core of business courses plus a major in Accounting, Management, 
Marketing, or Computer Information Systems. 

Basic Core Course requirements are as follows: ACCT 121-122, 321; 
ECON 224, 225; BUAD 234, 314, 315, 358; BMKT 226; MATH 215. 
Among the General Education requirements, the B.B.A. degree 
students must include SPCH 135, CPTR 106, 126, MATH 114 or 140 
and a course in psychology. BUAD 315 and BMKT 226 are not required 
for the major in Computer Information Systems. 

Major-Accounting: 30 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
ACCT 311-312, 322, 415, 417, 421; BUAD 339, 488; OFAD 315. 

Calculus, MATH 181, is recommended for those who plan to pursue 
a graduate program in business. 

in 



Business and Office Administration 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. ACCOUNTING 



YEAR1 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Prinof Aooounting 3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 1 


CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Application 2 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 3 




Area B-l, Religion 3 




Area F-l, Psychology 3 




Area C-l, History 3 3 




Area Q-3, Rec Skills 1 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 311-312 
ECON 224,225 
MATH 114 
SPCH 135 



16 15 



Inter Aooounting 
Prin of Economics 3 

Precalculus 4 

Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B, Religion 3 

Area E, Nat Science 
Area D-2, Literature 3 
Area 0-1/0-3, Skills 1 
Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Soi^ 
17 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 



3 



1 

15 



YEARS 

ACCT 415 
BUAD 234 
BUAD 339 
ACCT 321-322 
BMKT226 
BUAD 315 
BUAD 314 
MATH 215 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Advanced Accounting 
Prin of Management 3 
Business Law 
Cost/Managerial Aoct 3 
Intro to Marketing 3 
Business Finance 3 

Quant Met h- Bus Decis 
Statistics 

Area B-2, Religion _3 
15 



17 



YEAR 4 

ACCT 417 
ACCT 421 
BUAD 358 

BUAD 488 
OFAD 315 



Auditing 

Federal Income Taxes 3 

Legal, Ethical Env 

of Business 3 

Seminar in Bus Admin 
Bus Communications 
Area B, UD Religion 
Area D-3, Fine Art App 3 
Electivee 2 

Aooounting Electivee 
Area E, Nat Science mmm 
15 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
4 



3 

15 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major-Management: 30 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
ACCT 311; BUAD 339, 344, 353, 354, 414, 488; ECON 314; OFAD 315. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 



YEARl 

ACCT 121-122 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 126 
ENGL 101-102 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
Prinof Accounting 3 3 
Intro to Spreadsheet 1 

Spreadsheet Applications 2 
College Composition 3 
Area B-l, Religion 3 

Area F-l, Psychology 
Area C-l, History 3 

Area A-2, Math/ 

Precalulus 0-3 

Area O-l or Q-3, Skis 1 

Electivee ' 

16 16 



3 



1 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 311 
BUAD 234 
ECON 224,225 
MATH 114 

SPCH 135 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Inter Accounting 3 

Prin of Management 3 

Prin of Economics 3 3 
Precalculus 4 

Intro to Public Spkg 3 
Area B, Religion 3 

Area E, Nat Science 3 

Area D-2, Literature 3 

Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 

Area F-2, Fam/Health _ J2 

16 15 



112 



Business and Office Administration 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


AOCT321 


Cost & Mang Aoct I 3 




BUAD 353 


Mgmt of Small Business? 




BMKT226 


Intro to Marketing 3 




BUAD 354 


Prin of Risk Mgmt 


2 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 3 




BUAD 358 


Legal, Eth Env of Bus 3 




BUAD 314 


Quant Meth-Bus Decis 


3 


BUAD 414 


Business Strategies 


3 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 


4 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgmt 


3 


ECON314 


Money & Banking 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 3 




OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 3 






Area B-2, Religion 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area E, Nat Science 3 






Area D*3, Fine Art App 3 






Electives ^ 


3 




Electives in Business _3 


_3 




16 


16 




15 


15 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major-Marketing: 30 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
ACCT 311; BUAD 339, 354, 414, 488; BMKT 327, 328, 423, 424, 425, 
428. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.BJV. MARKETING 



YEAR 1 

ACCT 121-122 
ENOL 10M02 
CPTR106 
CPTR 126 
MATH 114 



YEARS 

ACCT 321 
BUAD 314 
MATH 215 
BUAD 339 
BUAD 354 
BUAD 358 
BUAD 488 
BMKT 327 
BMKT 328 
BMKT 329 



Prin of Accounting 
College Composition 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Applioa 
Preoalculus 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area F-l, Psychology 
Area CM, History 
Area O-l/G-3 Skills 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 3 



4 

3 

3 

J: 

17 



3 

3 

_1 

16 



lit 


2nd 


Cost & Mang Aoct I 3 




Quant Meth-Bus Decis 


3 


Statistics 3 




Business Law 


4 


Prin of Risk Mgmt 


2 


Legal, Eth Env of Bus 3 




Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


Consumer Behavior 3 




Sales Management 3 




Electives 


3 


Area B-2, Religion 


3 


15 


16 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 311 
BMKT 226 
BUAD 234 
SPCH 135 
ECON 224,225 



YEAR 4 

BUAD 315 
BUAD 414 
BUAD 488 
BMKT 423 
BMKT 424 
BMKT 425 
BMKT 428 



Inter Accounting 
Into to Marketing 
Prin of Management 
Into to Public Spkg 
Prin of Economics 
Area B, Religion 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area E, Nat Science 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 
3 



15 



3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
_l 
16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Business Finance 3 

Business Strategies 
Seminar in Bus Admin 
Promotional Strategy 3 
Marketing Strategy 
Marketing Research 
Marketing Management 
Area B, UD Religion 3 
Area D-3, Fine Art App 3 
Area F, Beh/Fam/ 
HlthSci 

Electives _3 

15 15 



2 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



113 



Business and Office Administration 

Major-Computer Information Systems: 39 hours plus the B.B.A. 
Core Requirements: CPTR 106, 126, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 
325, 326, 485; Cognates: MATH 114, 181, 215; eleven hours in CPTR, 
BUAD, ACCT, or ECON. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 



YEARl 

ACCT 121-122 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 126 
CPTR 131 
CPTR 132 
ENGL 101-102 
SPCH 135 



Prin of Accounting 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Applies 
Fund of Prog I 
Fund of Prog II 
College Composition 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Elective* 

Area B-l, Religion 
Area 0-1/0-3, Skills 



Semester 
M 2nd 

3 3 

1 
2 



YEAR 2 

CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
ECON 224,225 
MATH 114 



3 
3 

JL 
16 



Summer 
1st 2nd 

COBOL Programming 3 
Intro to File Process 3 

Prin of Economics 3 3 

Preoalculus 4 

Area B ( Religion 3 

Area 0-1, History 
Area D*3, Fine Arts 
Area E, Nat Science 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



3 



16 



16 



3 
3 
3 

JL 

16 



YEARS 

ACCT 321 
BUAD 234 
BUAD 314 
CPTR 318 
CPTR 319 
CPTR 324 
CPTR 325 
MATH 215 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Cost & Man g Acct I 3 
Prin of Management 3 
Quant Mthds-Bus Dec 3 

Data Structures 3 

Data Base Mgmt Systems 3 
Systems Analysis 2 

Systems Design 2 

Statistics 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-2, Literature 3 

Area F-2, Family Sci 

OR 2 

Area F-3, Health Sci _ _ 
16 14 



SUMMER 

Computer Sci Elective 3 

♦Recommended Courses to take 



YEAR 4 

BMKT226 
BUAD 315 
BUAD 358 

CPTR 326 
CPTR 485 
MATH 181 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Intro to Marketing* 3 
Business Finance* 3 

Legal-Ethical Env 

of Business 3 

Systems Management 2 
Computer Sci Seminar 1 

Calculus I 4 

Area B, UD Religion 3 

Area E, Nat Science 3 
Area F, Psychology 
Electives in Major 



14 



3 
_5 
16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Major-Business Administration: 47 hours: ACCT 121-122, 311; 
BUAD 234, 314, 315, 326, 339, 358, 414, 488; ECON 224, 225, MATH 
215; Six hours of electives in business and accounting courses. Cognate 
requirements: CPTR 106, 126, OFAD 315, and SPCH 135. 



114 



Business and Office Administration 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 





Semester 


YEAR 2 


Sem€ 
M 


»ter 


YEAH1 




2nd 






1st 


2nd 


ACCT 311 


Inter Aooounting 


3 




ACCT 121-122 


Prin of Aooounting 


3 


3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 




ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ECON 224-225 


Prin of Economics 


3 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 




Area F-l, Psychology 


3 




CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Applica 




2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




Area D-2, Literature 




3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 






Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area E, Nat Science 




3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Electives 




JJ 




Area G-l/G-3 Skills 


1 
16 


J. 
16 






16 


15 










YEAR 4 


Semester 


YEARS 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


BUAD 414 


Business Strategies 




3 


BMKT226 


Intro to Marketing 


3 




BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 




4 


OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 


3 




BUAD 314 


Quant Met h- Bus Decis 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 






Area D-3, Fine Art App 


3 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env 








Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sc 2 






of Business 


3 






Elective in Aoctg, 






MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 






Business, or BMKT 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Electives 


4 


5 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 








15 


15 




Electives 


15 


JJ 
16 











See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



M^jor-Long-Term Health Care: 51 hours: ACCT 121-122, 311; 
BMKT 226; BUAD 234, 315, 339, 358, 431, 432, 434, 435, 497; ECON 
224, 225. Cognate requirements: CPTR 106, 126, and SOCI 349. 

Students who have previously earned a bachelor's degree from an 
accredited college or university and who have completed all classwork 
required for a long-term health care major other than the specialized 
long-term health care classes, may receive a Bachelor of Science degree 
with a major in long-term health care upon the completion of 20 hours 
of long-term health care classes (BUAD 431, 432, 434, 435, 497). 

This exception to the 30-hour residence requirement applies only to 
those who have completed all other major course requirements for the 
long-term health care degree at another institution and have received 
a bachelor's degree. 



115 



Business and Office Administration 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE 



YEAR 1 



Semester 







1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Prin of Accounting 


3 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Applies 




2 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 


3 






Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area F-l, Psychology 




3 




Area G-l/O-3, Skills 


1 


1 



YEARS 

BMKT226 
BUAD 234 
BUAD 315 
BUAD 339 
BUAD 358 

SOCI349 



16 16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Intro to Marketing 
Prin of Management 
Business Finance 
Business Law 
Legal, Ethical, Env 

of Business 
Aging & Society 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area D-3, Fine Art App 
Electives 



15 



3 

A 

16 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 311 
ECON 224-225 
SPCH 135 



YEAR 4 

BUAD 497 



Inter Accounting 
Prin of Economics 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B, Religion 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area E, Nat Science 
Area F, Fam/Hlth Sci 
Area 0-3, Rec Skills 
Electives 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 



3 3 



14 



3 
3 
3 

1 

16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

LTHC Admin Intrnshp 8 
Area B, UD Religion 3 

Electives _ _8 

8 11 



SUMMER (AFTER YEAR 3) 

BUAD 431 Gen Admin of LTHC Facil 3 

BUAD 432 Tech Aspects of LTHC 3 

BUAD 434 Fin Mgmt of LTHC Facil 3 

BUAD 435 Hum Res Mgmt/Mkt LTHC _3 

12 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Associate of Science Degree Mqjor-Accounting: 30 hours: 
ACCT 121-122, 311-312, 321; BUAD 128, 358; ECON 213 or 224; Six 
hours of electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. Cognate requirements: 
CPTR 106, 126; OFAD 105 or equivalent. 



116 



Business and Office Administration 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. ACCOUNTING 











YEAR 2 


Semester 


YEAR 1 


Semester 






1st 2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Prin of Accounting 


1st 2nd 

3 3 


ACCT 311-312 
ACCT 321 


Inter Accounting 
Cost & Mang Acct I 


3 3 
3 


ENGL 101-102 
BUAD 128 


College Composition 
Personal Finance 


3 
3 


3 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env 

of Business 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area C-l, History 


3 

3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 




CPTR126 


Spreadsheet Applies 




2 




3 


ECON224 


Prin of Economics 








Area D-2, Literature 






OR 


3 






OR 


3 


ECON213 


Survey of Economics 








Area D-4, Speech 






Area B-l, Religion 
Area F-l, Psychology 


3 


3 




Area E, Nat Science 
Business Elective 


3 
3 3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 






Electives 


-1 JL 




Area A-2, Math 




0-3 






16 16 




Electives 


16 


±1 
16 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies. 

Major-Office Administration: 50 hours: OFAD 115, 213, 214, 216, 
218, 221, 223, 225, 228, 315, 317, 345; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 234, 
339, 344; three hours of upper division electives in OFAD, BUAD, 
ACCT, or ECON. Cognate requirements: ACCT 121-122, CPTR 120 or 
equivalent. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



YEAR 1 

OFAD 115 
OFAD 213 
OFAD 216 
OFAD 218 
OFAD 221 
OFAD 223 
OFAD 225 
ENGL 101-102 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
Document Formatting 3 
Information Res Mgmt 3 
Business English 3 

Business Math Calculus 
Office Transcription 
Office Systems Tech 
Professional Development 



College Composition 
Area B, Bible 
Area C, History 
P.E. 



_1 
16 



YEAR 2 Semester 

1st 2nd 

ACCT 121-122 Prin of Accounting 3 3 

OFAD 214 Microcomput Doc Prod 3 

OFAD 228 Speedwriting Tech 3 

OFAD 315 Bus Communications 3 

OFAD 317 Office Admin Proced 3 

OFAD 345 Computer-Aided Publish 3 

Area B, Bible 3 

Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/ 

Speech 3 

Area E, Science 
Area F, Beh Science 



16 



3 
17 



15 



117 



Business and Office Administration 



YEARS 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 


4 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 3 


GPTR 120 


Computer- Based Systems 


3 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgmt 3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 3 
Area A-2, Mathematics 3 






Area B, Bible 3 
Area C, History 3 




Area B, Bible 


3 




Area D, Lit/Lang/FA 




Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/ 






Speech 3 




Speech 


3 




Area F, Behavioral Sci 3 




Area E, Scienoe 3 






Area CM, or G-3 2 




Elective: OFAD, BUAD, 






Electives _3 JJ 




ACCT, ECON 


3 




14 15 




Electives _3 


-1 








15 


16 







Major-Associate of Science Degree, Office Administration: 

40 hours: Core Requirements: OFAD 115, 213, 214, 216, 218, 221, 223, 
225, 315, 317, 345. Cognate requirement: ENGL 102. 

Administrative Assistant Emphasis: OFAD 228, 230; ACCT 103 
or 121. 

Medical Emphasis: OFAD 316, 333; ACCT 103 or 121. Cognate: 
BIOL 101 or 102. 

Accounting Emphasis: ACCT 121, 122; BUAD 128. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

With Emphasis in: 
Administrative Assistant, Medical, Accounting 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semei 


iter 




i 


1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 103 


Accounting* 3 




OFAD 115 


Document Formatting 


3 




OFAD 223 


Office Systems Tech 3 




OFAD 213 


Info Resource Mgmt 


3 




OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 3 




OFAD 214 


Microoomput Doc Prod 




3 


OFAD 317 


Office Admin Proced 


3 


OFAD 216 


Business English 


3 




OFAD 345 


Computer-Aided Publish 


3 


OFAD 218 


Business Math Cal 




2 




Specialty Areas: 3 




OFAD 221 


Office Transcription 




3 




Admin Asst: OFAD 228 




OFAD 225 


Prof Development 
Area B, Bible 


3 


2 




Accounting: BUAD 128 
Medical: OFAD 316 






Area C, History 




3 




Specialty Areas: 


3 




Physical Ed 


_1 
16 


16 




Admin Asst: OFAD 230 
Account: ACCT 122 
Medical: OFAD 333 
Area B, Bible 3 
Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/ 

Speech 
Area E,** Science 3 
Area F, Behavior Sci 2 
17 


3 
15 



* Accounting Emphasis Majors must take Principles of Accounting, ACCT 121 
t *Medical Emphasis Majors must take Anatomy and Physiology, BIOL 101 or 102 



118 



Business and Office Administration 



Major-A.S. Health Information Administration (Formerly Pre- 
Medical Records Administration Program)«BIOL 101-102; MATH 103; 
PSYC 124; BIOL 151-152; OFAD 115; ACCT 121-122. Cognate require- 
ment: ENGL 102. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION 

Formerly Medical Records Administration 
(Allied Health Professions) 



YEAR 1 


Semester 
Ut 2nd 


YEAR 2 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


ACCT 121-122 


Prin of Accounting 


3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


SOCI223 


Marriage & Family 


2 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 






Area CM, History 


3 3 


OFAD 115 


Document Formatting 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/ 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Fine Arts 


2 3 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 


BIOL 151152 


General Biology 


_4 _4 




Area D, Lang/Lit/F Arts 3 








17 16 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


_1 










15 


16 









NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admissions Test 
(AHPAT) is required. 

MINORS IN BUSINESS, MARKETING, AND 
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION, 18 HOURS: 

Business Administration: ACCT 121-122; ECON 213 or 224; 
BUAD 234 or 344; and 6 hours of upper division in ACCT, BUAD, or 
ECON: 

Marketing: BMKT 226, 327, 424, plus 9 hours of electives in 
marketing. 

Office Administration: OFAD 115, 213, 221, 223, 315, 345. 



119 



Business and Office Administration 



ACCOUNTING 

ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the 
bookkeeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional 
offices, merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does not 
apply toward a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business and 
Office Administration. (Fall) 

ACCT 121-122. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours 

A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted 
Accounting Principles." The theory of debit and credit, transaction analysis, 
financial statement preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet accounts, 
income recognition, and basic management accounting concepts are covered. 

ACCT 311-312. Intermediate Accounting 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. 

An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including preparation 
of financial statements, intensive study ai|d analysis of the classification and 
evaluation of balance sheet accounts and their related income and expense 
accounts. (Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 321. Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 122. 

A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as a 
managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relationships, 
job-order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting, cost behavior 
patterns, transfer pricing, and divisional performance measurement. (Fall) 

ACCT 322. Cost and Managerial Accounting II 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and MATH 215. 

An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems, 
including cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual, 
standard, and direct cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more 
quantitative aspects of management are covered including decision-making 
under uncertainty, inventory control, cost behavior and regression analysis, the 
variance investigation decision, and mix and yield variances. (Spring) 

ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 311-312. 

A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated financial 
statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty, estates and 
trusts, foreign exchange, segment reporting, and not-for-profit institutional 
fund accounting and reporting. (Spring) 



120 



Business and Office Administration 



ACCT 417. Auditing 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212. 

A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public accounting 
work including generally accepted auditing standards, professional code of 
ethics of the AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall) 

ACCT 418, 419. C.P.A. Review Problems 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

A course designed to study accounting theory, auditing, accounting practice, 
and business law as exemplified by the official accounting pronouncements of 
the AICPA and FASB. (Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 421. Federal Income Taxes I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121 

An introductory course designed to provide training in the application of the 
Federal Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems of individuals. Primary 
emphasis is on Federal Income Taxes but Social Security Taxes will also be 
included. (Fall) 

ACCT 422. Federal Income Taxes II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 421 

A course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal Internal 
Revenue Code to the tax problems facing corporations, partnerships, estates, 
trusts. An introduction to tax research will also be included. (Spring) 

ACCT 443. Accounting Systems I 3 hours 

A study of accounting information systems. Internal control, reporting systems, 
computer based systems and systems development will be covered. (Fall) 



ECONOMICS 

ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student. It provides an 
understanding of the United States' mixed economy through a study of the 
market system, the role of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the 
impact of the foreign sector. This course does not apply on a major in 
accounting, management, or marketing. No credit is available if ECON 224 or 
225 has been taken. (Fall) 

ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics 3,3 hours 

ECON 224 (Macroeconomics) deals with total employment, output and income, 
with inflation and recession, and with the variables that influence these 
conditions. ECON 225 (Microeconomics) deals with scarcity and choice, 
individual goods and markets, and the price mechanism showing how it 
automatically directs the society's resources into the most desirable uses. 



121 



Business and Office Administration 



ECON 314. Money and Banking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 224. 

Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks, and their services, the Federal 

Reserve System, and other financial institutions are considered. (Spring) 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUAD 128, Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and practices 
designed to provide the techniques to manage personal finances. Budgeting, 
consumerism, insurance, home ownership, and investments are included in the 
topics covered. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

BUAD 234. Principles of Management 3 hours 

A beginning course designed to study business management including an 
analysis of business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional 
characteristics of the management process and current ethics. (Fall) 

BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BUAD 313. 

Linear Programming-simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, 
transportation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian 
statistics. Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. 
Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring) 

BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. 

A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis on 
instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to 
working capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall, Summer) 

BUAD 339. Business Law 4 hours 

A course design to study the nature and social functions of law including social 
control through law and the law of commercial transactions (uniform 
commercial code) and business organizations. (Spring) 

BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours 

An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of 
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at high 
levels. Among topics covered are selection, training, compensation and financial 
incentives, work standards, techniques of supervision and leadership. (Spring) 



122 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

An course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a small 
business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for establishing a 
new business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, and the 
management of the small business. (Fall) 

BUAD 354. Principles of Risk Management 2 hours 

An introductory study in the field of risk management. Material covered 
includes risk identification and measurement, insurance contracts and risk 
control tools. Insurance categories covered include liability, property, health 
and life. The primary emphasis will be on business applications, but some 
consideration will be given to the personal risk. (Spring) 

BUAD 358. Legal, Ethical, and Social 

Environment of Business 3 hours 

A study of how business should operate within the legal, ethical and political 
environment, its relationship to government agencies and control, and how 
individuals in leadership should relate various social and ethical problems. 
(Fall) 

BUAD 414. Business Strategies (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BUAD 234 and 334. 

This course of study is designed to give the student experience in decision- 
making and problem-solving through the case method. Students learn to 
identify, analyze, propose alternative solutions and make satisfactory decisions 
about business problems. Attention will be given both to internal problems and 
the external competitive nature of business. (Spring) 

BUAD 425. Investment Analysis (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 121. 

A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential investor 
of institutional or personal funds through the use of problems, readings, and 
cases. Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the security market, real 
estate, and fixed equipment investments. (Spring) 

BUAD 431. General Administration of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organization 
and management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, and 
controlling, including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities. A 
review of licensing requirements, insurance, business law, human relations and 
public relations will also be included. (Summer) 



123 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours 

A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration. 
Their relationship to other health care facilities in the total health care system, 
and technically related medical relationships and services. A complete review 
of OBRA is also included. (Summer) 

BUAD 434. Financial Management of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for 
management decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer) 

BUAD 435. Human Resource Management and 

Marketing of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employees 
with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a high level. 
Selection, compensation, financial incentives, work standards, and leadership 
are the topics that will be covered. Marketing functions, problems, services, 
and competitive practices will also be covered. (Summer) 

BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour 

This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. Top 
men and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real estate, 
finance, retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten lectures will 
be required. This course may be repeated for credit. (Spring) 

BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be arranged. 
Approval must be secured from Department Chairman prior to registration. 

BUAD 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours 

A tailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care 
facility will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. The tuition charge 
for eight semester hours is $800. For an additional fee of $1 per clock hour 
students may take additional on-the-job experience required for national 
examinations in some states. 



MARKETING 

BMKT 226. Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing 
institutions, basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, price 
policies, and competitive practices. (Fall) 



124 



Business and Office Administration 



BMKT 327. Consumer Behavior 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

An analysis of the consumer decision making process where behavioral science 
is combined with marketing theory to enable the marketer to understand and 
predict consumer behavior in the various stages of the buying decision. (Fall) 

BMKT 328. Sales Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

An examination of the basic sales processes necessary to achieve organizational 

objectives and the professional techniques used in the management of the sales 

* force ranging from planning-recruiting to day-to-day management. (Fall) 

BMKT 423. Promotional Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

An analysis of the communication function of marketing. Advertising, public 
relations, sales promotions, and personal selling are examined to enable the 
student to design an appropriate and complete promotional strategy for the 
business organization. (Fall) 

BMKT 424. Marketing Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

A case study approach to the solving of major marketing problems of various 
organizations and the ability to formulate appropriate strategies in responding 
to the presented case problems. (Spring) 

BMKT 425. Marketing Research 3 hours 

A study of the role of research in marketing decision-making; research process, 
scientific methods; analysis and interpretation of research findings. (Spring) 

BMKT 428. Marketing Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

This course is to design a real work marketing plan. Starting with 
organizational objectives, research is designed and then implemented with a 
marketing recommendation report to the participating business organization. 

* (Spring) 



OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

OFAD 105. Keyboarding (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is designed to introduce students to touch typing and basic 
formatting techniques. Emphasis is on mastery of the keyboard, developing 
basic keyboarding skills and formatting basic documents, including personal 
letters, business letters, memos, envelopes, tables, reports, outlines, and 
centered material such as announcements. Speed objective: 25-40 wpm. Not 
open to challenge examination. (Fall) 



125 



Business and Office Administration 



OFAD 115. Document Formatting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 105 or equivalent. 

This course builds on the keyboarding competencies students have developed. 
Emphasis is placed on increasing speed, improving accuracy, developing 
formatting skills, and learning production skills. Not open to challenge 
examination. (Fall) 

OFAD 213. Information Resource Management 3 hours 

Basic principles and procedures of storage and control of records involving a 
study of rules for alphabetic filing and projects on five methods of storage. An 
overview of automated file, using computer software. The criteria by which 
records are created, stored, used, and transferred are studied. (Fall) 

OFAD 214. Microcomputer Document Production (G-2) 3 hours 
Prerequisite: OFAD 115. 

The microcomputer is used to provide experience in producing documents 
found in typical business offices. The major focus of the course is productivity 
and excellence in document production. Emphasis is also placed on the mastery 
of word processing functions, composition skills, and application of 
communication skills. (Spring) 

OFAD 216. Business English 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisite: ENGL 101. 

An intense study of elementary grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spelling, 

and word usage as necessary for the fundamentals of business communication. 

(Fail) 

OFAD 218. Business Math Calculations (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or ACT score of 16 or above. 

The electronic calculator is use to solve common business problems which 
include: basic arithmetic operations, fractions, percentages, interest, discounts, 
merchandising, payrolls, depreciation and the use of credit. (Spring) 

OFAD 221. Office Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101, OFAD 216. 

Pre- or corequisite: OFAD 214. 

Development of skill in producing mailable office documents, using machine 

dictation. Focuses upon the development of business grammar, punctuation 

and document styles used in office transcription, regardless of the input media 

or kind of keyboarding equipment used. (Spring) 

OFAD 223. Office Systems Technology 3 hours 

An introduction to office systems. Through lectures, films and field trips, the 
student will learn about people, procedures and technology for the modern 
office environment. (Fall) 



126 



Business and Office Administration 



OFAD 225. Professional Development (G-2) 2 hours 

A program designed to provide an awareness of the "people" skills essential for 
job success. Topics include developing a positive self-image, ethics, time 
management, human relations and communications skills, organizational 
dynamics, and professional development. (Spring) 

OFAD 228. Speedwriting Techniques (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 115 or permission of instructor. 

This course provides instruction in "SuperWrite," an abbreviated writing 
system, based on the letters of the alphabet; designed to provide a fast method 
of notetaking. Fundamental principles presented and applied, together with 
transcription emphasis and practice. (Fall) 

OFAD 230/430. Applied Office Practice 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisite: OFAD 317. 

Supervised on-campus work program in an administrative office of the college 

or related industries. Conferences scheduled with instructor during semester 

for guidance and evaluation. Arrangements to be made in advance with 

department instructor. Open only to senior Office Administration majors. 

(Spring) 

OFAD 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101, 102. 

A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business 
communications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling and punctuation, and the 
writing of well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means of 
effective expression in business letter writing. (Fall, Spring) 

OFAD 316. Medical Terminology 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: OFAD 214, BIOL 101, or consent of instructor. 

A study of medical terms-their pronunciation, spelling, and meaning and their 

application to medical secretarial work. (Fall) 

OFAD 317. Office Administration Procedures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 213, 214, 223. 

An integration of skills learned in previous office administration courses, 
together with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics 
and initiative used in the profession. Lectures/simulations. (Spring) 

OFAD 333. Advanced Medical Terminology 

and Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 223 and 316. 

Continued emphasis on medical vocabulary, with emphasis on specific areas of 
medicine. Skill and knowledge developed in the transcription techniques and 
procedures of medical dictation. (Spring) 



127 



Business and Office Administration 



OFAD 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with CPTE 245/345, Computer Science and 
Technology Department. A student may receive credit for this course from only 
one department. 

An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing 
materials such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in 
the preparation of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-up and 
typesetting services using specialized desktop publishing software such as 
Aldus PageMaker and Xerox Ventura to do page layout. (Fall, Spring) 

OFAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Open only to majors in Office Administration. Research studies related to the 
field of Office Administration are assigned according to the experience and 
interest of the student. Length of project determines credit. This course may 
be repeated for credit. 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Business 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of the status, disciplines, and curricular structure of business 
education, the psychology of skill development and measurement, and lesson 
development of specific classes. An investigation of instructional materials and 
resources for the business education classroom. Special areas of instruction will 
be presented for the endorsement clusters of Basic Business, Accounting, Data 
Processing and Office Technology. 

(G-2), (W) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



128 



CHEMISTRY 



Chair: Steven Warren 

Faculty: Wiley Austin (Orlando), Mitchell Thiel 

Adjunct Faculty: Jim Engel 



Since everything we touch, eat, wear, or use is made of chemicals, 
the study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit. A major 
in Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging career in 
a wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial research, 
pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic chemistry, 
chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well as many 
business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales, patent 
research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a few. 

The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for 
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional 
applications of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A. degree 
is the preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or 
preparamedical fields and possibly for some of the business 
applications. 



ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

In order to aid the department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, 
nationally standardized tests prepared by the American Chemical 
Society for each of the various classes will be administered at the end 
of those classes. 



Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 
313-314, 315, 321, 485 or 497. CHEM 411-412, 413-414 may be 
substituted for CHEM 315, 321. The first course in Calculus is a 
cognate requirement. CPTR 131 is strongly recommended. 



129 



Chemistry 



Typicsi Sequence of Courses for 
B A. CHEMISTRY* 



YEARl 



CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 
ENGL 101-102 College Composition 
MATH 114 Preoalculue 

MATH 181 Calculus I 

Area B, Religion 
Area E, Biol/Phys/ 

Earth Science 
Area 0-3, Rec Skills 
Electives or Minor 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

4 4 
3 3 

4 



3 



16 15 



YEAR 2 



CHEM 311-312 
CHEM 313-314 



Organio Chemistry 
Organic Chem Lab 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-2, P Sci/Econ 
Area D, Lit/F Arts/ 



Semester 

3 3 

1 1 

3 



3 



Area 0-1, Creat Skil 

OR 
Area 0-3, Rec Skills 
Chemistry Elective 
Electives or Minor 



15 16 



YEARS 

CHEM 315 
CHEM 321 
CPTR 131 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Analytical Chemistry 
Instrumental Analysis 
Fund of Progm I 
Area B, Religion 
Area 0-1, History 
Area D-l, For Lang 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 
Elective 



16 



-1 
16 



YEAR 4 

CHEM 485 



Chemistry Seminar 
Area B> UD Religion 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 
Chemistry Elective 
Electives or Minor 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
t 



15 



12 
15 



•PLEASE NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the 
student enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then either years 2 and 3 or years 3 and 4 should 
be exchanged. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Major (B.S.): Forty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 
313-314, 315, 321, 411, 412, 413, 414, 485, 497, and Advanced Organic 
Chemistry are required. Cognate requirements are: PHYS 211-212, 
213-214, MATH 181, 182 and 315, CPTR 131. German or French is 
highly recommended. This course of study is designed for the 
professional chemist. Note that Physical Chemistry will be offered one 
year and Analytical and Instrumental Chemistries the following year. 
The student should plan accordingly. 



130 



Chemistry 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. CHEMISTRY* 











YEAR 2 




Semester 


YEAR 1 


I 


Semester 






1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


m r 

4 


8nd 
4 


CHEM 311-312 
CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chemistry 
Organic Chem Lab 


3 3 
1 1 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


3 


MATH 114 
MATH 181 
CPTR 131 


Precalculus 
Calculus I 
Funds of Prog I 


4 

3 


4 


MATH 315 


Diff Equations 
Area B, Religion 
Area C~l, History 


3 

3 

3 3 




Area B, Religion 
Area Q-3, Rec Skills 


* 1 


3 




Area D, Lang/Lit/ 
Fine Arts 


3 3 




Elective 


15 


_1 

15 




Elective 


_2 

15 16 


YEARS 


1 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st : 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physios 


3 


3 


CHEM 411-412 


Physical Chemistry 


3 3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 


1 


CHEM 413-414 


Physical Chem Lab 


1 1 


CHEM 315 


Analytical Chemistry 


4 




CHEM 485 


Chemistry Seminar 


1 


CHEM 321 


Instr Analysis 




4 


CHEM 497 


Intro to Research 


1-2 


CHEM 495 


DS: Adv Organic Chem 3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/ 






Area F, Beh/FanV 
Health Science 

Area CM, Great Skis 
OR 

Area G-3, Rec Skills 


2 


3 




Economics 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 

Fine Arts 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 


3 

3 
3 3 




Chemistry Electives 


16 


-2 
16 




Electives 


k2 _2 

16 15 



♦PLEASE NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the 
student enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then years 3 and 4 should be exchanged, and General 
Physics must be taken during the first or second year or a summer before the junior year. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Chemistry 
requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional 
education courses for licensure. See explanations in the Education and 
Psychology section, beginning on page 160. 



131 



Chemistry 



CHEMISTRY 



CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: A course in high school algebra. 

A minimum Mathematics ACT score of 16 or a minimum grade of "C" in 

MATH 099 are required. 

A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles 

of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each week. Does 

not apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112. 
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 
111*112. Two and one-half hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on 
a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through Intermediate 

Algebra. 

An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with 

applications to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and 

three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent.' 
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic 
carbon compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy, relative 
reactivities, reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these compounds. 
There are three hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 313-314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312. 
Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic 
chemistry laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, 
recrystallization, distillation, separations, etc. The exercises also illustrate 
reactions that are discussed in CHEM 311-312. Four hours of laboratory each 
week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of 
determinations, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry 
involved is studied in terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours of 
lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. This class is offered alternate 
years. (Fall, odd years) 



132 



Chemistry 



CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 315. 

A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spectrometry, 

chromatography, electrochemistry and radiochemistry. Three lectures and one 

laboratory session per week. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, even 

years) 

CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

The compounds, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under 
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Also some of the techniques 
for studying these areas are considered. There are four hours of lecture each 
week and no lab. Up to two hours of credit can be counted toward a biology 
major. (Spring) 

CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 315, 
or permission of instructor. 

Here gases, kinetic theory, thermodynamics and reaction kinetics are studied 
with the main emphasis on thermodynamics. There are three hours of lecture 
each week. This is taught alternate years. (Fall, even years) 

CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 315; CPTR 131 or 218, or permission of 
instructor. 

Areas to be studied include: Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of 
the energy equation; boundary-matching solutions for square wells and 
barriers; separation-of-variables method for the hydrogen atom; electron spin 
and the Pauli requirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with 
applications to states of light atoms; variation techniques for small atoms and 
molecules, Hueckel and LCAO methods, or other apparatus not including 
perturbation theory. There are three hours of lecture per week. This class is 
offered alternate years. (Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411, 412 must be taken concurrently 
or previously. 

Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory 
period each week. This class is offered alternate school years. (Fall, even 
years; Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field. To 

be taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall) 



133 



Chemistry 



CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or for 
a group of students who wish a special course on topics not taught under the 
regular class offerings. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Problems 
are assigned according to the experience and interest of the student. Prior to 
registration, two semesters before graduation, students are urged to contact 
all chemistry staff members with respect to choice of available problems. This 
should be taken no later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, 
Spring) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Chemistry 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 

and evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of 

textbooks. 



Taught at the Orlando Center 
CHEM 112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3 hours 

CHEM 114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1 hour 



(E-2), (W) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 






134 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 
AND TECHNOLOGY 



Chair: Bradley Hyde 

Faculty: John Durichek, Rick Halterman, Merritt MacLafferty 

Adjunct Faculty: John Beckett, Judy DeLay 



Computer Science deals with the design and programming of 
electronic digital computers. In today's society, it is rare that the 
average person goes through a day without using a computer in some 
way. Computers are used in cars, microwave ovens, VCR's, TVs and 
even washing machines. On Wall Street and at NASA, huge banks of 
computers display the current status. Almost everyone who writes now 
uses a word processor and even grade-school students are being taught 
by computers. 

With the growing use of computers has come a growing shortage of 
computer professionals. While some companies must hire untrained 
applicants, most are seeking employees with the training, skill, and 
knowledge of a graduate in Computer Science. Graduates from a 
computer science program find jobs in industry, health care, financial 
institutions, education, and research. 

The student should choose his area of interest and select courses 
from computer science and other fields that will fit well with his 
intended career. Some job titles are: Programmer, Systems 
Programmer, Systems Analyst, Team Leader, DataBase Administrator, 
Data Processing Manager, Software Engineer, Applications Engineer, 
Training Specialist, and Technical Writer. 

CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT 
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

L Users must use only those computer accounts which have 

been authorized for their use. 
2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes 

for which they were authorized, as arranged with the 

Computer Service Department. 



135 



Computer Science and Technology 

3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work 
of other users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn 
efficient means of utilizing the computer. 

4. Users of campus computers must not make or use 
unauthorized copies of copyrighted software. Shareware may 
be freely copied, but students who continue to use it should 
register and pay the specified fee. Violation of copyright is a 
serious crime and penalties can be severe. 

5. Planting "virus" programs or otherwise misusing campus 
computers in a way that might destroy the work others are 
doing is thoughtless vandalism and will be dealt with as any 
other destructive activity on campus. 



PROGRAMS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Major (BA.): Thirty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 
280, 317, 318, 319, (324 or 325), 485 and three hours of upper division 
computer electives. Cognates required: MATH 114, 215; BUAD 234. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including: CPTR 131, 132, 318. Of the 
remaining nine elective hours, three must be upper division. 

The minor is an excellent background for those whose profession is 
outside of data processing, but who will have to use the computer in 
their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor is also 
appropriate for any student who simply has an interest in computers. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BA COMPUTER SCIENCE 



YEARl Semester 

1st 2nd 

ENGL 101-102 
CPTR 131-132 
CPTR 219 
MATH 114 
MATH 104 



College Composition 


3 


3 


Fund of Prog I, II 


3 


3 


Sym Assembler Lang 




3 


Preoalculus 




4 


Int Algebra 






OR 


3 




Elective 






Area C-l, History 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 


Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Health Sci 


3 





15 16 



YEAR 2 Semester 

1st 2nd 

CPTR 217 COBOL Prog Lang 3 

CPTR 280 Discrete Structures 3 

CPTR 317 Intro to Fil Proc 3 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-l, For Lang 3 3 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Scienoe 2 

Area F, Nat Scienoe 3 

Area 0-8, Rec Skills 1 

Minor or Elective _3 

15 15 






136 



Computer Science and Technology 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 






CPTR 485 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 




OR 




2 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 


CPTR 325 


System* Design 








Area C-l, History 


3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 






Area D, Lit/F Arts 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/ 








Comp Sci Elective 


3 




Economics 


3 






Minor or Electivee 


JL _§ 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 








16 16 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 
Area 0-1, Creat Skis 

OR 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Minor or Elective* 


1 

J* 
16 


3 

1 

_7 
16 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 
280, 317, 318, 819, 324 or 325, 485, and thirteen hours of computer 
electives, four of which must be upper division. Cognates required: 
MATH 114, 215; BUAD 234. Only three hours of CPTR 105, 106, 107, 
and 126 may apply to a major in computer science. 

Those electing a B.S. in computer science may desire to work in a 
specific area of application of computer science, e.g., business, 
psychology, mathematics, or physics. Such students should include 
appropriate classes in these areas. A minor or double major should be 
considered. 

Students planning to do graduate work in computer science should 
definitely take the B.S. degree and include calculus and differential 
equations. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


1 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Lang 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 


8 


CPTR 280 


Discrete Structures 


3 


CPTR 219 


Sym Assembler Lang 


3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Proc 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 




CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 


3 




OR 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




MATH Elective 






Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 114 


Precalculua 


4 




Area E, Natural Sci 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Area C-l, History 


3 




Health Science 


2 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Area 0-3, Rec Skills 


_ JL 




Health Science 


3 

16 16 






15 15 



137 



Computer Science and Technology 



YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st : 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 






CPTR 485 


Comp Sci Seminar 


I 




OB 




2 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 


CPTR325 


Systems Design 








Area C-l, History 


3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 






Area D, Lang/Lit/ 






Area B, Religion 




3 




Fine Art 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sea/ 








Elective, Comp Sci 


3 3 




Economics 


3 






Electives 


7 




Area D-l, For Lang 


3 


3 






16 16 




Area CM, Creative 














OR 


1 


1 










Area Q-3, Rec Skills 














Elective, Comp Sci 


3 


4 










Electivee 


3 
16 


16 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



Major in Computer Information Systems: Sixty-six hours 
consisting of CPTR 106, 126, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 
326, 413, 485; ACCT 121-122, 321; ECON 224, 225; BUAD 234, 314, 
358, and eight hours of electives from CPTR, BUAD, ACCT, or ECON. 
Cognates required: MATH 114, 215, 181; SPCH 135; a psychology 
course. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 



YEAR 1 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 


ACCT 121-122 


Prin of Accounting 3 


3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 


1 


CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Applica 


2 


CPTR 131-132 


Fund of Programming 3 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B-l, Religion 3 
Electives 3 


3 




Area G-l/O-3, Skills J. 


1 




16 


16 



YEAR 2 


Summer 


CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 


1st 2nd 

COBOL Programming 3 
Intro to File Process 3 


ECON 224,225 
MATH 114 


Prin of Economics 3 3 
Precolculus 4 




Area B, Religion 3 
Area C-l, History 3 3 
Area D-3, Fine Arts 3 




Area E, Nat Science 3 




Area G-3, Rec Skis _1 




16 16 






138 



Computer Science and Technology 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 






1st 


2nd 


ACCT 321 


Coat & Mang Aoct I 


3 




BMKT226 


Intro to Marketing* 


3 




BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance* 


3 




BUAD 314 


Quant Mthdfl-BuB Dec 




3 


BUAD 358 


Legal-Ethical Env 






CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 






of Business 


3 




CPTB 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 


3 




CPTR 326 


Systems Management 


2 




CPTR 324 


System* Analysis 


2 




CPTR 485 


Computer Sci Seminar 


1 


CPTR 325 


Systems Design 




2 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 




4 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 




3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 






Area D-2, Literature 




3 




Area F, Psychology 




3 




Area P-2, Family Sci 








Electives in Major 




5 




OR 


2 








14 


16 




Area F-3, Health Sci 


16 


14 










SUMMER 

















Computer Sci Elective 3 



♦Recommended Courses to take 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Associate of Science Degree-Architectural Studies: Thirty-six 
semester hours including TECH 101, 145, 151, 295; CPTE 147, 245, 
249; CPTR 105, 106, 107; ART 104, 110; BMKT 226; BUAD 234, 344; 
ECON 213. Cognates: ENGL 102; MATH 104; PHYS 111. 

The AS. Degree in Architectural Studies can lead to advanced 
degrees or employment in the construction industry, the arts, business, 
and other fields. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 







First Year 




1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


TECH 101 


Tech Awareness 2 


CPTE 249 


Computer-Aided Draft 3 


TECH 151 


Architect Drafting 3 


ENGL 102 


English Composition 3 


ART 104 


Beginning Drawing 2 


ART 110 


Design II 3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 3 


BMKT 226 


Intro to Marketing 3 


CPTB 105 


Into to Word Proc 1 




Religion 3 


CPTR 106 


Into to Spreadsheets 1 




Skills/Rec Health ^ 


CPTR 107 


Intro to Data Base 1 




16 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 3 
16 







139 



Computer Science and Technology 





Second Year 




1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


TECH 145 


Intro to Graphic Arts 3 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgmt 3 


CPTE 245 


Computer Aided Pub 3 


CPTE 147 


Intro to Arch & Inter 3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 3 




History 3 


ECON213 


Survey of Economics 3 




Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 3 


PHYS111 


Intro to Physics 3 




Behavior/Family Sci _3 




Religion _3 




15 




18 







Associate of Science Degree-Computer Applications: 

Thirty-five semester hours including TECH 101, 145, 149, 174, 183, 
254, 376; CPTE 245, 249; CPTR 105, 106, 107, 131, 219. Cognates: 
MATH 104, PHYS 111. 

The AS. Degree in Computer Applications provides learning 
experiences in computer-aided drafting, computer 
numerically-controlled machines, robotics and automation, desktop 
publishing and other related computer applications. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A. S. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 









First Year 








Hours 

Tech Awareness 2 
Mechanical Drawing 2 
Intermediate Algebra 3 

(required cognate) 
Intro to Word Perfect 1 
Intro to Spreadsheets 1 
Intro to Data Base 1 


2nd Semester 
TECH 183 
CPTE 249 
ENGL 102 
PHYS 111 


Hours 


TECH 101 
TECH 149 
MATH 104 

CPTR 105 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 107 


Basic Electronics 
Comput-Aided Drafting 
College Composition 
Intro to Physics 
Religion 
Recreation Skills 


3 

3 
3 
3 
3 
_1 
16 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 
Religion 


3 
_3 
16 












Second Year 








Hours 

General Metals 3 
Intro to Graphic Arts 3 
Woodworking 3 
Comput- Aided Publish 3 
Fund of Programming 3 
Lan^Lit/Fine Arts _3 
18 


2nd Semester 

TECH 254 
TECH 376 

CPTR 219 


Hours 


TECH 174 
TECH 145 
TECH 154 
CPTE 245 
CPTR 131 


Furniture Design Const 3 
Automation/Robotics 

(CIM) 3 
Symbol Assembly Lang 3 
History 3 
Behavior/Family Sci 3 
Elective 1 
16 



140 



Computer Science and Technology 



Associate of Science Degree-Computer Science: Twenty-four 
hours in computer science consisting of: CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 
318, 319. Cognates required: ACCT 121, 122, 321; BUAD 234. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 



YEAR1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


ACCT 121122 


Prin of Accounting 


3 3 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 


3 


CPTR 219 


Symbolic Assemb Lang 3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 




OR 


3 




MATH Elective 




MATH 114 


Precalculus 


4 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skill 


1 




Electives 


3 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 321 
BUAD 234 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
CPTR 318 
CPTR 319 



16 16 



Cost Accounting I 
Prin of Mgmt 
COBOL Prog Lang 
Intro to Fil Proc 
Data Structures 
Data Base Mgmt Syst 
Area B, Religion 
Area C, Hist/Pol Sci/ 

Economics 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 

Fine Arts 
Area E, Nat Sci 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Sci 
Elective 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 

3 

3 

3 
3 

3 
3 



_1 
16 



16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of admissions deficiencies. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CPTR 105. Introduction to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor. 

Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating form 

letters, and using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. (Spring) 

CPTR 106. Introduction to Spreadsheets (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: MATH 103 or 104 or Math ACT of 22. 

A course using microcomputer spreadsheet programs. The most commonly 

used functions will be described with simple lab problems. 

CPTR 107. Introduction to Data Base Applications (G-2) 1 hour 
Prerequisite: CPTR 106. 

A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information 
retrieval, report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information. 
(Spring) 



141 



Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2)3 hours 

An overview of computer information systems. This survey course introduces 
computer hardware, software, procedures, systems, and human resources and 
explores their integration and application in business and other segments of 
society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving and programming in 
a higher-level programming language are discussed and applied. This course 
does not apply on a major in Computer Science. (Fall, Spring) 

CPTR 126. Spreadsheet Applications (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 106. 

The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial 

planning and management (Spring) 

CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or MATH ACT of 22 or permission of instructor. 
Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging, 
modularity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced, using a 
structured language. (Fall) 

CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131; Pre- or corequisite: OFAD 105 or typing speed of 35 

wpm. 

An introduction to software technology including elementary data structures 

for the development of reliable, modifiable programs. (Spring) 

CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems 

using the COBOL Language. (Fall) 

CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing 

techniques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organization, 

symbolic coding and assembly systems and program segmentation and linkage. 

Systems and utility programs and programming techniques. Several computer 

projects to illustrate basic machine structure and programming techniques. 

(Spring) 

CPTR 280. Discrete Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

Recommended: Familiarity with a programming language. 

An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 

computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 

combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof 

techniques, and finite state automata. (Fall) 



142 



Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 217. 

Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random access 
files and processing techniques. Development of programs and systems of 
programs for batch and interactive environments. (Spring) 

CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132 and MATH 114. 

Stacks, recursion, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sorting and searching. (Fall) 

CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217. 

Recommended: CPTR 317. 

Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design, 

implementation, and management issues. (Spring) 

CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of both 
classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows, process 
flows, input and output necessary for defining logical system requirements. 
Structured techniques for dealing with complexity in the development of 
computer based information systems. 

CPTR 325. Systems Design 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and 

evaluation. Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design, 

module coupling, and module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's 

complexity. 

CPTR 326. Systems Management 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

This course presents management principles unique to the data processing 
environment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software 
version control, and user services. 

CPTR 365. Operating Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets, 
data representation, task management and scheduling, secondary storage 
concepts, multi-processor systems, microprogramming, and array procedures. 
(Fall, odd years) 



143 



Computer Science and Technology 

CPTR 366. Microcomputer Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

A class with a large lab component. The student will assemble on a plug-board 
a complete working microcomputer. The class will cover the information 
necessary to design a microprocessor based computer with static or dynamic 
memory, ROM, interrupts, DMA, and various types of I/O. Reading 
manufacturers specifications and working within the timing parameters is an 
important part of the course. (Spring, even years-enrollment limited to 10 due 
to lab equipment.) 

CPTR 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours 

See CPTE 376 for course description. 

CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 217, 219. 

Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and 
their run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to a 
variety of languages. (Spring) 

CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above. 
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current 
computer science literature. (Spring) 

CPTR 490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff. 

Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses. 

May be repeated with permission to a maximum of six hours. 

CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and department chair. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer 

science students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 



COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 

CPTE 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours 

See TECH 101 for course description. 



144 



Computer Science and Technology 



CPTE 147. Introduction to Architecture 

and Interiors 3 hours 

An examination of the scope and interrelationships of the professions of 
architecture and architectural interiors. The role of the designer in society is 
discussed with consideration of the opportunities for pursuing a rewarding 
career. Students are introduced to components of the faculty, each describing 
his or her teaching area. Information sources in architecture are outlined and 
methods of collecting, structuring and presenting data and ideas are included. 
Field trips are made to professional offices, manufacturers, and significant 
buildings and interiors. Open to all students. 

CPTE 251. Computer-Aided Design in Architecture 3 hours 

Through tutorials, exercises, and projects the student gains working 
knowledge of the drafting and design capabilities of computer-aided design. 
Introduction to three-dimensional programs using DataCAD and other 
architectural programs. 

CPTE 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing 
materials such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in 
the preparation of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-up and 
typesetting services using specialized desktop publishing software such as 
Aldus PageMaker and Xerox Ventura to do page layout. (Fall, Spring) 

CPTE 249/349, Computer-Aided Drafting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent. 

An introduction to Computer- Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an 
aid in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural 
and electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods of laboratory 
each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 

CPTE 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: TECH 149, 183, 249/349 or equivalent. 

Basic elements and principles of computer integrated manufacturing including 
terminology, computer hardware/software and interfacing, system integration, 
flexible manufacturing and robotic applications. 

(G-2) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirement*. 



145 



CONSUMER AND 
FAMILY SCIENCES 



All classes in this department either have been phased out or 
reassigned to other departments. Students who began majoring in this 
field before the phase out will continue to receive their degrees as they 
complete their General Education classes and other graduation 
requirements. Please note the following changes: 

CFSC 201, Parenting I (F-2), 2 hours, and CFSC 202, 
Parenting II (F-2) 2 hours, have become SOCI 201, 
Parenting, 3 hours, in the Behavioral Science Department. 
The class carries the same General Education application. 

FDNT 125, Nutrition (F-3), 3 hours, has been transferred 
to the Nondepartmental section of the catalog. This class is 
administered by the Nursing Department. It retains its same 
number, the same credit, and General Education application. 



146 



EDUCATION 
AND PSYCHOLOGY 



Chair: George Babcock 

Faculty: Fern Babcock, Ben Bandiola, Diane Butler, Jon Green, Carole 
Haynes, Helen Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, Ruth Williams- 
Morris 

Adjunct Faculty: 

Frank DiMemmo, John Baker, Faculty of Collegedale Academy, 
Faculty of Spalding Elementary School, Susan Boggs, Henry 
Farr, Gerald Kovalski, Rita Roark, Ann Steiner, Alice Voorheis 

1991/92 Teacher Education Advisory Council: 

George Babcock, Chair; Don Beard, Vern Billoff, Diane Butler, 
Hamlet Canosa, Sylvia Crook, Jim Epperson, Jon Green, Carole 
Haynes, Nathaniel Higgs, Gordon Klocko, Gerald Kovalski, 
Norwida Marshall, Oster H. Paul, Mary Jayne Ries, Cyril Roe, 
Helen Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, Alice R. Voorheis, Don L. 
Weatherall, William Wright, Jr. 

1991/92 Teacher Education Council: 

George Babcock, Chair; Ben Bandiola, Jeannie Bradley 
(Student), Janene Burdick (Student), Kermise Rowe, Sylvia 
Crook, Joyce Cotham, John Durichek, David Ekkens, Robert 
Garren, Phil Garver, Jon Green, Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska, 
Carole Haynes, Leon Mashchak, Bob Moore, Helmut Ott, Dennis 
Pettibone, Mary Ries, Marvin Robertson, Jeanette Stepanske, 
Alton Whidden, William Wohlers 



DEGREES OFFERED 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology has been a stand-alone major at Southern College for 
more than a decade, with graduates later pursuing study in such fields 
as marriage and family counseling, community and school counseling, 
school psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, and industrial 
and experimental psychology--as well as business, law, dentistry, and 
medicine. Statistical and simulation computer software have enhanced 
student research practice and training-with Apples, Model 4's, IBM's 
and compatibles, and campus terminals. 



147 



Education/Psychology 



At Southern College-and elsewhere-the Psychology mcyor is 
considered pre-professional. It is an undergraduate major in psychology 
which will serve as preparation for later study at the master's and 
doctoral degree levels. In order to improve one's chances for admission 
to graduate programs, a student will want to (a) achieve well in 
psychology and general education courses, (b) take as many psychology 
electives as possible, along with statistics and computer science, (c) 
obtain a competitive score on graduate admission tests (usually the 
GRE) taken during the fall of the senior year, and (d) apply to 10 or 
more specific schools for graduate study. 

Major: Thirty hours including PSYC 124, 128, 315, 384, 415, and 
285/485. Cognate requirements are MATH 215 (with C- grade or above) 
and three hours each in biology and computer science. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including PSYC 124, 128. Six hours of upper 
division are required for the minor in psychology. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B-A. PSYCHOLOGY 



YEARl 

PSYC 124 
PSYC 128 
ENGL 101-102 
RELB 125 
MATH 103 
HIST 174 

HIST 154 
PEAC 

PSYC 285 
CPTR105 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 107 
HIST 175 

HIST 155 



Semester 
H* 2nd 

Intro to Psychology 5 
Developmental Psych 3 

College Composition 3 3 
Life & Teachings 3 

Survey of Math 3 

World Civilisation 

OR 3 

Amer Hist & Insti 
Area G-3, Elective 1 

Elective in Minor 3 

Psychology Practicuro 1 

Intro to Word Process 1 

Intro to Spreadsheets 1 

Intro to Data Base 1 

World Civilization 

OR 3 

Amer Hist & Institu 

16 16 



YEAR 2 



PSYC 
BIOL 103 



RELB 
MATH 215 



ERSC 105 
SPCH 135 



PSYC 485 



UD Elective 
AreaE-1, Prin of Bio 
Area D-l, For Lang 
Area R-l, Bibl Stud 
Statistics (Cognate) 
Elective in Minor 
Earth Set or Area-E 
Area D, Intro to 

Public Speaking 
Psychology Practicum 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 

3 

3 3 

3 

3 



15 



3 

3 

3 

J, 
16 









148 



Education/Psychology 



YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st : 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


PSYC 


UD Elective 


2 




PSYC 


UD Elective 


3 


PSYC384 


Experimental Ptych 


3 






Elective in Minor 


3 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Pityoh 




3 




UD Elective in Minor 


6 


PSYC 415 


Hist & By of Psych 




3 


KELT 


UD Religion Elective 


3 


PSYC 405 


Directed Study 




1 




Electives 


6 


BELT 


Religion Elective 




3 




UD Electives 


7 




UD Electives 




6 


PSYC 485 


Psychology Practicum 


1 




Electives in Minor 


3 








15 14 




Areas 0-1 or O-S 














Electives 


2 












Area C-2, PLSC/ECON 3 












Electives 


16 


16 









BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 
Leading to Licensure K-8 

While this degree program is open to anyone, it is required for all 
those who desire to teach Kindergarten and/or lower elementary 
grades. 

Major (B.A.): Thirty-two hours including PSYC 124, 128, 217, 230, 
233, 240, 315, 356, 377, 421, 434, and 485. 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 8 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC 217 Educational Psychology 2 

PSYC 230 Principles and Applications of Cognitive Development ... 2 

PSYC 233 Human Sexuality 3 

PSYC 240 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth 2 

PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 8 

PSYC 336 Language Acquisition and Development 2 

PSYC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling 3 

PSYC 421 Behavioral Management 2 

PSYC 434 Research Design and Practices 3 

PSYC 485 Psychology Practicum . _2 

TOTAL 32 



The courses listed below must be taken, in addition to the major, to 
fulfill teacher licensure requirements. These courses also fulfill general 
education requirements as outlined: 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 215 9 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELB, 3 UD hours; RELT 138, 255 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 175, 356; GEOG 204 12 

AREA D Foreign language if less than 2 units 

earned in high school 0-6 



149 



Education/Psychology 



Teacher Licensure/General Education Requirements, cont. 

AREA D ART 280; MUED 231; SPCH 135; LIBR 325 10 

AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9 

AREA P HLED 173, 203 4 

AREA G 3 hours PEAC; PETH 463 5 

EDUG 135, 250, 426, 427, 432, 445, 453, 454, 

459, 462, 465, 466 32 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 

BJL PSYCHOLOGY 

Leading to Licensure K-8 



YEAKl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




M 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 3 




EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 3 




HIST 154 


American Hist ft Inst 3 




PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 1 




PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 1 




PSYC124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




PSYC233 


Human Sexuality 3 




BELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 3 




RELT255 


Christian Beliefs 3 






Area D-l, Foreign Lang 3 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spkg 3 




BIOL 103 


Prin of Biology 


3 


ART 230 


Intro to Art Exper 


2 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 


HLED 203 


Safety Education 


2 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 


2 


PSYC128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


HIST 175 


World Civilisations 


3 




16 


16 


PSYC230 


Prin ft Appt Cog Dev 


2 








PSYC240 


Tohg Except Ch ft Yth _ 
16 


2 
14 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




If* 2nd 




lit 2nd 


GEOG204 


World Geography 3 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 2 




LIBR 325 


Library Mat Children 3 




EDUC 445 


Reading ft Lang Arts 3 




MATH 215 


Statistics 3 




EDUC 453 


Mathematics Methods 2 




PSYC336 


Lang Aop/Develop 2 




PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 2 




PSYC856 


Tests & Measurements 2 




PSYC 421 


Behavior Management 2 




RELB 


Elective 3 




RELB 


Elective 3 




HIST 356 


Natives ft Strangers 


3 


EDUC 426 


Kindergarten Methods 


3 


MUED 231 


Music and Movement 


2 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 


2 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 


EDUC 454 


Science ft Health 


2 


PSYC217 


Educational Psych 


2 


EDUC 459 


Bible ft Soc Studies 


3 


PSYC377 


Foundations of Counsel 


3 


EDUC 462 


Educ Organ ft Ldrshp 


1 


PSYC485 


Psychology Practicum 


1 


EDUC 465 


Small Schools Seminar 


1 


PSYC315 


Abnormal Psychology __ 


3 


PSYC 434 


Research Design & Prac 


3 




16 


15 


PSYC 486 

YEARS 

EDUC 466 


Psychology Practicum _ 
14 

Enhanced Student Tchg 8 


JL 
16 



150 






Education/Psychology 



B.S. IN SOCIAL SCIENCE 
Leading to Licensure 1-8 
(With Language Arts Emphasis) 

This degree program is required for those who desire to teach the 
middle and upper elementary grades. However, the program is open to 
anyone. 

Major (B.S.): Thirty-nine hours including ENGL 214, 218, S15, 
Elective in Literature; HIST 155, 356; LIBR 326; PSYC 124, 128, 230, 
240, 336, 356, 421, and 462. 

ENGL 214 Survey of American Literature 3 

ENGL 218 Principles of Grammar 2 

ENGL 315 Introduction to Linguistics 2 

ENGL Literature Elective (upper division) 3 

ENGL 313 Expository Writing 

OR 3 

ENGL 314 Creative Writing 

HIST 155 American History and Institutions 3 

HIST 356 Natives and Strangers 3 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC 230 Principles and Application of Cognitive Development ... 2 

PSYC 240 Teaching Exceptional Children and Youth . . 2 

PSYC 336 Language Acquisition and Development 2 

PSYC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 

PSYC 421 Behavior Management 2 

PSYC 462 Educational Organization and Leadership 1 

TOTAL 39 



The courses listed below must be taken, in addition to the major, to 
fulfill teacher licensure requirements. These courses also fulfill general 
education requirements as outlined: 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 103 9 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELB, 3 UD hours; KELT 138, 255 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 175; GEOG 204 9 

AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 136 7 

AREAE BIOL 108; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9 

AREA F SOCI 233; HLED 173, 203 7 

AREA G 3 hours PEAC; PETH 463 5 

EDUC 135, 217, 250, 427, 432, 445, 453, 454, 
459, 463, 467 30 



151 



Education/Psychology 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. IN SOCIAL SCIENCE 

Leading to Licensure 1-8 
(Language Arts Emphasis) 



YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st and 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


s" 


3 


EDUC 217 


Educational Psychology 


2 




BIOL 103 


Prin of Biology 


3 




ENGL 214 


Survey of American Lit 


3 




EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




ERSC 105 


Earth Science 


3 




PSYC124 
RELT 138 




3 
3 




HIST 154 
RELT 255 


American History 
Christian Beliefs 


3 
3 




Adventist Heritage 




ART 230 


Intro to Art Exper 




2 




General Ed Elective 


2 




HIST 175 


World Civilisations 




3 


CHEM1U 


Survey of Chemistry 




3 


HLED173 


Health and Life 




2 


GEOG204 


World Geography 




3 


PSYC128 


Developmental Psych 




3 


HIST 155 


American Hist & Inst 




3 


SPCH136 


Interpersonal Commun 


15 


J* 

16 


HLED203 
PEAC 


Safety Education 
PE Activity Elective 




2 

1 










SOCI233 


Human Sexuality 


16 


3 

15 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR4 


Semester 




, 


1st 2nd 




, 


1st 2nd 


ENGL 218 


Principles of Grammar 


2 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 




LIBR325 


Library Mat for Child 


3 




EDUC 445 


Reading ft Lang Arts 


3 




MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


8 




EDUC 453 


Mathematics Methods 


2 




MUED231 


Music and Movement 


2 




PETH463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 




PSYC421 


Behavior Management 


2 




PSYC280 


Prin ft Appl Cog Dev 


2 




RELB 


UD Elective 


3 




PSYC336 


Lang Acq ft Develpmnt 


2 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 




2 


EDUC 454 


Science ft Health 




2 


ENGL 315 


Intro to linguistics 




2 


EDUC 459 


Bible ft Social Studies 




3 


ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 






EDUC 463 


Small Schools Seminar 




1 




OR 




3 


ENGL 


literature Elective 




3 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 






HIST 356 


Natives ft Strangers 




3 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 




1 


PSYC462 


Educ Organ ft Ldrship 




1 


PSYC240 


Tchg Except Child ft Youth 


2 






14 


15 


PSYC356 


Tests ft Measurements 




2 










RELB 


UD Elective 




_3 


YEARS 












15 


15 


EDUC 467 


Enhanced Student Tchi 


J8 





TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

Southern College has approved teacher certification programs in 
three levels: 

K-8 

B A in Psychology Leading to Licensure 

B.S. in Social Science Leading to Licensure 



152 



Education/Psychology 



Teacher Education Programs, cont. 

K-12 
Health/Physical Education 
Music Education 
7-12 
Bible Education 
Business Education with cluster endorsements in: 

Accounting 

Basic Business 

Data Processing 

Office Technology 
Biology Education 
Chemistry Education 
English Education 
Foreign Language Education 

French 

German 

Spanish 
History Education 
Mathematics Education 
Physics Education 



Philosophy and Objectives 

The Department of Education and Psychology is the unit duly 
authorized to prepare teachers who meet certification requirements for 
public, church related, and other private elementary and secondary 
schools. 

The unit subscribes to the philosophy that man was created in the 
image of God but as a result of willful disobedience sin has marred his 
God-given attributes and divine likeness. This philosophy recognizes 
that the object of education is also the object of redemption-to restore 
in man the image of his maker and bring him back to the perfection in 
which he was created. Thus the work of redemption is also the work of 
education, involving the development of the whole person-physical, 
mental, spiritual, and social. 

The teacher education programs in the unit are founded upon the 
basic assumption that there is a body of information, research, and 
practice that make up the knowledge base for the teaching profession 
and that acquisition of this knowledge is a significant part of the 
teacher's preparation. The unit further confirms the belief that a 



153 



Education/Psychology 



teacher should be a good example in health, intellect, and character. 
This program of teacher education is guided by the following statement 
of mission: 

Statement of Mission 

The Education Department operates within the context of the 
educational philosophy and objectives of Southern College of 
Seventh-day Adventists. The Education Department is committed 
to preparing educational personnel-primarily for the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church school system and, secondarily, for the public 
schools-who can function effectively in a culturally pluralistic 
society and successfully serve school clientele with diverse 
backgrounds and abilities. The Education Department is further 
committed to utilizing the latest developments in technology, 
educational research, academic resources of the institution and 
allied agencies, and personnel to provide a unified approach to 
general education, professional studies and specialty studies. 

Objectives of the Teacher Education Program 

The teacher education program at Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists is designed to help the teacher candidate develop personal 
values and acquire the knowledge, skills, and competencies needed to 
function effectively in the teacher's role as a person, a facilitator of 
learning, a practitioner, and a professional. 

The Teacher As a Person 

To promote the personal development of the prospective teacher 
(which includes physical, aesthetic, intellectual, and moral values) by 
guidance and advisement through general education which results in: 

1. an understanding, appreciation, and enjoyment of man's 
creative activity in the humanities, social, and natural 
sciences; 

2. a development of personal values that recognize our 
pluralistic cultural heritage as well as individual worth 
and integrity and brotherhood of mankind under God; 

3. the ability to communicate ideas clearly and effectively in 
reading, writing, speaking, and listening; 

4. an appreciation of the value of health and the importance 
of health practices in home and family life. 



154 



Education/Psychology 



The Teacher As a Facilitator of Learning 

To provide a set of educational experiences that will enable the 
teacher candidate to master the skills in: 

5. planning curriculum encounters with learners with 
appropriate materials and instructional strategies; 

6. identifying learning objectives at appropriate levels; 

7. using diagnostic and evaluation strategies; 

8. handling classroom management and reinforcement 
strategies; 

0. applying principles of human growth and development 
and theories of learning to classroom situations; 

10. integrating faith and learning, along with emphasizing 
character development; 

11. recognizing and encouraging creativity and the maximum 
possible development of student abilities. 

The Teacher As a Practitioner 

To maintain a learning environment that is conducive to acquiring 
the knowledge, skills and competencies that characterize successful 
practitioners through: 

12. enhancement of positive attitude toward self, intellectual 
curiosity, and independent critical thinking; 

13. continuing experimentation and innovation with new 
pedagogical practices and basic tools of learning; 

14. utilization of translatable research; 

15. on-campus instruction and off-campus field experiences 
in public and private schools. 

The Teacher As a Professional 

To provide a social-emotional climate and opportunities for the 
development of leadership skills while encouraging attitudes and 
experiences that foster professional growth by: 

16. participating actively in the campus student education 
association; 

17. becoming familiar with the professional organizations and 
their journals and the nature of the articles reported in 
them; 

18. keeping abreast with developments in education, school 
reform and legislation; 



155 



Education/Psychology 



19. participating in activities that enhance church, home, and 
community relationships. 

20. demonstrating a genuine interest and concern for the physical, 
mental, social, and spiritual development of the learner. 

Advisement 

The major goal of the advisement process is to orient the teacher 
candidate with the total teacher education program, with nuyor 
emphasis on its three components, namely, general education, 
professional education, and specialty studies. This is accomplished by 
the academic advisor as he/she interacts with his/her advisees during 
advisement sessions. 

Each student accepted at Southern College who indicated that 
teaching is his/her professional objective is assigned an educational 
program advisor by the Chair of the Department of Education and 
Psychology in cooperation with the advisement coordinator in the 
Records Office. Those preparing for K-8 or 1-8 licensure are assigned 
one major advisor from the department while teacher candidates 
pursuing K-12 and 7-12 teaching certification programs are assigned 
two advisors, one in their special content area and another in 
education. Both advisors sign the students' registration form during 
advisement period and at registration time. The advisors assist in 
planning a student's academic program each year and guide their 
advisees through the various stages of the teacher education program. 
Students are responsible for making the necessary applications, 
meeting the requirements, and the relevant deadlines. 

Requirements 
I. ADMISSION PROCEDURES 

Admission to Southern College does not automatically enroll the 
student to teacher education. There are three stages that students 
must go through to be fully vested in the teacher education program. 
A. Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 

Each student accepted at Southern College who indicated that 
teaching is his/her professional objective is assigned an 
educational program advisor by the Chair of the Department of 
Education and Psychology in cooperation with the advisement 
coordinator in the Records Office. The advisors assist in 
planning a student's academic program each year and guide 
their advisees through the stages of the teacher education 
program. Advisors and advisees should work closely to follow 
the professional sequence of courses. Students assume responsi- 



156 



Education/Psychology 



bility for making necessary applications, meeting the require- 
ments, and other relevant deadlines. 

The first semester of the sophomore year but not later than 
the second semester of the sophomore year, the student should 
file a formal application for initial admission to the teacher 
education program. Application forms may be obtained from the 
department secretary at Summerour Hall. Transfer students 
wishing to enter the Teacher Education Program should file an 
application after the first year in residence. Upon application, 
a file is set up for each applicant containing relevant 
information to the student's candidacy. Applicants are urged to 
visit with the Education secretary to make sure that the 
following criteria for admission are obtained: 

1. Be in residence at the College. 

2. Submit an autobiography in your own 
handwriting containing anecdotal information on 
why you decided to pursue a career in teaching. 

3. Have an overall grade point average of 2.50. 

4. Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum 
grade of C-. 

5. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral 
fitness. 

6. Have successfully completed EDUC 135 with a 
minimum grade of C-. 

7. Have passed the Pre-Professional Skills Test 
(PPST) which is the entrance competency test 
required by the State of Tennessee. 

8. Have taken the 16 Personality Factor Test. 

9. Have obtained recommendations from the Dean 
of Students and the Department in which the 
student is enrolled. 

Applicants who meet the above criteria are recommended by the 
Education faculty to the Teacher Education Council. The student will 
be informed in writing as to the status of the application for admission 
following the action of the Teacher Education Council. 

B. Candidacy and Retention in Teacher Education 

After the applicant has been admitted to the teacher education 
program, his/her progress will be reviewed by a Candidacy 
Committee, consisting of the Adviser, a departmental 
representative, and one person from the practicing profession. 



157 



Education/Psychology 



As a teacher candidate, the applicant will be given an 
opportunity to interact with the candidacy committee in a 
non-threatening atmosphere. During the interview the 
candidate can strengthen his commitment to teaching or 
express his concerns and questions about the teaching 
profession. 

Retention in the teacher education program is contingent on 
successful completion of courses attempted and maintenance of 
the academic standard required for initial admission to the 
program. Teacher candidates are expected to maintain 
consistent personal representation of the standards and 
objectives of Southern College and the teacher education 
program. 

C. Authorization to do Student Teaching 

During the first semester of the senior year, the teacher 
candidate must file a formal application with the Chair of the 
Department of Education and Psychology for authorization to do 
student teaching. Application forms may be obtained from the 
department secretary at Summerour Hall. A later application 
may delay the student teaching experience. Student teaching is 
regarded as the culminating experience of the Teacher 
Education Program. 

The following criteria are considered for each applicant: 

1. Completion of all professional education courses 

2. Cumulative GPA of 2.50 
Major Studies GPA of 2.50 
Professional Education GPA of 2.50 

3. Evidence of good physical and mental health 

4. Adherence to standards and objectives of Southern College 
and the Teacher Education Council. 

Teacher candidates who meet the above criteria are recommended 
by the Education faculty to the Teacher Education Council. Candidates 
are informed in writing as to the status of their application following 
the action of the Teacher Education Council. 

II. APPEAL PROCEDURES 

Criteria and standards for admission to teacher education 
are explicit, but allows for second chance attempts. Courses 
may be repeated to raise GPA. However, a person who has 
failed the PPST after having taken it twice may appeal to the 



158 



Education/Psychology 



Appeals Committee. The applicant who has to take this alternative 
route will be evaluated on the bases of eminence and outstanding 
strengths in several other criteria rather than minimal meeting of 
those criteria. The Appeals Committee makes recommendation to 
the Teacher Education Council who determines the final action. 
Any applicant who determines to follow this alternative policy 
must seek council from the Chair of the Department of Education 
and Psychology. 

Teacher Certification 

Certification is the process of granting legal authorization to teach 
in the public or private elementary or secondary schools of a state or 
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church based on meeting predetermined 
qualifications. Certification has been established to give professional 
status to qualified teachers and to assure school boards and parents 
that the teacher is well prepared. 

Who can obtain certification? 

Every student who successfully completes the requirements for 
teaching in the elementary or secondary school and graduates from 
Southern College will receive recommendation for certification based 
upon the following criteria: 

A. Successful completion of student teaching assignment 

B. Satisfactory completion of all credential requirements 

C. Recommendation of major departments 

D. Satisfactory score on the core battery and appropriate specialty 
area of the National Teacher Examination 

E. Approval of the Teacher Education Council. 

Certification is not automatic. The eligible candidate must make the 
necessary application to the appropriate union conference for 
denominational certification and to the specific state department of 
education where the candidate expects to teach. Information regarding 
certification is available through the certification officer. Since teacher 
certification regulations are always in the process of change, graduating 
teacher education candidates are urged to make their applications for 
certification immediately. 

What certificates may be obtained? 

A. Teacher's Certificate (Tennessee) 

A certificate is issued on the basis of a minimum of a Bachelor's 



159 



Education/Psychology 



Degree with a major in at least one subject teaching field and 
the completion of an approved teacher education program. 
B. Basic Certificate (SDA denominational) 

Required by the Department of Education of the North 
American Division of Seventh-day Adventists. This seven-year 
denominational certificate is issued on the basis of completing 
the following courses in addition to the above requirements: 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

KELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB Biblical Studies 6 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 

Requirements for Certification 

Candidates for state certification must complete the appropriate 
teacher preparation curriculum. This consists of three components: 
general education, professional education, and major studies. 

A. General Education: 

This component represents that portion of the total teacher 
education program designed to foster the development of those 
competencies that are basic to all life's responsibilities and 
provide intellectual foundation in the liberal arts. Students 
pursuing a teacher education curriculum must work closely with 
their advisors for guidance in the selection of general education 
courses that are appropriate to their individual needs. Relevant 
courses are listed in this catalog under the seven main areas of 
the general education requirements, pages 52-56. 

B. Professional Education: 

Elementary: Elementary Education courses are included with 
the degree requirements listed on pages 149-152 of this catalog. 

Secondary: The following courses are required for secondary 
teaching certification. In order to be eligible for certification, 
students must have a minimum grade point average of 2.50 in 
the mqjor, professional education, and cumulative. 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Children and Youth . 2 hours 

EDUC 358 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 421 Behavioral Management 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 



160 



Education/Psychology 



B. Professional Education, Secondary, cont. 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 462 Educational Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 8 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 

C. Major Studies: 

Major studies requirements: Preparation for teaching in the 
elementary school requires a B A in Psychology with licensure 
K-8 or a B.S. in Social Science leading to licensure 1-8. See 
listing of course sequence on pages 150-152 of this bulletin. 

The following departments offer majors that can be combined 
with professional education courses resulting in licensure to 
teach: 

Biology 

Business 

Chemistry 

Education and Psychology 

English 

Health/Physical Education 

History 

Mathematics 

Modern Languages 

Music 

Physics 

Religion 

Students are to complete the degree requirements as specified 
by their chosen major plus the professional education courses as 
listed under B above. 

D. Miscellaneous Information Relative to Teacher Training: 

1. Because of time commitments during the student teaching 
experience, no additional courses may be taken. 

The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the 
opportunity for student teachers to teach in off-campus 
student teaching centers. 

It is expected that any student entering student teaching 
will have completed all other courses. 

2. Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of 
one-fourth of the credit required for the certificate provided 
that no more than four semester hours in education are 

161 



Education/Psychology 



applied on the professional education requirement. If 
personal circumstances demand a correspondence course, a 
petition must be filed with the Department of Education 
and Psychology and its approval obtained before registering 
for the course. The course must be completed and the grade 
filed in the Records Office before student teaching is begun. 

3. A mcyor is not always required for additional endorsements. 
A minor is always acceptable as a second field for SDA 
certification. 

4. Students should contact the Department of Education and 
Psychology for information on specific requirements in the 
area(s) of endorsement sought. 

1. PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT FOR 
INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY 
CERTIFICATION. Eighteen semester hours listed below are 
required. A minimum of 12 semester hours from these courses 
must be completed after the date the applicant became eligible for 
the original certificate endorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 
or in a subject area in grades K-12. Grades must be C- or 
better. 

A. Required Courses: 

EDUC 445 Reading and Language Arts 3 

EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDUC 459 Bible and Social Studies Methods .3 

B. Four semester hours to include two of the following three 
areas: 

ART 230 Intro to Art Experiences 2 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 

PETH 463 Physical Education in the 

Elementary School 2 

C. Two semester hours must be in Education of Exceptional 
Children if not previously successfully completed. If Education 
of Exceptional Children or any of the above required courses in 
Section A or Section B have been previously completed, the re- 



162 



Education/Psychology 



maining semester hours must be taken from the following 
courses: 

a. Children's Literature c. Health 

b. Tennessee History d. Geography 

D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching. 



2. PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT FOR 
INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION CERTIFICATION. Ten semester hours of credit after 
the date the original certificate was earned. Six semester hours of 
the ten must be in specialized professional education appropriate to 
grades 7-12 and must include a minimum of 2 semester hours of 
appropriate methods. The credit for at least one area of endorsement 
in grades 7-12 may have been earned at any time prior to the 
application for adding the endorsement. Grades must be C- or 
better. 

1. Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for 
endorsement in at least one teaching field (this will 
vary from 18 to 51 hours). 

2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional 
education including: 

A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438. 

B. Any other courses designated by the Department of 
Education and Psychology. 

3. Four semester hours of electives. 

3. APPROVED PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION BY STATE BOARD 
OF EDUCATION 

Procedures for securing Southern College's recommendation for 
state certification of students from institutions located out of the 
state: 

1. Application is made to the teacher certification officer 
through the Records Office accompanied by an official 
transcript and a recommendation from the applicant's 
school. 

2. Assessment of deficiencies will be made by the Teacher 
Certification Officer and approved by the Department of 
Education and Psychology. 

3. The Teacher Certification Officer will inform the 
applicant of any deficiencies. 



163 



Education/Psychology 



A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25) will be charged for this 
service, to be refunded upon completion of courses at 
Southern College. 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 135. Introduction to Education 3 hours 

Required of all students seeking elementary or secondaiy licensure. Designed 
to acquaint the student with the experiences, qualifications, and duties of the 
classroom teacher. Students will spend at least twenty (20) hours during the 
semester observing and participating in local elementary or secondary 
classrooms. Class discussion will include: Teaching as a Profession, History of 
Education, and Philosophy and Aims of Seventh-day Adventist and Public 
Education. 

EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, joined 
. to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. Observation and 
analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors are incorporated in the 
class activities. 

EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional 

Children and Youth 2 hours 

A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom. It 
includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exceptionality, 
the identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom teacher 
and the consequent classroom implications. 

EDUC 250. Technology in Education (G-2) 2 hours 

An introduction to applications of technology which will assist in efficient 
management and effective learning within the school environment. Experience 
will be gained in the development and use of audio-visual materials including 
computers and educational software. 

EDUC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the department 

chair. 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an 

overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. 

Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particularly 

as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. Observation and 

analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors. 



164 



Education/Psychology 



EDUC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours 

Examines basic principles of discipline, reviews a variety of philosophical 
approaches to discipline, and identifies and role plays practical procedures for 
administrators and practitioners by which to attain and maintain acceptable 
management practices. In addition, the course seeks to probe the concept of 
discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted in developing a 
satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. (Credit not permitted if PSYC 421 has been 
taken.) 

EDUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 3 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program 
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is given 
to application of the principles of child development and learning to promote 
harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. Observation and 
participation required. 

EDUC 427. Current Issues in Education (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An analysis of social and philosophical forces influencing American education 
today, with special emphasis on the schools as social institutions. (Not open to 
students who already have credit for EDUC 425.) 

EDUC 432. Reading in Content 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the 
needs of each student in the content area. It will include modeling the process 
necessary for reading and learning concepts in a subject area and instructing 
students so they can become independent learners. The program elements with 
procedures will be applied in classroom settings. 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods, 

Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Courses EDUC 437 and EDUC 438 comprise a block and should be taken the 

same semester. Student must have completed fifteen semester hours in the 

teaching area to qualify for admission. 

The areas which offer methods courses are: Art, Bible, Business (Office 

Administration), English, Foreign Language, Health and Physical Education, 

History, Mathematics, Music, Science (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics). 

Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local professional 

meetings are considered part of this course. 

Among the student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization of 

a file of teaching materials, the preparation of lesson plans, and evaluation of 

textbooks. Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at selected 

local professional meetings are considered a part of the course. 



165 



Education/Psychology 



EDUC 445. Teaching Reading and Language Arts 3 hours 

Prerequisities: EDUC 135, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
Survey of the materials and methods used currently in teaching reading and 
language arts. Strategies for instruction in writing, spelling, listening, 
grammar, composition, literature, and reading are developed. Observation and 
micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional aids 
with emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the sequential 
skill development and to changes in the mathematical contents, technology and 
pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with 

emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are examined 

using basic principles of the scientific method. Observation and micro-teaching 

required. 

EDUC 459. Teaching Bible and Social Studies 3 hours 

Prerequisities: EDUC 135, 217, 240. 

This course is designed to relate social studies and Bible content, curriculum 
development, teaching strategies, and teaching theory with actual practices. 
Special emphasis is given to the development of inductive lessons in the multi- 
grade classroom. 

EDUC 460. Practicum in Special Education 1 hour 

Provides opportunity for the prospective teacher to develop appreciation for 
children who require special modalities for learning. Field experiences will 
permit interaction with students with various exceptionalities. 

EDUC 461. Practicum in Multicultural Education 1 hour 

A course designed to develop a global perspective in the teacher. Opportunities 
will be given for interaction in an educational setting with students from 
varied cultural and minority groups. Adaptation of teaching methods and 
content to students' backgrounds will be prominent in the field experiences. 

EDUC 462. Educational Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

Required by all teacher education candidates. Topics will include: Legal and 
Ethical Aspects, Financing, The Role of the School Board, and Governance and 
Administration in Schools. These topics will cover both public and Seventh-day 
Adventist perspectives. 



166 



Education/Psychology 



EDUC 463. Small Schools Seminar 1 hour 

Required of all candidates seeking licensure K-8 or 1-8. Topics will include the 
specialized needs of the multi-grade teacher in administration, record keeping, 
curriculum management, and organization in small schools. 

EDUC 465. Pre-Session Student Teaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to Professional Semester. 

This course is offered for qualified students needing experience in the "start 
up" dynamics of elementary and secondary programs. It involves 80 clock hours 
of on-site work with a qualified supervising teacher for one week prior to the 
fall semester through the first week of school. In consultation with the director 
of practice teaching, students are required to arrange for their own placement 
and submit a course application to the Education department office by May 1. 

EDUC 466. Enhanced Student Teaching K-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of all other requirements for the B.A. in Psychology 
with licensure K-8. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed for 
part of the semester in a kindergarten setting. Cooperating teachers, 
determined by the district and college personnel, are selected according to 
experience, certification, and competence, and share supervision 
responsibilities with Southern College faculty, who assume responsibility for 
the final summative evaluation. No other courses may be taken during student 
teaching. 

EDUC 467. Enhanced Student Teaching 1-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of all other requirements. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in a 
different classroom each nine-week period. Cooperating teachers, determined 
by the district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, 
certification, and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with 
college faculty, who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. 
No other classwork may be taken during student teaching. 

EDUC 468. Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of all other requirements in the student's major 
program of studies. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in a 
different classroom for each nine-week period. Cooperating teachers, de- 
termined by the district and college personnel, are selected according to 
experience, certification, and competence, and share supervision responsi- 
bilities with college faculty, who assume responsibility for the final summative 
evaluation. Students may not be enrolled in any other classwork during this 
semester. 



167 



Education/Psychology 



EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on 
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservioe students as an 
elective. 

EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and gather 
new facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for 
preservice students as an elective. 

EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to pursue 

independent study in special fields. This course may be repeated for credit. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. Special 
attention is given to provide an exposure to a wide variety of human behaviors, 
which may include but are not limited to: sensation, perception, learning, 
memory, thinking, development motivation and personality. Included in this 
course are 20 hours of active learning experience, which may include field 
experiences outside the classroom. 

PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed on 
the emotional, social, physical, and psychological development of the individual. 

PSYC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, joined 
to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. (Credit not permitted 
if EDUC 217 has been taken.) 

PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups, 
social roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of consideration. 
Credit applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but not for both. 

PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the 
Christian cultural setting. 



168 



Education/Psychology 



PSYC 240. Psychology of Exceptional 

Children and Youth 2 hours 

A survey of exceptional children and youth. It includes a study of the wide 
range of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the identification of 
exceptional children and youth, and the educational and caretaking 
consequences. 

PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good 

adjustment and mental health. 

PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours in Biology. 

This course focuses on the physiological substrates of behavior. Specific 
attention is given to the physiological basis of learning and motivation, 
sensation, emotion, neural encoding, and sleep. Further analysis of the 
structural and functional organization of the brain and nervous system. 
(Taught in alternate years) 

PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

PSYC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an 
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. 
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particularly 
as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. (Credit not 
permitted if EDUC 356 has been taken.) 

PSYC 367* Adolescent Psychology (F-l) 2 hours 

The determinants and implications of behavioral characteristics and 
developmental patterns during adolescence. Content will include the 
psychological and social dynamics underlying the attempted resolution of crises 
and tasks specific to adolescents in modern society. (Taught in alternate years) 

PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: One course in Psychology. 

This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual 

counseling. The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. 



169 



Education/Psychology 



PSYC 434. Research Design and Practice (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of various methods and procedures in research as applied to the fields 
of education and psychology. Emphasis will be placed on defining and 
delimiting a problem, writing hypothesis and planning for the analysis of data 
using appropriate statistical design. Computer-aided analyses of simulations 
and practice exercises will be used. 

PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (P-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124. 

Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a 

consideration of contemporary schools and systems of psychology. 

PSYC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours 

Examines basic principles of discipline, reviews a variety of philosophical 
approaches to discipline, and identifies and role plays practical procedures for 
administrators and practitioners by which to attain and maintain acceptable 
management practices. In addition, the course seeks to probe the concept of 
discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted in developing a 
satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 421 has been 
taken.) 

PSYC 462. Educational Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

See EDUC 462 for course description. 

PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: group dynamics, 
psychological assessment, individual differences, psychology of women, 
sensation and perception, etc. This course may be repeated for credit with an 
appropriate change in topics. 

PSYC 285/485. Psychology Practicum 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. 

Supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of psychology. At least 
40 clock hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of 
credit. Practicum arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance 
of registration after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines 
are available from the department. No more than four hours of practicum may 
be applied toward a degree for psychology majors, of which two hours must be 
upper division, or minors only. 



170 



Education/Psychology 



PSYC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department. 

This course permits the student with adequate preparation to pursue 
independent study in special fields. The area of study will appear on the 
transcript Directed study arrangements are to be completed by the student in 
advance of registration after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and 
guidelines are available from the department. May be repeated for credit. 



(F-l) 9 (W) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



171 



ENGINEERING STUDIES 



Chair: Lawrence Hanson 

Faculty: John Durichek, Henry Kuhlman 



Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree 
in engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies 
program, students transfer to the Walla Walla College School of 
Engineering, with which Southern College is affiliated, for the final two 
years. Southern College awards an Associate of Science degree in 
Engineering Studies. Walla Walla College, located in Washington State, 
awards a Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree with 
concentrations in civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering and a pre 
professional Bachelor of Science degree in bioengineering. 

The WWC School of Engineering offers a high quality program that 
is fully accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology-the only nationally recognized organization which accredits 
engineering programs. It has an enrollment of approximately 250 
students, many of whom are transfer students from affiliated 
Seventh-day Adventist colleges. 

The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the 
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering 
program essentially the same as if the first two years were taken there. 
Even though transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler than to a 
non-affiliated school, the Southern College engineering studies program 
is compatible with baccalaureate engineering programs of most colleges 
and universities. 



PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING STUDIES 

Major (A.S.): Thirty-three hours consisting of ENGR 149, 150, 211, 
212; MATH 181, 182, 200, 218; PHYS 211-212, 213-214, 311-312. 
Required cognates: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131. 



172 



Engineering Studies 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. ENGINEERING STUDIES 



YEAR1 


1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


! 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


ENGR 211-212 


Engineering Mech 


3 3 


ENGR 140 


Mechanical Drawing 


2 


MATH 218 


Calculus IH 


3 


ENGB 150 


Computer- Aided Draft 3 


MATH 315 


Diff Equations 


3 


CHEM 151,152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physios 


3 3 


MATH 200 


Elem linear Algebra 


2 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physios Lab 


1 1 


MATH 181482 


Calculus I, II »1 


4 3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys Calc Appli 


2 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings *2 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spiting 


3 


CPTB 131 


Fund of Prog X 


3 


HIST 174 


Survey of Civ *2 


3 




Area G, PE Activity 


1 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych *2 


3 






16 16 


BELT 373 


Christian Ethics *2 


_ J* 
16 18 



•1 Engineering students are expected to have taken a year-long preoalculus course (beyond Algebra II) 
in high school. Those who haven't should take a college preoalculus course at home during the summer. 

*2 With the approval of the engineering adviser, certain other general education courses may be 
substituted for these courses. 

The suggested sequence of courses listed above is demanding and difficult to complete in four semesters. Most 
students are advised to carry sixteen or fewer credits per semester. This can be done and the sequence 
completed in two years if some courses are taken during summer sessions. 

(See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements.) 

The total number of hours for the A.S. degree in engineering studies 
is sixty-four. The suggested sequence of courses given above meets all 
major and general education requirements. It closely parallels the first 
two years of engineering studies at Walla Walla College. 

Students who plan to continue their education at an engineering 
school other than Walla Walla College should take that school's catalog 
to the engineering adviser for guidance in selecting general education 
courses. 



ENGINEERING COURSES 



ENGR 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 

See TECH 149 for course description. 



2 hours 



3 hours 



ENGR 150. Computer-Aided Drafting (G-2) 

Prerequisite: ENGR 149 or equivalent. 

An introduction to Computer- Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an 
aid in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural 
and electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods laboratory each 
week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 



173 



Engineering Studies 



ENGR 151. Architectural Drafting 3 hours 

See TECH 151 for course description. 

ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 182, PHYS 211, 213. 

Two and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; 

centroids and center of mass, virtual work, and moments of inertia. (Fall) 

ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311-312. 
One and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector 
calculus; dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative motion; 
work and energy; impulse and momentum. (Spring) 

ENGR 214. Circuit Analysis 3 hours 

Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311-312. 
Circuit variables and parameters; KirchofTs laws and circuit solution; 
sinusoidal steady-state; phasors and impedance; frequency characteristics; 
Thevenin's theorem and maximum power theorem; transients and complete 
response. Laboratory covers basic electrical measurements using DC and AC 
meters, potentiometers, recorders, and bridges. (Currently not being offered) 



174 



ENGLISH AND SPEECH 



Chair: David C. Smith 

Faculty: Ann Clark, Don Dick, Jan Haluska, Pam Harris, John Keyes, 

Wilma McClarty, Helen Pyke, Lynn Sauls 
Adjunct Faculty: Rosemary Dibben, Dee Langford, Sheila Smith 



The English and Speech Department offers two categories of classes 
that view man's search for truth and its most convincing expression 
through a Christian perspective. Language and speech courses aid 
students in developing ease, confidence, and competence in the art of 
effective communication and in acquiring knowledge of the science of 
language; literature courses develop the ability to discern and 
appreciate the best literary works. 

Students majoring in English must meet the specific requirements 
of the English Department (below) and the General Education program 
(pages 48-50, 52-56). For English, intermediate foreign language is 
required. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

As part of a departmental assessment process, senior English majors 
complete a writing portfolio analysis, an oral exam, a self-analysis, and 
a written evaluation of departmental programs. Results provide 
information used to improve departmental programs; graduation 
eligibility is not affected. Majors are informed about the purpose and 
nature of these assessment activities when they enter the English 
program. 

PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE 
AND LITERATURE 

Major (B A.): Thirty-one hours excluding Basic Writing and College 
Composition, but including ENGL 214, 215, 216, 218, 315, 335, 445, 
and 313 or 314; plus nine elective hours from ENGL 326, 336, 338, 339, 
323 or 425, 313 or 314. Majors may substitute a journalism writing 
class or an English topics course for one English elective. Required 
cognates: SPCH 135, HMNT 205, HIST 374, and intermediate foreign 
language. Recommended for teaching majors: JOUR 205 News 
Reporting or JOUR 174/475 Journalism Workshop. Students planning 



175 



English and Speech 



to obtain educational certification will need to include the required 
professional education courses and additional general education 
requirements in their program as outlined in the Education/Psychology 
section of this catalog. English majors who minor in journalism or 
public relations are eligible for internships through the Journalism 
Department. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B JV. ENGLISH 

(Non-Teaching) 



YEARl 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st : 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ENGL 214 


Survey American Lit 


3 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 




3 


ENGL 215 


Survey of English Lit 


3 


ENGL 218 


Prin of Grammar 


2 




ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




HMNT 205 


Arts and Ideas 


3 




Area D-l, Inter 








Area F, Beh/Fam Sci 


2 




Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D-4, Intro 








Area 0-1, History 


3 




to Pub Speaking 


3 






Area E, Not Science 


3 




Area E, Nat Sci 




3 




Area G-2, Prac Skis 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skis 


1 






(Typing Suggested) 






Minor 


15 


_3 
15 




Minor 


3 6 

17 17 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






m; 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 335 


Biblical Literature 


3 






Area D, UD lit 


3 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 








Area C-2, Pol Sci/ 






OR 




3 




Economics 


3 




UD Literature 








Area 0-1, Ore Skis 




ENGL 445 


World Literature 


3 






OR 


2 


ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 








Area 0-3, Rec Skills 






OR 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 




UD Literature 








Minor or Elective 


_6 _ld 


HIST 374 


History of England 
Area A-2, Math 
Area F, Health Sci 
Area B, Religion 
UD Literature 
Minor or Elective 


3 
3 

15 


2 
3 
3 
3 
14 






17 16 



NOTE: Students planning to obtain educational certification will need to include the required professional 

education courses and additional general education requirements in their program. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 

requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 

credits. 



176 



English and Speech 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. ENGLISH 

(Teaching Major) 



YEAR1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1* i 


Ind 






1st ! 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Com position 


3 


3 


ENGL 214 


Survey of Amer Lit 


3* 




ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 




3 


ENGL 215 


Survey of Engl Lit 




3 


ENGL 218 


Prin of Grammar 


2 




ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 




2 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




EDUC 217 


Psychol Found of Ed 


2 




HLED 173 


Health ft Life 


2 




EDUC 240 


Ed for Excep Ch/Yth 




2 


KELT 138 


Adventiet Heritage 


3 




HMNT205 


Arts and Ideas 


3 




SPCH136 


Intro to Pub Spkg 




3 


BELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 






Area D-l, Inter 








Area A-2, Mathematics 


3 




Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Area 0-1, History 




3 




Area E, Nat Sd 




8 




Area E, Natural Sci 




3 






16 


15 




Area Q-3, Bee Skills 
Minor 


1 
_3 

16 


16 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAB4 




Semester 






m: 


2nd 






4* 


2nd 


EDUC 366 


Tests ft Measurements? 




ENGL 445 


World Literature 


3 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 


2 


BELB 


Area B, UD Religion 


3 


3 


ENGL 335 


Biblical Literature 


3 




EDUC 421 


Behavior Management 


2 




ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 






EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 






OR 


3 




EDUC 432 


Beading in Content 




2 




UD Literature 






EDUC 438 


Curric & Content Meth 


2 


EDUC 314 


Creative Writing 






EDUC 462 


Educ Organix ft Ldrship 


1 




OB 




3 


SOCI223 


Marriage ft Family 




2 




UD Literature 








Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


. 3 




HIST 374 


History of England 


3 






Area G-3, Bee Skis 




1 




UD Literature 




3 




Minor 


_3 


-S 


LIBR 425 


Library Mat/Yng Adit 2 








16 


14 




Area G-3, Bee Skis 




1 












Minor 


3 


J> 


YEARS 


Semester 






16 


15 


EDUC 468 


Enhanced Stud Tchg 


1st 

8 





•Any amount over 16 hours is considered an overload Students electing a teaching major should consider at 
least one summer session. 



Minor: Nineteen hours, excluding Basic Writing and College 
Composition, including ENGL 214, 215, 218, 315, 313 or 314, and six 
hours of electives. 



177 



English and Speech 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION 

ENGL 099. Basic Writing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Students whose first language is not English must have a score 
of 90 or above on the Michigan English Language Institute Test. 
Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful entry 
into ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 12 or below are required 
to register for this class. Students successfully completing this course will earn 
three institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL 101. This course 
does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall) 

ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,8 hours 

ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102. 

A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially 
revision. ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which 
readily apply to most writing tasks. Students write expository essays organized 
according to prescribed modes. ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies 
developed in ENGL 101 while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills which 
apply to various persuasive and research writing activities. Students write 
persuasive essays and a research paper. This course does not count toward an 
English major or minor. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

ENGL 218. Principles of Grammar 2 hours 

A detailed survey of descriptive grammar as it pertains to parts of speech, 
sentence structure, punctuation, and usage. Designed to aid any student who 
wishes to strengthen his skills in grammar analysis, it is also especially helpful 
for prospective teachers and writers. (Fall) 

ENGL 313. Expository Writing (G-2), (W) 3 hours 

A workshop approach that provides practical instruction in expository writing 
for all disciplines. Emphasis on inventional procedures, connecting substance 
and structure, research, revision, persuasion, and adapting material and tone 
for a specific audience. Involves reading and analysis of a wide variety of 
writing. Helpful for all students wishing to improve their writing skills, 
including students headed for graduate school or professional fields like 
business, medicine or law where writing is important. Writing topics may be 
chosen from a student's major field of study, and students will work on 
producing publishable material for their particular field. Tailored to the level, 
needs, and interests of students who enroll. (Fall) 

ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l), (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor. 

A study of the principles, techniques, and kinds of personalized writing, 

providing the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to find 

possible markets for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication. 

(Spring) 

178 



English and Speech 



ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 218. 

Provides a background in the history of the English language, etymology and 
the processes of word formation, dialectology and syntax analyses, and relates 
these learnings to the teaching of contemporary English. (Spring) 



LITERATURE 

ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial 
through modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having 
individual, national, and universal interest. Major writers will include, among 
others, Cooper, Hawthorne, Twain, Frost, and Hemingway. (Fall) 

ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections by British writers, with special emphasis 
on the author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible-based 
thinking, and a review of literary trends and influences from the late Roman 
period to the present. Among writers receiving strong attention are Chaucer, 
Shakespeare, Donne, Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring) 

ENGL 216. Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101. 

A study of what recognized poets, short-story writers, dramatists, and novelists 
have to say about the human condition, emphasizing the various approaches 
to literature and including an introduction to literary terms and critical 
evaluation. (Spring) 

ENGL 323. Nineteenth-Century American Literature (W) 3 hours 

A chronological study of major nineteenth-century American writers and their 
works beginning with the writings of Washington Irving and the emergence 
of a genuine "American" literature and ending with Stephen Crane and Jack 
London whose naturalistic works bridge the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries. Among the authors studied are Cooper, Bryant, Longfellow, 
Emerson, Thoreau, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, 
and James. (Fall, even years) 

ENGL 326. Film Evaluation (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

The primary goal of the class is to help each student develop a personal set of 
criteria for evaluating films. Class activities include viewing films that have 
made significant contributions to our culture, reading film reviews and 
criticisms, studying how films are made and how to write about films, and 
writing about them. The class meets one night per week for a minimum of 3 
hours, at which time films are viewed. Evaluation papers based on this viewing 
are due weekly. (Spring) 



179 



English and Speech 



ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of some of the literary masterpieces of the Bible in English 
translation. The course applies techniques of oral interpretation and literary 
analysis (including emphasis upon uses of poetic and rhetorical devices and of 
figures of speech) to forms of literature such as address, proverb, parable, 
poem, short story, epistle, and apocalypse. (Fall) 

ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance 

Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

From Chaucer through Milton, the writers and their times. Readings in Middle 
English narrative, allegory, play, and meditation; in sixteenth and 
seventeenth-century prose, poetry and dramatic literature, with the study of 
genre, conventions, and trends. Specific attention to moral and religious issues. 
(Spring, odd years) 

ENGL 338. Twentieth-Century Writers (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

A study of twentieth-century writers with an emphasis on American and/or 
British works, although world literature in translation may be included. 
(Spring) 

ENGL 339. Eighteenth and Nineteenth-Century 

British Literature (W) 3 hours 

A study of British writers from the classical, romantic, and Victorian periods 
with special emphasis upon romantic and Victorian literature. (Spring, even 
years) 

ENGL 425. Literature of the South (W) 3 hours 

A study of works written by Faulkner, Welty, Warren, Wright, O'Connor and 
other southern writers which embody the distinctive cultural heritage of the 
South. An emphasis on the literary treatment of southern traditions and 
themes. (Fall, odd years) 

ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the 
Western World-the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job-the class will 
consider a range of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to the Italian 
Renaissance. Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the student's ability to 
differentiate the pagan from the Christian in the thematic mix of individual 
works. (Fall) 

ENGL 465. Topics in English (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in English presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered 
will determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated 
for credit. 



180 



English and Speech 



ENGL 295/495. Directed Study 1*3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Department on 
directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with the approval 
of the department chairman in consultation with the prospective instructor. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/English 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 
and evaluating student performance; the survey and evaluation of textbooks 
is also included. 

SPEECH 

SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches 
with emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning, 
methods of securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of 
delivery. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this course 
emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communication setting, 
namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and self-disclosure. 
The course utilizes readings and learning activities to help students 
understand the theory of interpersonal communication and apply it in realistic 
transactions. 

SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 3 hours 

Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of 
selections in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally. 

SPCH 465. Topics 3 hours 

Selected topics in speech and related areas presented in a classroom setting. 
Subjects covered will determine general education credit status. This course 
may be repeated for credit. 

SPCH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student Open onjy to students approved by the department chairman in 
consultation with the prospective instructor. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 

(A-l), (D-2), (G-l), (W) See pages 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



181 



HEALTH 
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
AND RECREATION 



Chair: Phil Garver 

Faculty: Ted Evans, Steve Jaecks, Joi Richards 
Adjunct Faculty: Ronnie Barrow, Robin Breedlove- Williams, Bill 
Godsey, June Mathis 



The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose 
to acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to develop 
physical efficiency, to develop wholesome recreational habits and/or 
prepare for a career in health, physical education, and recreation, or in 
wellness management. 



PROGRAMS IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
AND RECREATION 

Major (B.S.): Forty-three hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 
473; PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 363, 364, 374, 437, 463, 474, 
490, (295/495); PEAC 254, 255. Required cognates: BIOL 101-102; 
FDNT 125. 

Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Tumbling. 

Skill deficiencies in each PETH 121, 122, 221, or 222 activity unit 
will be indicated by grade of C- or less. Deficiencies for these units 
must be met by taking for no credit the corresponding general 
education activity course. 

Intramural participation is recommended for all majors and minors. 

Students who desire teacher certification must meet the State of 
Tennessee certification requirements set forth by the Department of 
Education. 



182 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Leading to Licensure 7-12 



YEARl 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PETH 265-266 


Officiating 


2 


2 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 3 


3 


PETH 221-222 


Prof Skills, Indiv 


2 


2 


PETH 121-122 


Prof Skills, Team 


2 


2 


BELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




HLED 173 


Health & Life 




2 


BELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 




3 


HLED 373 


Care/Prev Injuries 




2 


SOCI223 


Marriage & Family 




2 


EDUC 217 


Psych Found of Ed 


2 






Elective 


2 




EDUC 240 


Except Child & Yth 




2 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 


MATH 103/104 


Math 


3 








16 


16 


SPCH 


Electives 

Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 

Creat/Prao Skis 


3 
15 


3 
15 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






M 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


HLED 314 


Kinesiology 


3 




PETH 405 


Directed Study 


1 




HLED 315 


Phy of Exercise 




4 


PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




PETH 364 


Prino/Admin of PE 




3 


PETH 374 


Motor Learning 


2 




PETH 363 


Intro to Mens & Res 


3 




RELB 


Biblical Studies (UD) 


3 




EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 2 




EDUC 421 


Behavior Management 


2 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 




2 


EDUC 427 


Curr Issues in Ed 


2 




FDNT125 


Nutrition 


3 






Area D, Ut/hang/ 






PEAC 254 


Lifesaving 




1 




Fine Arts 


3 




PEAC 255 


Water Safety Instr 




1 


RELB 


Bible Eelctive 




3 


PETH 437 


Adapt Phy Ed (odd) 




2 


HLED 473 


Health Education 




2 


PETH 474 


Psyo&Soc of Sports 


2 




EDUC 432 


Beading in Content 




2 




Area B-l, Bibl Stud 




3 


EDUC 438 


Curri & Content Methds 


2 




Area E-2, E-3, or E-4 


; » 




EDUC 462 


Educ Organ & Ldrshp 




i 




Scienoa 


3 






Area C-2, Pol Sic/Hist 




3 


- 




16 


16 


YEARS 

EDUC 468 


Area O-l or G-2 
Enhanced Stud Tchg 


15 
8 


1 
14 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 
and six hours of upper division, including PETH 364. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program and the professional 
semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 



183 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



PROGRAM IN CORPORATE/COMMUNITY 
WELLNESS MANAGEMENT 

Major (B.S.): Forty-one hours including HLED 173, 256, 314, 315, 
373, 470, 476, 497; PEAC 125; PETH 364, 374, 474, 490; BIOL 
101-102; CHEM 111; FDNT 125. Cognate requirements: ACCT 108; 
BMKT 226; BUAD 234, 358; CPTR 105; ECON 213; JOUR 205; PSYC 
128, 377; SOCI 223. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 

B.S. CORPORATE/COMMUNITY 

WELLNESS MANAGEMENT 



YEABl 



Semester 



ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
HLED 173 


M 

College Composition 3 
Anatomy & Physiology 3 
Health and Life 2 


2nd 
3 

3 


PEAC 125 
CPTR 105 


Conditioning 1 
Intro to Word Process 


1 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & Family 
Area B, Religion 3 
Area C, History 3 
Electives 


2 

3 

4 



15 16 



YEAR 2 Semester 

lrt 2nd 

MATH 104 Intermediate Algebra Z 

JOUR 205 WrtgTCdtg Mass Media 3 

FDNT 125 Nutrition 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 3 

CHEM 111 Survey of Chemistry 3 

ART 218 Art Appreciation 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Public Spkg 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D, Literature 

Electives 



3 
JL 
16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 



YEARS 

ACCT 103 College Accounting 

BMKT 226 Intro to Marketing 

PETH 474 Psych & Soc of Sport 2 

ECON 213 Survey of Eoon (C-2) 3 

HLED 256 Drug Education (odd) 2 

PSYC 377 Fund of Counseling 

BUAD 234 Principles of Mgmt 3 

HLED 373 Care & Prev of Athletic 

Injuries (even yrs) 
PETH 364 Prin & Admin of Phy Ed 

HLED 476 Meth/Mat of Hlth Promo 

(even years) 

Area B, UD Religion (W) 3 

Electives 

16 



_2 
16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 



YEAR 4 

HLED 314 Kinesiology 

HLED 407 Wellness Practicum 2 

HLED 470 Current Issues in Hlth 

(Even years) 2 

HLED 315 Physiology of Exercise 

PETH 490 Senior Seminar 

BUAD 358 Legal, Eth, & Soc Envir 

of Business 
PETH 374 Motor Learng & Develop 

Area B, Religion 3 

Electives _g 

15 



_4 

14 



PROGRAM IN HEALTH SCIENCE 

Major (B.S.): Forty-three hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 
470, 473; PETH 374, 490, 495; PEAC 125; CHEM 151-152; MATH 215; 
BIOL 101, 102, 225; FDNT 125. 



184 



Health 9 Physical Education 
and Recreation 



YEAR1 

ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
SOCI223 



YEARS 

HLED 314 
HLED 315 
FDNT 125 
PETH374 
BIOL 225 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. HEALTH SCIENCE 



Semester 



College Composition 3 
Anatomy & Physiology 3 
Marriage & Family 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area C-l, History 3 

Area A-2, Mathematics 3-0 
Elective. £7 

16 



_2 

16 



Kinesiology 

Phys of Exercise 

Nutrition 

Motor Learning 

Microbiology 

Area B-l, Bibl Studies 

Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 

Area Q, Skills 

Electives 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 



3 



2 

_4 
15 



_4 

15 



YEAR 2 

CHEM 151-152 
BELT 138 
HLED 173 
MATH 215 
PEAC 125 



YEAR 4 

HLED 470 
HLED 373 
HLED 473 
PETH490 



General Chemistry 

Adventist Heritage 

Health & Life 

Statistics 

Conditioning 

Area D-2, Literature 

OB 
Area D-3, F. Arts Appr 
Area D, LangTLit/F Arts 
(D-4 Speech suggested) 
Area G, Skills 
Electives 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



16 



«2 

16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Current Issues in Htth 
Care & Prev of Ath Inj 2 
Health Education (odd) 
Senior Seminar 
Area B, UD Beligion 
Area G, Skills 1 

Directed Study in PE 1 
Electives _U 

15 



_1 
15 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES 

PEAC courses have optional pass/fail grades available. 

PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of the skills of passing, setting, serving, and spiking necessary in 
participation in power volleyball. (Fall) 

PEAC 124. Basketball (G-3) 1 hour 

Individual skills and team concepts are developed that may be used in 
competition and leisure play. (Spring) 

PEAC 125. Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour 

A study of basic fitness training and aerobic principles in conjunction with a 
personalized long-range conditioning program for disease prevention and 
health maintenance. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 



185 



Health 9 Physical Education 
and Recreation 



PEAC 126. Softball (G-3) 1 hour 

Fundamental skills in hitting, bunting, sliding, throwing, running, and fielding, 
incorporated with sofbball facts, terminology, and team strategy. (Fall) 

PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour 

Instruction includes strokes, rules, and playing situations plus physical 
conditioning for badminton. (Spring) 

PEAC 133. Racquetball (&3) 1 hour 

Focus is given to basic skills, rules, and terminology so that the student can 
carry on successful play. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

Emphasis in basic tennis skills including the forehand, backhand, and serve. 
(Fall) 

PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

A basic course for the beginning golfer. Students must have their own golf 
clubs. Lab fee required. (Fall) 

PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour 

A course for the active cyclist emphasizing various types of cycling, cycling 
techniques, safe cycling, and maintenance. Each student provides his/her own 
bicycle and helmet. (Fall) 

PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

Play on a variety of courses for the bogey golfer. Students must have their own 
golf clubs. Lab fee required. (Fall) 

PEAC 139. Intermediate Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

For the advanced player. Emphasis is given to the advanced serve, volley, lobs, 
advanced ground strokes and playing strategy. Admission to class must be 
approved by instructor. (Fall) 

PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour 

Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines in conjunction with 
acrosport exposure. 

PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour 

Skill development on various gymnastic equipment such as the pommel horse, 
high bar, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance beam. 

PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour 

Leads to basic certification by N.A.S.D.S. or N.A.U.I. Lab fee of $98 and check 
out dive expenses charged in addition to tuition. (Fall, Spring) 



186 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of beginning and intermediate swimming skills coupled with 
aquatic safety principles. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PEAC 160. Snow Skiing (G-3) 1 hour 

This course requires the students to go to Colorado during spring break. 
Grades are based on hours skied and difficulty of slopes skied. The trip 
expenses vary from year to year, in the $400 range. These fees are NOT 
charged to the student's account. Sign up at the gym in November in order to 
reserve a spot on the trip for the following spring break. 

PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (Gym-Masters) (G-3) 1 hour 

A "variety show" team which emphasizes acrosport, sports acrobatics, 
gymnastics, physical fitness and health. Admission will be based on satisfactory 
performance of try-out requirements. Participation in all tours is required. 
This course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 253. Intermediate Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Review of swimming strokes, diving, and conditioning. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 254. Lifeguarding (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Life Guarding certification, First Aid and CPR certification. 

(Spring) 

PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent 

Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Spring) 

PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour 

Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic 
heading. Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow skiing, 
rock climbing, spelunking, and aerobics. This course may be repeated with the 
varying subject matter. Lab fees in addition to tuition are usually charged 
approximately $50-$ 160. 

PEAC 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 1 hour 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience for 
those interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor living 
and activities. 



187 



Health 9 Physical Education 
and Recreation 



HEALTH EDUCATION 

HLED 173. Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful living 
and Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing students. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HLED 203. Safety Education (F-3) 2 hours 

The nature and causes of accidents with emphasis in teacher/pupil safety 
problem situations. (Spring) 

HLED 256. Drug Education 2 hours 

An introductory course focusing on the use and abuse of drugs in our society. 
Emphasis on strategies to assist future health promoters in recognition, 
intervention, and prevention of substance abuse. (Fall, odd years) 

HLED 314. Kinesiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent. 

A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing movement, 
including adaptive activities for the handicapped person. Historical impact of 
the leaders in physical education is covered. (Fall) 

HLED 315. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent. 

Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, aerobics, and 
physical conditioning. Significance of these effects for health, skilled 
performance, and prevention of disease. (Spring) 

HLED 373. Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 314. 

Investigations into the prevention, care, and proper management of injuries 

related to athletics. (Spring, even years) 

HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours 

This is a seminar course designed to assist students in becoming knowledgeable 
regarding health issues of our time. Library research and class presentations 
are required. Discussion and problem solving are emphasized. A major part of 
the class focuses on the need of a spiritual component in establishing a 
healthful and balanced lifestyle. (Fall, even years) 

HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470. 

A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with 
emphasis on the development and organization of the school health instruction 
program. (Spring, odd years) 



188 



Health, Physical Education 
and Recreation 



HLED 476. Methods and Materials of Health Promotion 3 hours 

A course in planning, implementing and evaluating: work-site and community 
health promotion activities, including stress management, smoking cessation, 
cardiovascular fitness, body composition, and cholesterol testing. (Spring, even 
years) 

HLED 497. Wellness Practicum 2 hours 

The student will work at a wellness facility for not less than 100 clock hours 
gaining experience with equipment, observing facility scheduling and 
management, and interacting with clients. Arrangements are made in advance 
with the department chairman. One-third the regular tuition rate will be 
charged. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY 

PETH 121, 122. Professional Skills, Team Activities 2,2 hours 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching 
techniques for softball, football, volleyball, basketball, floor hockey, and soccer. 
For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

PETH 210. Aerobic-Exercise Instructor Training 2 hours 

This course will combine the theory and practical aspects of aerobic exercise 
programs. Knowledge and skills will be the focus, with students developing and 
teaching their own aerobic routines as a demonstration of their understanding 
and skills of sound aerobic principles. Aerobic certification will be available. 

PETH 221, 222. Professional Skills, 

Individual Activities 2,2 hours 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching 
techniques for golf, tennis, racquetball, gymnastics, conditioning, track and 
Held. Taught in alternate years for HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even 
years; Spring, odd years) 

PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours 

An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization of 
officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements 

and Research of Physical Education 3 hours 

A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statistical 
procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. History 
of physical education is also dealt with briefly. (Fall) 



189 



Health 9 Physical Education 
and Recreation 



PETH 364. Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours 

An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physical 
Education and Recreation with emphasis in management needs and skills. 
(Spring) 

PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours 

A course of study designed to examine motor development and motor behavior 
as it relates to an individual's maturation process, with emphasis placed on 
implications for the physical educator. (Fall) 

PETH 437. Adaptive Physical Education 2 hours 

A course designed to develop an understanding of neurodeveiopment and 
functional ability, of impairments and their implications for motor 
performance. Emphasis on teaching progressions and exercise programs for 
special populations. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 463. Physical Education in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

A course of study designed to acquaint students with the unique aspects of 
physical education and the adolescent. Special activities include teaching and 
observation in an elementary school. 

PETH 474. Psychology and Sociology of Sports 2 hours 

An exploration of sports and their involving impact on American culture. 
Special attention is given to current issues in sports as they relate to the 
individual in society. (Spring) 

PETH 490. Senior Comprehensive Seminar (W) 1 hour 

A course of study designed to prepare the student for the exit exam. Special 
attention is given to concepts, practical applications, and administrative 
responsibilities within the profession. This course will be on a pass/fail basis. 

PETH 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For Physical Education majors or minors only. Gives the student the 
opportunity to pursue knowledge in an area of interest related to health, FE, 
or recreation. Approval by Department Chair required. 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/ 

Health and Physical Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 

and evaluating student performance. 

190 



HISTORY 



Chair: Beqjamin McArthur 

Faculty: Dennis Pettibone, Mark Peach 



History is the study of the human experience. It investigates 
mankind's ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this 
investigation, history courses at Southern College emphasize the 
Christian view of humanity. This perspective recognizes both the 
potential and the limitation of human endeavor and thereby permits a 
broader comprehension of the past and a greater hope for the future. 

Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental 
approval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history 
must plan his/her entire study program with a member of the history 
faculty. Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is 
granted on the following conditions: 

1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained 
elsewhere in the CATALOG. 

2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the 
student. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

4. Completion of senior year assessment. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

Assessment of seniors consists of two parts. First, in the spring 
semester of their senior year students will take the ETS Major Field 
Achievement Test in history. Second, at the end of the fall or early in 
the spring semester, students will take a departmental exam. 
Preparation for this exam will include a one-hour independent study 
course (normally taken during the fall of the senior year) involving: 1) 
reading a selected few classics of historical literature; 2) reviewing 
one's history coursework utilizing several thematic questions provided 
by the history faculty. 

The subsequent examination will be in the form of a one-hour 
interview of the candidate by the history faculty. This will be based on 
the above-mentioned materials and also on the student's portfolio of 
major papers accumulated during his/her history coursework. The oral 



191 



History 

examination is graded on an Honors, Pass, or Fail basis. A failure 
requires further preparation by the student and another interview 
before graduation. 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY 

Major: Thirty-one hours including HIST 154, 155, 174, 175, 490, 
499. Six hours of political science may apply to the major. The 
intermediate level of a foreign language is required. At least two 
courses are to be taken in each of the following areas: 
Area I: American History, HIST 354, 355, 356, 357, 359; PLSC 254. 
Area II: European History, HIST 374, 375, 386, 389; PLSC 389; 

either HIST 364 or 365. 
Cognate: One of the following: ECON 224, 225, GEOG 204. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B Jl. HISTORY 



YEARl 

HIST 154, 155 
ENOL 101-102 



Semester 
lit 2nd 



YEAR 2 



American History 
College Composition 
Area B, Religion 
Area A-2, Mathematics 
Area F, Behav/Family/ 

Health Science 
Area D, lit/Fine Art 

OR 
Area D-l, Beg For Lang 
Electives 



■— ^ HIST 174, 175 



3 3 
3 3 
3 
0-3 



15 



12 
16 



YEARS Semester 

Isj 2nd 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area C, UD History 3-6 3-6 
Area O, Skills 2 

Area Q-3, Rec Skill 1 

Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 3 
Minor or Electives £3 10-7 
15 16 



YEAR 4 



HIST 490 
HIST 490 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



World Civilizations 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area E, Natural Sci 3 
Area G, Act Skills 3 

Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/ 

Speech 
Minor or Elective 
Area D, Inter For Lang _3 
16 



3 

4 

1 
16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Senior Exam Prep 1 

Research Meth in Hist 3 
Area B, UD Religion 3 
Area C, UD History 3-6 3-6 
Minor or Electives £3 12-9 
15 16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 






192 



History 

History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in 
history who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as 
. medicine or law must present a balanced program of general education 
classes and electives that will support the professional objectives. 

History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in 
history who plans to teach will automatically have the 24 semester 
hours required for certification in the area of the first teaching field. 
It is strongly recommended that the student also earn teaching 
credentials in a field outside of history. No specific supporting field is 
required but art, behavioral science, business, English, modern 
languages, and religion are recognized as intimately related to the 
study of history. A student may receive certification to teach history as 
a second area by completing a minor in history (see under Minor 
below). Since the entire second semester of the senior year is devoted 
to certification requirements, students earning teacher certification 
must finish all history classwork before reaching the final semester. 
Students applying for teacher certification must consult with the 
Education Department to draft a schedule of classes meeting 
certification requirements. 

Before the end of the sophomore year the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to 
the Department of Education for admission to the professional 
semester. 

History Minor: Eighteen hours including HIST 174, 175. The 
additional twelve hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, 
six hours of which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours 
must be chosen from each of the American and European areas. Three 
hours of political science maybe taken in lieu of three hours of history. 
A student planning to minor in history in order to obtain a second 
teaching area for certification must take all eighteen hours in history 
and must include HIST 154, 155. 

History Department tours: The Department of History regularly 
sponsors study tours to foreign countries and in the United States. The 
purpose of these tours is to provide students and other participants 
with an enhanced understanding of history and culture through a 
combination of traditional lecture and reading with direct observation 
of historical sites. Academic activities connected with the tours require 
students to spend an amount of time equal to that expected in a 
regular classroom setting. Preparatory meetings and assigned reading 



193 



History 

are included in this computation. Course credit is offered under HIST 
295/495 Directed Study in History. Cost of the tours includes charge for 
academic credit. 

History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students 
earning general education credit in history should take courses from 
the 100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general 
education requirements in history should select courses from the 300 
and 400 level. 

Political Economy Minor: This eighteen-hour minor combines an 
interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school preparation. 
For a further description of this pre-law preparation program, see page 
292. 



HISTORY 

HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present The 
development of its politics, government and social institutions is covered in 
each semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as general 
education for freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HIST 174, 175. World Civilizations (C-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the development of Western and non-Western culture and 
government, emphasizing the evolution of European society and its interaction 
with non European civilizations. This course is recommended as general 
education for freshmen and sophomores. 

HIST 354. Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial, 
independence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth-century 
trends in selected republics. Arranged with instructor. 

HIST 355. History of the South (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the American South from the Early National period through 
Reconstruction. Prominent issues will include slavery, sectionalism, the Civil 
War, and Reconstruction. 

HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society. 
Special emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in the 
national character. 

194 



History 



HIST 357. Modern America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the 
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the 
United States in world affairs. (Fall) 

HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth-century American history, 
focusing on the modernization of life. Among the topics that may he covered 
are entertainment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation, 
and art and architecture. 

HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church 

Through the Middle Ages (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic 
period to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and 
theological development. (Fall) 

HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the Twentieth Century (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the 
Protestant Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious trends. 
(Spring) 

HIST 374. History of England (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth 
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments which 
have influenced western civilization as a whole. 

HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East, 
Greece, and Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development of 
western culture. 

HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the 
modern age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the 
institutions and values of modern western civilization. The chronological 
emphasis is on the eleventh through the sixteenth centuries. 

HIST 387. Modern Society and Politics (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of key thinkers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reading 
from original sources, this class will emphasize discussion of critical ideas that 
have effected the evolution of contemporary social and political thought. 
Included in the readings are selections from Locke, Mill, Marx, Nietzsche, 
Lenin, and Hitler. 



195 



History 



HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

A study of major historical developments affecting international relations since 
the Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace and war, 
power and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as others, in their 
historical setting. Students may earn either history or political science credit, 
depending on individual assignments. 

HIST 465. Topics in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in history presented in classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine whether credit is granted in Area I or Area II. This course may be 
repeated for credit. 

HIST 490. Senior Exam Preparation 1 hour 

Independent study and reading in preparation for the assessment exam taken 
by senior history majors. 

HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l), (W) 1-3 hours 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a 
student is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower division. 
This course also includes credit offered by the History Department on directed 
study tours. Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Approval of the 
department is required prior to registration. 

HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in 
conjunction with the preparation of a research project. (Fall) 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PLSC 254. American National and 

State Government (C-2) 3 hours 

An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches of government of the national, state, and local levels. 

PLSC 357. Modern America C-2) (W) 3 hours 

An examination of the United States in the twentieth century with special 
attention to the workings of the political system, diplomatic developments, and 
the key decisions of the United States Supreme Court. 

PLSC 387. Modern Society and Politics (C-2), (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 387 for course description. PLSC 389. 

Vienna to Vietnam (C-2), (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 389 for course description. 



196 



History 



PLSC 465. Topics in Political Science (C-2) 3 hours 

See HIST 465 for course description. 



GEOGRAPHY 

GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours 

(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only). 

Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are considered. 

Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall) 

GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours 

A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the United 
States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities include 
assigned reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations, formal 
paper after return to campus. Prior to departure, the student will make all 
arrangements with a teacher assigned by the Department of History, One-third 
tuition rate. 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/History 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 

and evaluating student performances, and the survey and evaluation of 

textbooks. 

(C-l) t (C-2), (W) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



197 



INDUSTRIAL 
TECHNOLOGY 



Chair: Dale Walters 
Faculty: John Durichek, Francis Hummer 
Advisory Council: Bill Belles, Willard Clapp, Allen O'Neal, 
Leon Scoggins, Bob Sullivan, Jeff Taylor 



Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning 
with practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, 
drafting, and auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are: 

1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by 
providing classroom and lab experiences that nurture creativity. 

2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living 
by providing "hands-on" experiences with elements of the 
environment. 

3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life as 
hobby and recreational activities as well as professional 
enhancement. 

4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile learning 
skills. 

5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and 
service occupations. 

6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical 
and professional degree programs and occupations. These courses 
are essential for students majoring in: 

Art 

Business Administration 

Education 

Journalism and Communication 

Office Administration 

Pre-Occupational Therapy 

Pre-Engineering 



198 



Industrial Technology 



Minor: A minor in Technology is eighteen hours including six hours 
upper division. Courses in Auto Body do not apply on this minor except 
TECH 223. 



DIPLOMA PROGRAM 
Auto Body-Repair and Refinishing 

The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing, 
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical 
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient 
skill and experience to obtain employment in the trade. 

Inasmuch as tradespeople provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use 
during the course. The department will assist the student in the 
purchase of these tools which will cost approximately $300. 

The requirements are as follows: TECH 110, 111-112, 114, 115, 116, 
118, 120; TECH 164, 264, and three hours from General Education B-l 
or B-2 courses. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
CERTIFICATE - AUTO BODY REPAIR 

A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated 
experience in various facets of auto body repair. 



lit Semester Hours 

TECH 114 Oxy- Acetylene Welding 1 

TECH 111 Painting & Refinish. I 3 

TECH 110 Panel & Sport Repair 4 

TECH 1 16 Collision Repair I 4 

TECH 164 Auto Maintenance 2 

Area B, Religion _3 

17 



At the end of the second semester and after nearly 1,000 hours of 
instruction and lab time the successful student will have skills to do: 

(1) major collision repair 

(2) frame alignment 

(3) job estimating 

(4) complete repaint work 

(5) power plant and drive train repair 



2nd Semester 


Hours 


TECH 118 


Collision Repair II 5 


TECH 120 


Collision Repair III 5 


TECH 112 


Painting & Refin II 3 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 2 


TECH 264 


Auto Repair __3 




18 



199 



Industrial Technology 



A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus 
hours of instruction and lab time. 

In addition to introductory repair projects, each student will be 
involved in at least three major collision repair projects. 

Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. 



AFFILIATION PROGRAM 

Students wishing a Bachelor of Technology degree in Graphic Art or 
Technical Plant Services may take the following classes and transfer to 
Andrews University after one year: 

B.T. Graphic Arts 

TECH 145, 149, 295 6 hours 

ART 104, 109 5 hours 

CPTE 245 3 hours 

CPTR 105, 106, 107 3 hours 

ENGL 101 3 hours 

JOUR 225 3 hours 

RELT 255 3 hours 

SOCI 125 3 hours 

SPCH 135 3 hours 

B.T. Technical Plant Services 

TECH 114, 115, 149, 154, 174, 183, 223, 264 19 hours 

CPTE 249 3 hours 

ENGL 101 3 hours 

SPCH 135 3 hours 

RELT 255 3 hours 

SOCI 125 3 hours 



TECHNOLOGY 

TECH 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours 

This course is designed so that the student will become better acquainted with 
the field of technology. Emphasis is directed toward but not limited to the area 
of industrial technology, current and future developments in the industry and 
their impact on society/ Along with an awareness of the qualifications to enter 
today's technological job market, special attention will be given to the training 
available at Southern and other SDA institutions. Open to all students. 



200 



Industrial Technology 



TECH 110. Panel and Spot Repair 4 hours 

Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to 
straighten small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block ready 
for painting. (Fall) 

TECH 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 3,3 hours 

An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will 
progress to doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase his own 
respirator and spray gun. Costs average $125. (Fall, Spring) 

TECH 114. Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 hour 

Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop 
welding jobs. Personal goggles required. A lab fee of $10 is charged. (Fall) 

TECH 115. Arc Welding 2 hours 

A class designed to give basic understanding of arc welding processes. 
Emphasis will be given to MIG, TIG, Heliarc, as well as conventional stick 
welding. Each student must purchase safety glasses, welding gloves, and 
goggles. A lab fee of $10 is charged. 

TECH 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours 

Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs. 
Body alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair are 
involved. (Fall) 

TECH 118. Collision Repair II 5 hours 

Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body alignment, 
frame straightening, glass work, fiberglass repair, and body section 
replacement. There is no lecture component to this class, but rather is 
composed of four three periods laboratory per week. (Spring) 

TECH 120. Collision Repair HI 5 hours 

A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an 
individual basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies 
purchasing, shop management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring) 

TECH 145. Introduction to Graphic Arts (G-2) 3 hours 

Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera 
techniques, platemaking, screen printing and press work. Experience is offered 
in personal computer desktop publishing. Skills learned are applicable for 
personal and business communications. A supplies fee will be charged for 
projects produced in class. Average cost of projects approximately $75. (Fall) 



201 



Industrial Technology 



TECH 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments and 
the principles of orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, 
pictorial representation, and dimensioned working drawings. Six periods of 
laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Instruments 
cost approximately $40. (Fall) 

TECH 151. Architectural Drafting 3 hours 

An introduction to skills and basic knowledge of architectural drafting. 
Emphasis is on lettering, orthographic projection, parallel line pictorial 
drawings, shades and shadows, and perspective drawing. Instruments cost 
approximately $50. Open to all students. 

TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture 
construction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A supplies 
fee will be charged for the cost of the materials used in project construction. 
Generally, the costs have exceeded $100 or $200 if large furniture items were 
constructed. (Spring) 

TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the matters 
of buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will work on his 
own car or on one belonging to the shop. Basic tools are needed which will cost 
$50-$75. One period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. (Fall) 

TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours 

Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with 
metals. Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet metal, 
welding, plus hand and power-operated metal-cutting equipment. One period 
lecture and six periods laboratory each week. Project expenses average $50. 
Each student must purchase his own safety glasses, welding gloves and goggles. 
(Spring, alternate years) 

TECH 183. Basic Electronics 3 hours 

An introductory course to the properties of electricity/electronics as they 
pertain to AC and DC electrical circuits and devices such as diodes, transistors 
and integrated circuits. Intended to introduce the beginning student to the 
field of electronics. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week. 

TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the principles 
and techniques used in repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will be 
given for class admission to those who have experience in doing automotive 
work and who have gas welding skills. Each student will need his own basic 
hand tools which cost approximately $100. One period lecture and six periods 
laboratory per week. (Spring, alternate years) 



202 



Industrial Technology 



TECH 254/354. Furniture Design and Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 154. 

Emphasis will be placed on the design process as it pertains to woods and its 
combination with other materials. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week. 
(Spring, alternate years) 

TECH 264/364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 164. 

A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main 
emphasis is given to power plant and drive train design, operation and service. 
One period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. Each student 
supplies his own hand tools and coveralls. Minimum tool set costs 
approximately $75. All lab learning experience is on actual cars either from 
the community or personal vehicles. (Spring) 

TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report of 
the problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only to those 
earning a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring) 

TECH 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours 

See CPTE 376 for course description. 



(G-2) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



203 



JOURNALISM 
AND COMMUNICATION 



Chair: Lynn Sauls 

Faculty: Pam Harris, Volker Henning 

Adjunct Faculty: Frances Andrews, Ted Betts, Joyce Dick, Eva 

Lynne Disbro, Ruth Garren, Wesley Hasden, Douglas 

Walter, Billy Weeks 
Advisory Council: Ted Betts, Doris Burdick, Carolyn S. Gilliam, Van 

Henderson, Paul Neely, Todd Parrish, George Powell, 

Jeff Powell, Stephen Ruf, Tom Tolar, Douglas Walter, 

Albert Waterhouse 



The Department of Journalism and Communication provides an 
educational environment in which future leaders in journalism, public 
relations and related areas can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, 
the intellectual discipline and the professional abilities necessary to the 
mastery and management of a wide range of writing, editing and other 
journalistic and public relations skills and techniques. 

The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in 
Journalism (News Editorial), Broadcast Journalism, and Public 
Relations. Minors are also available in each of these areas. 

The Journalism (News Editorial) major prepares students for careers 
as reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly newspapers, 
magazines, wire services, publishing houses and for the vast array of 
publications that serve the church, business, industry, governmental 
agencies, the medical field, colleges and universities and other 
non-profit organizations. 

Students enrolling in the Broadcast Journalism major receive 
preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio and 
television as reporters, writers and editors in news and public affairs 
operations. 

Public Relations mayors are prepared for careers in every mayor 
segment of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, 
universities, hospitals and other medical institutions, and in a wide 
range of organizations. 

The Journalism major, Broadcast Journalism major, and the Public 
Relations major also prepare students for entry into graduate schools 
nationwide. 



204 



Journalism and Communication 



Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study 
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree 
requirements of the Department of Journalism and Communication, 
including the intermediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills 
General Education requirements. 



INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 

Because of the strong relationships which the department has 
developed with the Chattanooga area mass media, journalism, 
broadcast and public relations students have many opportunities to 
meet and work with professionals in television and radio news, in 
public relations, advertising and on daily and weekly newspapers. 

Internships: Helping students locate internships on newspapers, 
in publishing houses, in public relations and fund development 
departments and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital part of 
the education program provided by the department. 

A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the 
department to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The 
department also participates in the General Conference internship 
program in which students work in various denominational 
institutions. The college radio station, WSMC FM90.5 and the 
community newspaper, East Hamilton County Journal, provide learning 
opportunities for students in a number of courses. 

Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as 
writers and editors by working on Student Association publications 
such as Southern Accent, the campus newspaper, and Southern 
Memories, the yearbook. 



ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

To make satisfactory progress toward preparation for the job 
market, students majoring in the department will be expected to attend 
the annual editor-in-residence meetings, the annual Communication 
Career Day meetings, departmental assemblies, and other presentations 
of guest professionals sponsored by the department. 



205 



Journalism and Communication 



Students should demonstrate their growing professional involvement 
in the operation of WSMC FM90.5; the publication of the Southern 
Accent, Southern Memories, or some other publication; or 
communication activities in a campus, church, or community 
organization. 

Participation in the departmental Communication Club and the 
Southern Society of Adventist Communicators as well as student 
membership in a national professional organization such as the Society 
of Professional Journalists, the International Association of Business 
Communicators, or the Public Relations Student Society of America are 
also evidences of professional commitment. 

A cumulative evaluation form will be kept in departmental files for 
each student majoring in the department. This form will serve as a 
source of information for teachers asked to provide recommendations 
for students seeking practicums, internships, or job openings. 
Information concerning evidence of professional growth and 
achievement will be added by the departmental faculty assembly and 
a copy of the form shared with the student near the end of each school 
year. 

Students in the department will be given a writing skills test when 
they take JOUR 103, Introduction to Mass Communication, and JOUR 
205, News Reporting. On the basis of the results, advisers will 
recommend any needed remediation, which students must complete 
before registering for other writing courses offered by the department. 
Another form of the writing skills test will be administered when 
students in the department take JOUR 314, Broadcast News Writing, 
JOUR 355, Reporting Public Affairs, or PREL 365, Public Relations 
Techniques. Results of the test will be part of the information in a 
student's cumulative evaluation form. 

Departmental effectiveness will be assessed by combining the results 
of the cumulative evaluations, student evaluations of courses, 
questionnaires completed by seniors near the time of graduation and 
again three years afterwards, questionnaires completed by supervisors 
of interns, and overall program assessment by the advisory council. An 
ongoing analysis of outlines of courses required for majors is made by 
the faculty to determine that the curriculum meets the objectives of the 
department and the standards of the Accrediting Council of Education 
in Journalism and Mass Communication. 



206 



Journalism and Communication 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM, 
BROADCAST JOURNALISM OR PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Major-Journalism (News Editorial): 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 8 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 2 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 315 Photojournalism 2 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 hours 

or 
ENGL 314 Creative Writing 

or 
JOUR 495 Honors Project 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 3 hours 

or 
ENGL 313 Expository Writing 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 3 hours 

or 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

Departmental electives 2 hours 

Required Cognates: 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

ECON 213 Survey of Economics 3 hours 

PLSC 254 American National and State Government . . 3 hours 

Literature elective (D-2) 3 hours 

Music and Art Appreciation elective (D-3) ... 3 hours 

Intermediate level of a foreign language .... 6 hours 

Recommended Electives: 

JOUR 497 Journalism Internship 8 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory ..... 2 hours 

TECH 145 Introduction to Graphic Arts 3 hours 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

Completion of at least 12 hours in each of three or more of the following 
areas: Behavioral Science, Business and Economics, Education, Health Science, 

History and Political Science, Literature and Fine Arts, Natural Science, 
Recreation and Physical Education, Religion, and Technology. 



207 



Journalism and Communication 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B .A. JOURNALISM 

(NEWS EDITORIAL) 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


JOUR 212 


Copyediting 2 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com. 


3 




JOUR 314 


Broadcast News Writing 3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 




3 


JOUR 315 


Photojournalism 3 


JOUR 225 


Intro Photography 




3 


ECON213 


Survey of Economics 3 




(if needed) 






PLSC254 


American Government 3 


ART 109 


Publications Design 


3 






Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 6 8 




Area D-l, Inter F. Lang 3 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 


4 




16 16 




Area B, Religion 


15 


16 




* 






YEARS 3 AND 4 





JOUR 316 Magaiine and Feature Writing OR ENGL 814 Creative Writing OR 

JOUR 495 Honors Project 3 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas OR ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society 3 

JOUR 497 Journalism Internship (Rec. summer before Year 4) 3 

Area B, Religion 6 

Area D-2, Literature 3 

Area D-3, Music and Art Appreciation 3 

General Education, Minor or Elective _32 

62 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major-Broadcast Journalism: 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

JOUR 202 Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 317 Broadcast Management 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 3 hours 

or 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

Two of the following: 6 hours 

JOUR 315 Photojournalism (3 hours) 
JOUR 327 Video Production (3 hours) 
JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs (3 hours) 
JOUR 423 Broadcast Programming (3 hours) 



208 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas (3 hours) 
JOUR 497 Journalism Internship: 
Broadcasting (3 hours) 

Required Cognates: 

BMKT 226 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

BUAD 234 Principles of Management 3 hours 

PLSC 254 American National and State Government ...... 3 hours 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

Intermediate level of a foreign language 6 hours 

Recommended Electives: 

HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

TECH 183 Basic Electronics 3 hours 

CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 

B Jl. broadcast journalism 



YEAR 1 Semester YEAR 2 

1st 2nd 

ENGL 101-102 College Composition 3 3 JOUR 202 

JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Com 3 JOUR 314 

JOUR 201 Foundat of Broadcast 3 PREL 234 

JOUR 205 News Repotting 3 PLSC 254 

Area D-l, Inter For LangS 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Oen Ed, Minor or Elect _3 Jl 
15 16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Broadcast Techniques 3 
Broadcast News Writing 3 

Public Relations Prin 2 

American Government 3 
Area B, Religion 3 

Oen Ed, Minor or Elect Ji _U 
15 16 



YEARS 8 AND 4 

JOUR 317 Broadcast Management 3 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society 3 

JOUR 497 Broadcast Journalism Internship (Recommend summer before Year 4) 3 

Approved Broadcast Journalism Electives 6 

BUAD 226 Intro to Marketing 3 

BUAD 234 Principles of Management 3 

Area B, Religion 6 

General Education, Minor or Electives J32 

62 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major-Public Relations: 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 225 Introduction to Photography 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 hours 



209 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

OR 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

or 

JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 3 hours 

PREL 480 Case Studies in Public Relations 2 hours 

Required Cognates: 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

BMKT 226 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

or 
BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking 3 hours 

TECH 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

Intermediate level of a foreign language 6 hours 

Literature or Fine Arts elective (D-2 or D-3) . 3 hours 

Recommended Electives: 

JOUR 202 Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 2 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 327 Video Production 3 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

PREL 368 Fund Development 3 hours 

PREL 497 Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

TECH 145 Introduction to Graphic Arts 3 hours 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BA PUBLIC RELATIONS 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting S 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com 


3 




JOUR 225 


Intro to Photography 3 


PREL 234 


Public Relations Prin 




2 


PREL 344 


Fund of Advertising 2 


ART 109 


Publications Design 


3 




CPTE245 


Comp- Aided Publishing 3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Speaking 




3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area D-l /Inter For Lang 3 


3 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect _6 _11 




Area B, Religion 


i 






15 16 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 


15 


_5 

16 







210 



Journalism and Communication 



YEARS 3 AND 4 



JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Writing 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs OR JOUR 425 Reporting in Special i 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 

PREL 480 Case Studies 

PREL 407 Public Relations Internship (Rec. summer before Year 4) 

BMKT 226 Intro to Marketing OR BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 

Area D-2 or D-3, Literature or Fine Arts 

Area B, Religion 

General Education, Minor or Elective* 



3 
3 
3 
3 

2 
3 
3 
3 
6 
30 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor-Journalism (News Editorial): 18 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 212 Copyediting . . . 2 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

or 
JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 

One of the following: 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 
JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 
Journalism Elective 1 hour 

Minor-Broadcast Journalism: 18 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

JOUR 202 Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

Approved upper division elective 3 hours 

Minor-Public Relations: 18 or 19 hours 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 



211 



Journalism and Communication 



PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising (2 hours) 2 or 3 hours 

or 
BMKT 226 Introduction to Marketing (3 hours) 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

PREL 480 Case Studies in Public Relations 2 hours 



JOURNALISM 

JOUR 103. Introduction to Mass Communication (G-2) 3 hours 

Overview of the development and characteristics of mass media, with emphasis 
on media in the United States including newspapers, radio, television, 
photography, film, sound recording, books, magazines, advertising, public 
relations, and new media technology. Attention is given to theories of 
communication and how to be a critical and discriminating consumer of mass 
media. 

JOUR 201. Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

Provides an understanding of broadcasting and related industries. Basic 
theories and practices of radio, television, cable operations, and other electronic 
media are covered. 

JOUR 202. Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

Introduction to audio production in the context of the broadcast station. 
Instruction in the technical aspects of production for radio and television. 
Techniques in announcing for a variety of program types including 
commercials, news, interviews, and talk shows. 

JOUR 205. News Reporting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm. 

News gathering and research techniques; development of newswriting skills 
and style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and fairness and 
on meeting deadlines in covering news events and interviewing news sources. 

JOUR 212. Copyediting 2 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Principles and practices of preparing copy for publication including headline 
writing, picture editing, and writing photo captions. Use of the Associated 
Press Stylebook. Focus is on accuracy, newsworthiness, language effectiveness, 
legality, and good taste in editing copy. (Alternate years) 



212 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 225. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours 

Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that 
constitute good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film 
development, negative enlargement and print finishing. Students supply their 
own 35mm cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. A limited 
number of rental cameras are available. Two hours of lecture, three hours of 
laboratory each week. Supply lab fee of $95 charged in addition to tuition. 

JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcast 
media. Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the college radio 
station; instruction in writing spot announcements. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 315. Photojournalism (G-l) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 225 or equivalent. 

Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on 
photojournalism, creative use of the camera in producing photo essays, picture 
stories for publication and photo collections for exhibit. Students supply their 
own cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. One hour of lecture, 
three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee of $95 charged in addition 
to tuition. 

JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours 

Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the 
newspaper feature article. Developing writing style through creative use of the 
English language. 

JOUR 317. Broadcast Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 201 and 202. 

The 100,000-watt college radio station WSMC-FM 90.5 provides the setting in 
which students learn the principles of broadcast management as they apply to 
radio and television. Class members become familiar with day-to-day station 
operations, including control room procedures, announcing, production, 
broadcast news and programming. Professionals from both radio and television 
serve as lecturers. 

JOUR 327. Video Production 3 hours 

Introduction to the basic procedures of producing non-studio video programs. 
Emphasis will be given to lighting, audio, and editing techniques. The student 
will make extensive use of portable video and video editing equipment. Supply 
lab fee of $50 charged in addition to tuition. 



213 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 355. Reporting Public Affairs (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205. 

Reporting the actions of local, state and federal governments, politics, 
education, religion, economics, social and environmental issues, with emphasis 
on background research and investigative reporting. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 297/397. Journalism Practicum 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

Supervised work experience in print or broadcast journalism. At least 90 clock 
hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. 
Practicum arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of 
registration after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are 
available from the department. One-third regular tuition rate. 

JOUR 423. Broadcast Programming 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 201. 

A study of audiences and audience research, programming theories, and 
formats used in modern broadcast program planning. Emphasis also given to 
current FCC regulations and policies governing the broadcast industry. 
(Alternate years) 

JOUR 425. Reporting in Special Areas (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Writing interpretative articles and commentary after extensive research, 
interviews, and analysis. Based on interest and background, the student will 
select two of the following specialized areas in which to write: business and 
economics, education and religion, health and medicine, mass media and the 
arts, nature and the environment, government and society, recreation and 
entertainment, and science and technology. May be repeated once with 
different areas selected. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media and the 
news gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, privacy, free 
press, fair-trial, contempt of court, access to information, protection of sources, 
copyright law and government regulation of the media. 

JOUR 165/465. Topics in Communication 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in broadcast journalism, print journalism, public relations, or 
related areas of communication. 

JOUR 487. History of Mass Communication (W) 3 hours 

Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the 
present, its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the 
mass media system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, public 
relations, radio, television and the impact of the media system on society. 
(Alternate years) 



214 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 488. Mass Communication and Society (W) 3 hours 

This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examination 
of the role and function of the mass media system in the United States; the 
concept of social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical, social, 
economic and political issues involved in the function of newspapers, 
magazines, radio, television, advertising and public relations. Emphasis on 
reading, writing media critiques and on analysis of concepts and ideas. The 
course also includes an introduction to research methods for the study of mass 
communication. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized 
area of the mass media. Directed study topics will be selected with guidance 
from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in carrying 
out the project. 

JOUR 497. Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in 
broadcast or news editorial journalism and departmental approval. 
Students work at a newspaper, magazine, broadcast station, or other agency 
to obtain on-the-job journalism experience, preferably during an eight to 12 
week period the summer between the junior and senior year when no other 
college course is taken. At least 270 clock hours of work experience are 
required. Arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of the 
internship after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are 
available from the department. One-third regular tuition rate. 



PUBLIC RELATIONS 

PREL 234. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to the 
historical development and contemporary practice of public relations; analysis 
of the public relations role in business, industry and non-profit organizations 
and of the functions and responsibilities of the public relations practitioner. 

PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

Advertising theories and principles; fundamentals of advertising copy writing, 
layout and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for public 
relations and marketing. (Alternate years) 

PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205. 

Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach 
specified audiences through mass media channels and through controlled 
media. Preparation of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports, 
audio-visuals, speeches and media campaigns; planning and conducting special 
events. (Alternate years) 



215 



Journalism and Communication 



PREL 368. Fund Development 1-3 hours 

Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning, 
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospect lists, 
writing proposals, identifying and training development leadership, working 
with foundations. (Every third summer) 

PREL 297/397. Public Relations Practicum 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

Supervised work experience in public relations. At least 90 clock hours of work 
experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Practicum arrange- 
ments are to be completed by the student in advance of registration after 
consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from 
the department. One-third regular tuition rate. 

PREL 406. Persuasion and Propaganda 3 hours 

Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of public 
opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public response; 
characteristics of publics and how they are influenced. (Alternate years) 

PREL 480. Case Studies in Public Relations 2 hours 

The public relations function in the context of the organizational communica- 
tions and decision-making process. Application of communications theory and 
techniques in developing both internal and external communications systems 
in terms of organizational nature and purpose; selected case studies. (Alternate 
years) 

PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized 
area of public relations, advertising or marketing. Directed study topics will be 
selected with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to 
the student in carrying out the project. 

PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in 
public relations and departmental approval. 

Students work at a public relations office, department or agency to obtain on 
the-job public relations experience, preferably during an eight- to twelve-week 
period the summer between the junior and senior year when no other college 
course is taken. At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. 
Internship arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of 
registration after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are 
available from the department. One-third regular tuition rate. 






216 



Journalism and Communication 



WORKSHOPS 

JOUR 175/475. Communication Workshop 1-3 hours 

One semester-hour credit will be available for 40 clock hours of active 
participation in a workshop conducted by the department in such areas as free 
lance writing, news writing, video production, editing newsletters, crisis 
communication, public relations writing, fund raising, writing for student 
publications, editing student publications, and advising student publications. 
Advanced students may earn additional credits by completing a project started 
during the workshop. May be repeated for credit. (Summer) 



217 



MATHEMATICS 



Chair: Lawrence Hanson 

Faculty: Robert Moore, Art Richert 



Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical 
thinking have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many 
well-educated people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the 
invention of a place-value numeration system, the invention of the 
calculus, the development of statistical inference, and more recently the 
development of computers, to name just a few, are mathematical 
contributions to civilization which have significantly affected the 
philosophies, commerce, science, and technology of mankind. 

The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical 
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing 
students to mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, 
logical thinking required to successfully apply them to a variety of 
problem-solving experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal 
education of professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of 
mathematics, and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of 
mathematics. 



PROGRAMS IN MATHEMATICS 

Migor (B A.): Thirty hours including MATH 181, 182, 200, 216, 218, 
318, 411, and 485. CPTR 131 is a cognate requirement. Secondary 
certification requires MATH 215, 415. 



218 



Mathematics 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. MATHEMATICS 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 




Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MATH 218 


CalculuB III 


3 


MATH 181,182 


Calculus I, II 


4 


3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


CPTR131 


Fund Prog I 


3 




MATH 200 


Elem Lin Algebra 


2 




Ares B, Religion 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 




3 




Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 








Area E, Science 


3 . 3 




OB 


2 






Area (M, Croat Skills 




AREA F-3, Hlth Sci 








OR 


2 




AreaO-3, Rec 




1 




Area G-3, Recreation 


, 




Area D-l/Beg For Lmntr33 


3 




Elective or Minor 


_4 _3 






16 


16 






16 15 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures* 


3 




MATH 411 


Inter Analysis* 


3 


MATH 


Elective 




3 


MATH 


UD Elective 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




MATH 485 


Math Seminar* 


1 




Area C-2/Pol Sci/Eoon 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area D t Lit/Fine Arts/ 








Electives or Minor 


JL -12 




Speech 




3 






16 15 




UD Electives 




3 










Electives or Minor 


7 
18 


_6 
15 









♦These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 

requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 

credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including MATH 181, 182, 216, 218, 317, 
318, 319, 411, 412, and 485. Cognate requirements are CPTR 131; 
PHYS 211-212, 213-214. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. MATHEMATICS 



YEAR1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENOL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


MATH 181, 182 


Calculus I, II 


4 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


CPTR 131 


Fund Prog I 


3 




MATH 218 


Calculus III 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 




3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 




Area F-2, Fam Sci 








Area B, Religion 


3 




OB 


2 






Area C-l, History 


3 3 




Area F-3, Hlth Sci 








Area O-l, Croat Skills 






Area G-3, Recreational 


1 




OR 


2 




Electives 


3 


3 




Area G-3, Recreational 








15 


16 




Electives 


15 16 



219 



Mathematics 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures* 


3 


MATH 411-412 


Inter Analysis* 3 3 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra* 


3 


MATH 486 


Mathematics Seminar* 1 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables* 


3 


MATH 


Elective 3 3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 




Area D,Lang/Lit/F Art 3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B f UD Religion 3 




Area C-2,Pol 8c/Econ 


3 




Electives 8 6 




Area D,Lang/Lit/F Art 


3 




16 15 




Area E, Science 


3 








Electives 


_4 3 

16 15 







•These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including MATH 181 and six hours of upper 
division courses. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Mathematics 
requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional 
education courses for licensure. See explanations in the Education and 
Psychology section, beginning on page 160. 



MATHEMATICS 

MATH 099. Elementary Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

This remedial course covers the content of first-year high school algebra. It is 
required of all students with an ACT mathematics standard score below 12. 
Tuition for three semester hours will be charged for this course. (Fall, 
Summer) 

MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption. 

Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numeration 
systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, metric 
system, consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major or 
minor in mathematics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 104. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption. 

Number systems and their properties, exponents and radicals, equations and 
inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equations, 
logarithms. This course does not apply on a major or minor in mathematics 
and is not accepted as transfer credit by most colleges. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



220 



Mathematics 



MATH 114. Precalculus (A-2) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 104 or two years of high school algebra. 
The real and complex number systems; the elementary functions and their 
graphs, including polynomial and rational functions, exponential and 
logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and their inverses; analytic 
geometry. Does not apply toward a major in mathematics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 140. Introduction to Calculus (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: High school algebra II with grades of B or better, or MATH 104 
with a grade of B or better, or a precalculus course. 

An introduction to differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on 
calculus applications to business and the life and social sciences. Does not 
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. 

MATH 181. Calculus I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114 or four years of high school mathematics which 
include at least one semester of trigonometry and some analytic geometry. 
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions including limits, 
continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications of the 
derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem of calculus, 
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral. (Fall, 
Spring) 

MATH 182. Calculus II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

Precise definitions of limits, further topics in differential calculus, polar 
coordinates, parametric equations, sequences, infinite series, Taylor series, 
vectors. (Spring) 

MATH 200. Elementary Linear Algebra 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

Systems of linear equations, matrices and determinants, vector spaces, linear 

transformations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, applications. (Spring) 

MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two years 
of high school algebra with a B average, or MATH 104, or MATH 103. 
An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organization 
and analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions 
(binomial, normal, Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis testing, 
correlation and regression, nonparametric statistics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of logic 

and sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. (Spring) 



221 



Mathematics 



MATH 218. Calculus III 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

Partial derivatives, multiple integrals, vector calculus including Green's 

theorem, Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. (Fall) 

MATH 280. Applied Mathematics for Computer Science 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof 
techniques, and finite state automata. (Fall) 

MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equations, 
power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the Laplace 
transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences. (Spring) 

MATH 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bessel 

functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, 
including mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the Cauchy 
Goursat theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent series, the 
theory of residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216. 

Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of 
linear equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues 
and eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 405. Numerical Analysis 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 218, 315, and a knowledge of programming. 
Interpolation and approximation, numerical differentiation and integration, 
numerical methods of solving algebraic and differential equations, error 
analysis. (Spring, even years) 



222 



Mathematics 



MATH 411-412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity, 
uniform continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the 
derivative and integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequences 
and series of functions, the Lebesque integral, Fourier series. (Fall, odd years, 
and Spring, even years) 

MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216. 

Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geometry, finite 

geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, geometric 

transformations, the geometry of inversion, projective geometry. (Fall, odd 

years) 

MATH 465. Nursing Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 103 or 104 or equivalent and permission from the 
Division of Nursing and the Department of Mathematics. 
Descriptive and inferential statistics with an emphasis on techniques and tests 
which are most often used in nursing research. Topics are selected from the 
following: organization and analysis of data, probability, various parametric 
and nonparametric probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, 
correlation and regression. This course is designed for community registered 
nurses who are working on advanced degrees and is offered periodically at the 
request of the Division of Nursing. 

MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff. 

Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematics 
including topics in current mathematical literature. Mathematics majors 
obtaining secondary certification must choose topics in the history and 
philosophy of mathematics. (Fall, odd years) 

MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty. 

Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation with 

an instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. (On demand) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content 

Methods/Mathematics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 

and evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of 

textbooks. 



223 



MODERN LANGUAGES 



Chair: Helmut Ott 



This department offers the opportunity for students to discover 
French, German, and Spanish not only as living languages but also as 
reflections of the cultures, customs, and peoples they represent. The 
aim, then, is to provide both an aesthetic background and a practical 
tool in the event the student becomes an overseas traveler or worker. 

The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in 
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign culture 
should be part of the background of educated persons, particularly 
those with a sense of world mission. The Department of Modern 
Languages aspires toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility 
to demonstrate good will, whether as travelers and business people or 
as respondents to the Master's gospel commission. 



FOREIGN STUDY 

Adventist Colleges Abroad. Southern College is a member of the 
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of 
French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign 
language amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting. 

The following institutions are affiliates of ACA: In Austria, Seminar 
Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Seminaire Adventiste, 
Collonges-sous-Saleve; and in Spain, Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, 
Sagunto. 

Most ACA students return with a minor in the language. Some, 
especially if they have completed the intermediate year before leaving 
for Europe, return with enough credits for a major. A major or minor 
in the foreign language is not automatic; however, ACA students 
intending to fulfill major or minor requirements must counsel with the 
Modern Languages staff before drafting their overseas program. 



224 



Modern Languages 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH, GERMAN, 
OR SPANISH 

Mftfor-French, German or Spanish: Thirty hours for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree, excluding course 101-102 but including course 
211-212. Because the number of hours available on the Southern 
College campus is limited, students are expected to earn all upper 
division credits for a language major through ACA. 

Minor-French, German or Spanish: Eighteen hours excluding 
course 101-102 but including course 211-212 and six hours of 
upper-division courses. Students desiring a language minor must earn 
all upper division credits either at ACA or in two summer terms in an 
intensive language program previously approved by this department. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (INST) 

Major-International Studies: This major is intended to offer basic 
language and literature within a framework of international cultural 
dimensions. Such a program is sometimes considered a "humanities 
major." To complete this program in either French, German, or 
Spanish, students must spend at least one semester on an ACA campus 
overseas. 

For the International Studies major, thirty hours are required, as 
listed below. A cognate requirement of RELT 368, Comparative 
Religions (3 hours), may be taken as one of the required general 
education courses (area B). 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 211-212 (Intermediate Level) 6 hours 

Composition and Conversation 3 hours 

Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

Additional hours in language and literature, or the 

intermediate level of a second language 6 hours* 

ENGL 445, World Literature 3 hours 

ART 344, History of Art 3 hours 

MUHL 115, Listening to Music 3 hours 

HIST 386, or 389, or 354 - Rise of the West, or Vienna to Vietnam, 

or History of Latin America 3 hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 



•Students desiring endorsement in Spanish, French, or German must take these six 
hours in that language. 



225 



Modern Languages 



Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Modern 
Languages requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of 
professional education courses for licensure. See explanations in the 
Education and Psychology section, beginning on page 160. 



SPECIAL COURSE 

MDLG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
individual student. It is particularly useful to ACA students who are unable to 
complete all the requirements for their major at the overseas campus. This 
course also includes credit offered by the Modern Languages Department on 
directed study tours. Approval of the instructor must be obtained prior to 
registration for the course. 



FRENCH 

FREN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101, or equivalent. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern 
language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary level. (No 
credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is 
French.) 

FREN 211-212. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination. 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit 
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is French. 
FREN 211 is offered Fall; 212, Spring.) 



GERMAN 

GRMN 101-102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisitie: GRMN 101, or equivalent, or one year of German in 
secondary school. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern 
language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary level. (No 
credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is 
German.) 



226 



Modern Languages 



GRMN 211-212. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school, or 
a satisfactory score on a standardized examination. 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit 
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is German. 
GRMN 211 is offered Fall; 212, Spring.) 



SPANISH 

SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101, or equivalent. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. 
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern 
language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary level. (No 
credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is 
Spanish). 

SPAN 211-212. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite; SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, or 

a satisfactory score on a standardized examination. 

Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 

Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No 

credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is 

Spanish). 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content 

Methods/Modern Languages 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Learning and teaching a foreign language, in both theory and practical 

application, with special attention to goals, planning, classroom techniques, 

selection and utilization of materials and aids, and evaluation of student 

performance. 



(D-l), (D-2), (W) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 






227 



MUSIC 



Chair: Marvin L. Robertson 

Faculty: J. Bruce Ashton, Sandra Fryling, Orlo Gilbert, Judith Glass, 
Patricia Silver 

Adjunct Faculty: Greg Bean, Dan Bowles, Devin Fryling, Tom Breece, 
Elaine Janzen, Nora Kile, Jeff Lauritzen, Michael Moore, 
Jan Parisi, Mark Reneau, Betty Spencer 



The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one of 
the arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of God 
and to enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this 
philosophy, course work is offered which meets the needs of the general 
college student as well as music majors and minors. 

The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the 
Bachelor of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and 
history, as well as a high level of achievement in a major performance 
area. In addition, the Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills 
necessary for teaching music, with special emphasis on the training of 
teachers for the Seventh-day Adventist school system. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of 
the college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take 
written and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a 
performance examination in the applied concentration. To obtain 
freshman standing as a music major the student must qualify for 
MUCT 111 and MUPF 189. 

Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be 
obtained by writing the chairman of the Department of Music. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Functional Piano: All music majors must pass a functional piano 
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary. (The latter may not 
be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General 
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano 
examination includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, 
several moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and the 



228 



Music 

harmonization of simple folk melodies. The functional piano 
examination should be passed during the first week of the first 
semester in residence or the student must register for applied piano 
instruction. 

Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for 
fourteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice 
per lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following 
a jury examination at the end of each semester. 

Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required 
to attend twelve Department approved concerts per semester, except for 
the student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and 
senior recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to 
meet this requirement will nullify music major status. 

Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to 
participate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence 
(12 or more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are 
exempted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must, 
however, complete eight (8) hours of appropriate ensembles. 

Senior Recital: The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree or the 
Bachelor of Arts degree will present a senior recital. The student must 
be registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior 
recital. Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may 
be partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music 
performance. 

A faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at 
least three weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance 
at this audition will result in a rescheduling of the recital date. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the 
sophomore year. The requirements for juriior standing are as follows: 

a. An overall grade point average of 2.00 for the Bachelor of Arts 
degree and 2.25 for the Bachelor of Music degree. 

b. A grade point average of 2.50 in all music courses. 

c. Completion of the functional piano requirement. 

d. Completion of MUCT 111-112, 121-122. 

e. Completion of four hours of credit in the student's applied music 
concentration area. 



229 



Music 



Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result 
in the student's receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, 
Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail. 
Junior standing requirements must be met at least two semesters 
before graduation. 



BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Music degree in music education is an NCATE 
approved degree which meets state and denominational certification 
requirements. Students must apply for admission to the Teacher 
Education Program through the Department of Education and 
Psychology prior to taking education courses. Each student will be 
responsible to determine the additional courses that may be required 
for certification in the state of his/her choice. This information can be 
obtained at the Department of Education and Psychology. 

State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education 
majors include passing the NTE Specialty Test in Music Education at 
the 480 level. 

The following general education requirements apply only to students 
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 

1. English 

2. Mathematics 

B. Religion 

1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 

2. Religion: RELT 138, 255 

C. History, Political and Economic Systems 

1. History 

2. Political Science and Economics 

D. Language, Literature, Fine Arts 

1. Foreign Languages (Intermediate level) 

2. Literature 

E. Natural Sciences 

1. Biology 

2. Chemistry 

3. Physics 

F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 
1. Health Science: HLED 173 

G. Activity Skills 
1. Recreational Skills 

TOTAL 43 hours 



9 hours 
6 hours 
3 hours 

12 hours 
6 hours 
8 hours 

9 hours 
6 hours 
3 hours 

3 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 

6 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 

2 hours 
2 hours 

2 hours 
2 hours 



230 



Music 

Music Core: 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II 6 hours 

MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II 2 hours 

MUCT 211-212 Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 hours 

MUCT 221 222 Advanced Aural Theory III, IV 2 hours 

MUHL 320-323 Music history courses 8 hours 

MUPF 477 Instrumental Conducting Techniques ... 3 hours 

MUPF 478 Choral Conducting Techniques 3 hours 

MUCT 313 Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 

Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano 
proficiency examination. Pour (4) hours of keyboard secondary may be 
used in lieu of the proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard 
may not be used as part of the applied music requirement in the 
Vocal/General Endorsement. 

Vocal/General Endorsement 

A. Applied Music Concentration Voice 

Applied Concentration 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music & Movement 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED Elective 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

MUPF 227, 228 Singers Diction 2 hours 

TOTAL 31 hours 

B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard 

Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) 14 hours 

Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration) 

OR 
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy 

(Organ Concentration) 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

Service Playing (Organ Majors Only) 2 hours 

TOTAL 33-35 hours 



231 



Music 



Instrumental Endorsement 

Applied Music Concentration 

(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Secondary Instrument Instruction 

(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) . . 6 hours 

Instrumental Music Methods and Materials 6 hours 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

TOTAL 35 hours 



Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement 

An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a 
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided 
both are represented. 



Education Core: 

Before taking education courses, the student must apply to the 
Education and Psychology Department for admission to the Teacher 
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must 
apply to the Education and Psychology Department for admission to 
the professional semester. 

EDUC 135 Introduction to Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psych. Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Child and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 421 Behavior Management 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content 2 hours 

EDUC 462 Educational Organization and Leadership ......... 1 hour 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 8 hours 

TOTAL 26 hours 






232 



Music 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.Mus. MUSIC EDUCATION 











YEAR 2 


Semester 


YEAR1 


Semester 




; 


1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


EDUC 217 


Psych Found of Ed 


2 




MUCT 111-112 


Music Theory I, II 


3 


3 


EDUC 240 


Except Child & Youth 




2 


MUCT 121-122 


Aural Theory I, II 


1 


1 


MUCT 211-212 


Adv Mus Theory HI JV 


3 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MUCT 221-222 


Adv Aur Theory m,IV 


1 


1 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




MUHL 320,321 


History of Music 


2 


2 


MUPF189 


Applied Concentration 


2 




BELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




HIST 


Area 0-1, Elective 


3 




MUPF189 


Applied Conceny Kybrd 


2 


2 




Music ensemble 


1 


1 


MUPF189 


Applied Concentration 




2 


BELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 




3 




Music Ensemble 


1 


1 


MUPF180 


Applied Concentration 




2 


MUED 316/318 


Organ or Piano Pedag 




2 




Area C-2, Pol Scd/Eoon 


_ 


_3 




Applied Concentration 


2 








16 


16 




Area Q-3, Rec Skills 


16 


1 
16 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




] 


1st 2nd 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 


2 






Foreign Language 


3 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 




2 


EDUC 421 


Behavior Mngmt 


2 




HLED 173 


Health & Life 


2 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 




MUHL 322,323 


History of Music 


2 


2 


MUPF389 


Applied Conoen Kybrd 


2 




MUCT 313/413 


Orchestration & Air 




3 


MUPF477 


Inst Cond Techn 


3 




MUED231 


Music & Movement 


2 




MUPF478 


Choral Cond Techn 




3 


MUED317 


Voice Pedagogy 


2 






Music Ensemble 


1 


1 


MUPF389 


Applied Concentration 


2 


2 


RELB 


Bible Elective 


3 






Music Ensemble 


1 


1 


HIST 


Elective 




3 


RELB 


Area B-l, Elective 




3 


MATH 


Elective 




3 




Area E, Nat Science 


J> 


3 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 




1 






16 


16 


EDUC 432 
EDUC 462 


Beading in Content 
Educ Organ & Ldrshp 




2 
1 










MUED 432 


Student Tchg Sem 


16 


15 










YEARS 
















EDUC 468 


Enhanced Student Teh 


g8 





♦•NOTE: Organ majors must take two hours of MUPF 279 Service Playing. 

See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed 
to give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of 
man. 



233 



Music 



Major: Forty hours including fourteen upper division hours and the 
following: Music Theory including MUCT 111-112, 121-122, 211-212, 
221-222, 313 or 413; MUHL 320, 321, 322, 323; MUPF 189, 389 - 
Concentration; Music Ensembles. 

A student must complete all general education requirements of the 
college. 

The foreign language recommended is either French or German. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B .A. MUSIC 











YEAR 2 


Semester 


YEAR 1 

MUCT 111-112 


Semester 
1st 2nd 

Music Theory I, II 3 3 


MUCT 211-212 
MUCT 221-222 


1st 2nd 

Adv Theory III.IV 3 3 
Adv Aur Th III, IV 1 1 


MUCT 121-122 
ENGL 101-102 
MUPF 189 


Aural Theory I, II 
College Composition 
Applied Concentration- 


1 
3 


1 
3 


MUPF 189 


Applied Concent rat ion- 

Instrument/Voioe 1 1 
Music Ensemble 1 1 




last rument/Voioe 
Music Ensemble 
Area A-2, Mathematics 


1 

1 


1 

1 
0-3 




Funct Piano Requirement 
Area B, Religion 3 
Area G-2 or G-3, Skills 2 




Area G-3, Recreation 
Area B, Religion 


1 
3 






Area 0-1, Foreign Lang 
OR 3 3 




Minor or Elective 


2 
15 


6-3 
15 




Lit/Fine Arts/Speech 








Area 0-1, History 3 3 












Minor or Elective _2 












15 16 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


MUHL 320,321 


History of Music 


2 


2 


MUHL 322,323 


History of Music 2 2 


MUPF 389 


Applied Concentration 


1 


1 


MUCT 313 


Orch& Arr 




Music Ensemble 


1 






OR 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




MUCT 413 


Analysis of Mus Form 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 


3 


MUPF 389 


Applied Concentration 1 1 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 








Senior Recital 




Health Science 


3 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




Area C-2,Pol Sci/Econ 




3 




Minor or Elective _10 _9 




Minor or Elective 


_3 
16 


_4 

16 




16 15 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper 
division credits. 

Music Minor: Eighteen hours including the following: 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I and II 6 hours 

MUHL 115 Listening to Music 3 hours 

MUPF 189 Concentration 2 hours 

MUPF 477 or 478 Instrumental or Choral Conducting 

Techniques 3 hours 

Music Course Electives (including three hours upper division) . . 4 hours 

18 hours 



234 



Music 



MUSIC THEORY 



MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours 

A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not apply 
toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course. (Spring, 
Summer) 

MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination. 

A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and visually 
comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures from one to four 
voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than once. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours 

A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills related 
to the materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take this 
concurrently with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, 
Spring) 

MUCT 211-212. Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in 

MUCT 111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall, 

Spring) 

MUCT 221-222. Aural Theory III and IV 1,1 hours 

Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT 211-212. 
Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. This is a 
computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and 
band instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumental 
chamber groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exercises and 
analysis of scores is emphasized. (Spring, even numbered years) 

MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to the 

more complex music of all historical periods. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Content 
to be arranged. Approval must be secured from the division chairman prior to 
registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 



235 



Music 



CHURCH MUSIC 

MUCH 215. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church with 
particular emphasis on hymnology. (Spring) 

MUCH 315. Church Music Materials and Administration 3 hours 

The study of worship philosophies, denominational political hierarchies, 
liturgies, ensemble organization, appropriate music literature for performance 
and administrative procedures. Students are required to prepare service music 
for services of various denominations. (To be offered during the 1992-93 school 
year.) 



MUSIC HISTORY 

MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, 
musical styles, and forms of Western music. Two listening periods per 
week are required. Does not apply toward a music major. (Fall, Spring) 

MUHL 320. Chant to Chanson, 600 to 1450 (D-3), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The development of musical style, beginning with plainsong and its 
notation, and continuing with the growth of polyphony and the 
appearance of secular forms. Special emphasis will be given to the 
evaluation of modern editions of music, particularly of the Ars Nova, and 
to investigation of problems in performance practice. (Fall, odd years) 

MUHL 321. Frottola to Fugue, 1450-1700 (D-3), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
National styles of composition throughout the Renaissance and the 
emergence of new ideas, particularly the monodic revolution and its 
resulting new form, opera. The development of the theory of common 
practice and the major changes in notational methods, as well as a survey 
of evolution of musical instruments during this period. (Spring, even 
years) 

MUHL 322. Suite to Symphonic Poem, 

1700-1900 (D-3), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The centrality of sonata form as the basis of chamber and orchestral literature; 
the appearance of significant small forms (as the lied and the piano piece); the 
analysis of representative works from all major schools. (Fall, even years) 



236 



Music 



MUHL 323. Diverse Musical Systems, 

1900-present (D-3), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
A study of systems replacing tonality, including aleatoric and dodecaphonic to 
minimalistic; broadening of musical bases, such as the influence of folk music 
and non-Western theories. Projects suitable for this semester might include 
studies of women in music, American music, or minorities. (Spring, odd years) 

MUHL 465. Topics in Music 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in music presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 



MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for class 
and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is 
required. (Spring, even numbered years) 

MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, fingerings, 
practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of literature for the 
instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and 
private instruction is required. (Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic 
technique, and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instruments 
and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private 
instruction is required. (Spring, odd numbered years) 

MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for class 
and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is 
required. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 231. Music and Movement: 

A Sequential Approach 2 hours 

A survey of the structure of music including music fundamentals, movment to 
music, performance skills, listening skills, and the integration of music into life 
activities. 



237 



Music 



MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; 
planning a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including 
technic, repertoire, and musicianship. Observation and teaching are required. 
(Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of 

instructor. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; 

testing and classification of voices; physiological and psychological problems of 

voice production and diction. Observation and teaching are required. (Spring, 

odd numbered years) 

MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompaniment 
of church services; registration of organ literature on various types of organs. 
Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including 
curriculum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters 
related to student teaching. (Spring) 



APPLIED MUSIC 

MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of practice 
and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each 
hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing. 
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each 
hour of credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include 
attendance at a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



238 



Music 



MUPF 227. Singers Diction 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of English and Italian. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 228. Singers Diction 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of German and French. (Spring, even numbered 
years) 

MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor. 
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non liturgical 
services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying, conducting 
from the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection of appropriate 
preludes, offertories, and postludes. Performance experience required. (Fall, 
Spring) 

MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each 
hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half 
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each 
hour of credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include 
attendance at a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l)3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 

Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive 
gestures, and instrumental problems. Experience in conducting instrumental 
ensembles is included. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 

Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive 
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is 
included. (Spring, even numbered years) 



Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the 
College as elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music 
major or minor may not apply these toward his applied music 
concentration. Students desiring to study organ must pass the 
Functional Piano Examination. 



239 



Music 



Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music 
major and minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the 
examination for freshman standing. Jury examinations are required 
with these course numbers. 

The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, 
classical guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, 
oboe, clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone, 
baritone tuba, and percussion instruments. 



CHORAL ENSEMBLES 

Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition. 
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit 
each semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, 
including dress rehearsals, is required. 

Voice majors are required to sing in the Southern Singers for two 
years. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by the members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 118/318. Schola Cantorum (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which specializes in performing sacred music of the 
Renaissance, Baroque, and Romantic eras. 

MUPF 148/348. Something Special (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which performs both sacred and secular music in 
many styles. The music is frequently choreographed. 

MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods. 

MUPF 168/368. Southern Singers (G-l) 1 hour 

A large mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods. 

MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, 
musical productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This 
course does not fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors. (Fall, 
Spring) 



240 



Music 



INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES 



Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through 
audition. Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one 
hour credit each semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required. 

Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music 
ensemble participation requirement for music majors except those 
taking a keyboard concentration. Music majors other than those taking 
a keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience 
credit must be registered concurrently in Concert Band or Symphony 
Orchestra. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by members of the music faculty. 

MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble 

Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of 
keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring) 



(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



241 



NONDEPARTMENTAL 
CLASSES 



COOP 265/465. Cooperative Education 1-6 hours 

This course allows students in any department to receive credit for professional 
experience in the workplace. The work must be planned as part of the specialty 
fields of participating students' college programs rather than prior experience. 
Except for specifically designed programs, all internships are conducted as 
cooperative education. An academic credit hour requires a minimum of 40 but 
no more than 60 work hours. A maximum of six credit hours is available in 
cooperative education. Unless specifically excepted, a student may apply no 
more than six credit hours of cooperative education to a major. Departments 
that offer credit in cooperative education must design a system to supervise 
and monitor participating students. The plan must describe the type and 
length of experiences in which students will engage, the supervisory and 
monitoring roles of the academic department and the work establishment, and 
methods of evaluating students' performance. 

FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours 

This class is administered by the Nursing Department 
A general education course introducing a student to the basic principles of 
human nutrition. Includes study of the nutrients and the requirements for 
different age groups and normal physiological conditions. Attention will be 
given to religious and sociological influences, taking particular note of the 
counsel of E. G. White. (Fall, Spring) 

FRSH 101. Freshman Year Experience 3 hours 

A course designed for all freshmen, focusing on the theory and practice of 
attitudes and skills necessary to adjust to college life. Class assignments 
include but are not limited to the study of career choices, academic skills, time 
relationships with peers and professors, management, and sources of assistance 
to resolve problems common to a Christian campus. All freshmen are 
encouraged to enroll. 

HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours 

This class is administered by the History Department 
A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual 
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and the 
arts will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and literature. 
Students may participate in activities involving specific art forms. Resource 
persons may assist as available. This course is also taught as part of the 
European study tour program during selected summer sessions. 



242 



Nondepartmental Classes 



HMNT 150/350. International Travel 1 hour 

One hour credit is offered to participants in Southern College cultural 
exchange programs that include tours outside the United States. The trip must 
last a minimum of seven days excluding air travel to and from the tour 
location. The itinerary must include a minimum of 20 hours in museums, 
historical sites, concerts, drama, and guided sightseeing to qualify for one hour 
credit. Students will submit written summaries/reflections of their learning 
experiences. Credit for this course is not granted simultaneously with credit 
earned in other tour classes. 

HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour 

This class is administered by the History Department 
A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science that 
have shaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern Scholars 
program during their junior or senior year. Open to other students with 
permission of department chairman. 

LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 1 hour 

This class is administered by the McKee Library faculty. 

Designed primarily for student library assistants. The course presents the basic 
concepts of library services and the skills needed for efficient use of library 
materials. The student will be required to complete eight separate modules of 
study pertaining to the organization of the library and the use of general and 
special reference works commonly found in a college library. This course is 
required of all library workers. (Fall, Spring) 

LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

This class is administered by the Education and Psychology 
Department, 

Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related 
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and 
reading that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through 
critical evaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use of 
books and materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers. (Fall) 

LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults 

and Adults 2 hours 

This class is administered by the English and Speech Department 
Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 9-12. 
Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and specific 
needs of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and skills. Develops 
an appreciation for books and readings that can dynamically involve both 
young adults and adults. (Fall) 



243 



NURSING 



Chair: Katie Lamb 

Associate Chair: Marsha Rauch (Orlando) 

Collegedale Faculty: Pam Ahlfeld, Leona Gulley, Dawn Holbrook, 

Dorothy Hooper, Shirley Howard, Bonnie Hunt, 
Barbara James, Terry Martin, Callie McArthur, 
Laura Nyirady, Georgia O'Brien, Shirley 
Spears, Jean Springett, Judy Winters 

Orlando Faculty: Nancy Crist, Flora Flood, Cheri Galusha, Alicia 

Gipson, Millie Muniz, Joy Parchment, Erma 
Webb 



The nursing program at Southern College is a 2+2 program that 
leads to a baccalaureate degree in nursing with the option to exit at the 
associate degree level. The holders of an associate degree from a state 
approved program in nursing may progress into upper division nursing. 
Licensed diploma graduates and associate degree graduates from a 
non-NLN accredited program will be evaluated on an individual basis. 

The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science 
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus 
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state 
board examinations to become a registered nurse. 

A well-equipped learning center and a skills laboratory are provided 
to assist students in learning experiences. 



COLLEGEDALE-BASED ASSOCIATE 
AND BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS 

The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an 
in-depth study in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. 
Diploma graduates will be required to participate in validation 
procedures designed to evaluate their previous program of study. 

A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each 
year with a limited size of 60 students due to available clinical facilities 
and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in sizA 



244 



Nursing 

CONSORTIUM BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM 

The program enables registered nurses employed on a full-time basis 
at a member hospital to obtain a baccalaureate degree on a part-time 
basis. All upper division nursing classes are offered in the evening. One 
course is offered each fall and winter semester and one course during 
a summer session for a given group. This program is offered at the 
Orlando Center. Note: The consortium program on the 
Collegedale campus is being phased out. No new students will 
be admitted. Only certain courses will be offered in the evening 
until the 1992-93 academic year. 

Admission and progression criteria are the same as the campus-based 
baccalaureate program with the following exceptions: 

1. Math requirement; Math requirement is waived for RN/BS 
students. 

2. Residence requirements: The requirement that the last thirty (30) 
semester hours must be taken in residence has been adjusted to 
allow the consortium students to take general education courses, 
with the exception of Christian Ethics, at another college 
concurrently with clinical nursing courses. 

3. Transfer work: Seventy-two (72) semester hours from a college are 
allowed which will include 68 hours for the equivalent of an 
Associate Degree plus six semester hours of Biochemistry. 

4. Religion: Three hours are permitted to be taken at a local college 
or university. Three hours Christian Ethics (RELT 373) must be 
taken at Southern College. 

5. Consortium students auditing consortium classes will be charged 
one-half the tuition rate for the consortium class. 

POLICIES 

Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately 
mature to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility 
for their learning and professional behavior. 

The Department of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies 
of the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations 
as outlined. The Collegedale and Orlando-based programs are governed 
by the same policies. 

Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the 
students enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be 
expected to provide their own transportation or make arrangements to 
share this expense with fellow students in the same course. 

Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost 
of nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing Educa- 

245 



Nursing 

tion Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see Special Fees and 
Charges under Financial Policies section of bulletin). 

The Tennessee State Board of Nursing and other State Boards 
reserve the right to deny licensure in their states if the applicant has 
an unresolved felony on record in any state. 

The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or 
withdraw courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. 

ACCREDITATION 

The program in nursing is fully accredited by the Board of Review for 
Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and Associate of Science 
Degree Programs of the National League for Nursing. It is recognized 
by the Board of Regents of the Department of Education of the General 
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, and it is approved by the 
Tennessee Board of Nursing. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

The Department of Nursing has an on-going assessment program. 
Each AS degree student is required to write standardized NLN 
examinations at specific intervals. Upon completion of the required 
nursing courses, a comprehensive nursing examination is given. The 
national NCLEX-RN licensure examination is written upon graduation. 
The Tennessee State Board of Nursing requires an annual pass rate of 
86% for first time writers on the NCLEX-RN licensure examination in 
order for a school to be eligible for continued approval. 

PROGRAMS IN NURSING 

Major (B.S.): Thirty-four hours for the Bachelor of Science degree 
after completion of the Associate of Science degree at Southern College 
or the equivalent* including NRSG 320, 325, 326, 327, 335, 389, 484, 
485, 497, 498. Cognates: RELT 373; SOCI 349; CHEM 111, 112, 114. 
MATH 215 Statistics is a required course but is not considered a 
cognate. General education requirements include an additional three 
hours Area B, three hours Area C or D, three hours Area D, and one 
hour area G-3 to make a total of 124 semester hours of which 40 hours 
are upper division. 

♦Graduates of a state-approved associate degree nursing program will be 
considered to have met the general education requirements for the first two years 
of the program, with the exception of history/humanities and English. If Area C-l 
or ENGL 101-102 courses were not included in the associate degree program, they 
must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science degree general education 



246 



Nursing 



requirements. A maximum of 72 semester hours will be accepted from a college 
where the highest degree offered is the associate degree. 

Mqjor (A.S.): Thirty-four hours for the Associate of Science degree 
including NRSG 104, 105, 114, 115, 213, 215, 217, 320. Cognates: BIOL 
101-102, 225; PSYC 128; SOCI 125; FDNT 125. General education 
courses for Areas A, B, C, E, and F are the same as for the other 
disciplines of the college. Students are exempt from general education 
courses for Areas D and G. A total of 68 semester hours is required for 
the Associate of Science degree. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. AND B.S. NURSING 

The first two years of the program lead to the Associate of Science 
degree and the last two years to the Bachelor of Science degree. Must 
include at least 68 semester hours for the associate and 124 (40 of 
which are upper division) for the baccalaureate degree, and make-up of 
any admissions deficiencies. Note: NRSG 320, either earned or by 
waiver, is a required course for all B.S. students. 



SUMMER 








YEAR 2 




Semester 


BIOL 101 


Anatomy/Physiology I 


8 




ENGL 102 
NRSG 213 
NRSG 215 


College Composition 
Childbearing Family 
Parent-Child Nursg 


l*t 2nd 

3 

4 
4 


YEAR 1 


Semester 


NRSG 217 


Mental Health 


4 






1st ?*"* 


SOCI 125 


Sociology 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


_ . 




NRSG 320 


Med-Surg III 


6 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 


BIOL 102 


Anatomy/Physiology II 


3 






Area C-l, History 


_ _8 

15 15 


NRSG 104 


History & Trends 


1 








NRSG 105 


Foundations of Nrsg 


5 










NRSG 114 


Med-Surg I 




5 








NRSG 115 
BIOL 225 
MATH 


Med-Surg II 
Microbiology 
(If ACT below 22) 




5 

4 

-1 


PREREQUISITE TO YEAR 3 

CHEM 111 Survey of Chemistry 


3 






15 


17 


(NRSG 320 


Medical-Surgical III 


6) 


SUMMER 


Area B, Religion 


3 










PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


_3 
6 











247 



Nursing 



YEARS 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


NRSQ326 


Concepts Prof Nrag 


2 




NRSG335 


Comm Health Nrsg 6 


NRSG327 


Nursing Assessment 


4 




NRSG497 


Nrsg Research Mthd (W) 3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 






AreaC/D 3 




AreaG~3, PE 


1 






Elective 2 


RELT 373 


Christian Ethics 


3 




NRSG389 


Pharmacology 2 


CHEM 112 


Survey of Chemistry 




3 


NRSG484 


Adv Nrsg Practice 3 


CHEM 114 


Surrey of Chem Lab 




1 


NRSG486 


Management 3 


NRSG325 


Adv Physiology 




4 


NRSG498 


Seminar (W) 1 




Area B, Religion 




3 




AreaD 3 


SOCW349 


Aging & Society (W) 


13 


3 

14 




14 12 



LOWER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Admission and progression requirements are the same for both 
Collegedale- and Orlando-based programs. Minimum requirements for 
admission to the clinical area of the Department of Nursing are listed 
below. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing is 
made by the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major is 
not the equivalent of acceptance to the Department of Nursing. 

1. Acceptance to Southern College and hold a diploma from a 
four-year accredited high school or the equivalent. 

2. High school grade point average of 2.50* minimum on solids 
(math, science, English, history, foreign language). 

3. A student who does not meet the high school chemistry 
requirement must remove this deficiency by taking CHEM 111 
before entering into nursing courses and earning a "C-" or better. 

4. Minimum ACT standard enhanced score of 16 in Math and 19 in 
English and composite. 

5. A student who does not meet the high school grade point average 
or ACT requirements may take a minimum of 12 semester college 
hours per semester in required courses leading to nursing 
(including three hours each of English and Math) and achieve a 
current and cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50* on 
nursing cognate courses and on solid courses (math, science, 
English, history, foreign language) before being considered for 
clinical nursing courses. 

6. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a 
nursing course. 



*On a 4.00 scale 



248 



Nursing 



7. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course for 
progression and/or graduation. A grade of at least H C- H is required 
in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative grade point 
average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admission and 
progression in nursing. (Cognate courses are Anatomy and 
Physiology, Nutrition, Developmental Psychology, Microbiology, 
and Sociology.) 

8. Students who for various reasons are not able to complete a 
semester or do not progress with their class, cannot be assured 
placement in their choice of subsequent class. 

9. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25 is required both 
in nursing and in the cognates for graduation. 

10. Students with previous college work must have a minimum 
current and cumulative grade point average of 2.50* on nursing 
cognate courses and on solid courses (math, science, English, 
history, foreign language) before being considered for clinical 
nursing courses. 

11. Students whose native language is other than English must 
achieve at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its 
equivalent. 

12. Achieve a score of 20th percentile on the Nelson-Denny reading 
test prior to admission. If the score falls between the 20-34th 
percentile level, the student will be admitted on probation. 

13. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on 
standardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in progression in 
the program will be required if performance level is not achieved. 

14. Transfer students from another major or another college, 
following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee, will 
be evaluated individually and accepted on a space available basis. 

15. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student 
is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be 
approved by the Nursing Department Chair. 

16. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and moral 
fitness. Further references or information may be required 
regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a 
question in these areas. 

17. A student who has successfully completed a practical nurse 
program may receive four (4) credit hours of advanced placement 
in nursing and will articulate directly into the second semester of 



♦On a 4.00 scale 



249 



Nursing 



nursing upon successful completion of the course Associate Nurse 
Perspectives, NRSG 103. Prerequisites for NRSG 103 include 
passing the Nursing Mobility Profile I examination at a 
predetermined level and a clinical skills examination over basic 
skills common to all areas of nursing. After the student articulates 
into the second semester of nursing, the student becomes a part 
of the generic associate degree program. 



The following should be sent to the Director of Admissions by April 
25: (1) application to the college, (2) application to the Department of 
Nursing, (3) transcripts, (4) ACT scores. An advance payment must 
be received by June 10 to hold placement in the class once a 
student has been accepted. It is the applicant's responsibility to see 
that all application materials are in the Nursing Department prior to 
the deadline. 

CURRICULUM (First and Second Year) 

Completion of these requirements leads to an Associate of Science 
degree and eligibility to sit for state board examinations. 

Number of Hours Required: 

Nursing 34 Natural Science 13 

Behavioral Science 6 General Education 15 



NURSING 

NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the following: an approved LPN 
program; Nursing Mobility Profile I Examination; examination over basic 
skills common to all areas of nursing. 

This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical 
Nurse for advanced placement and career mobility. 

NRSG 104. History and Trends of Nursing 1 hour 

An introduction to the profession of nursing, including an overview of nursing 
history, nursing organizations, educational, legal and ethical issues, and 
opportunities of the profession. It will provide an understanding of the 
associate nurse role, familiarize the student with philosophy of spiritual care, 
and give an orientation to the program and its philosophy and conceptual 
framework. Open to nursing majors not yet accepted into clinical courses. 
(Fall) 



250 



Nursing 



NRSG 105. Foundations of Nursing 5 hours 

Prerequisites: Chemistry (high school or equivalent), BIOL 101. 
Co-requisites: FDNT 125, BIOL 102, NRSG 104. 

This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, and spiritual 
aspects of health care. The student develops an understanding and utilization 
of the nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills common to all areas 
of nursing with an emphasis on the adult life cycle. Three hours theory, two 
hours clinical. (Fall) 

NRSG 114. Medical-Surgical Nursing I 5 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 102, FDNT 126, NRSG 104, 105. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing which 
include selected basic needs of adults at various points on the wellness-illness 
continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected medical-surgical 
problems. The nursing process is utilized to promote physical, psychosocial, 
and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist in rehabilitation. Two and 
three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 115. Medical-Surgical Nursing II 5 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 104, 105, 114, BIOL 102. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing 
continuing with adult needs at various points on the wellness-illness 
continuum. This includes focusing on the nursing process as applied to 
individuals experiencing select medical/surgical interferences of increased 
complexity; promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health; intervening 
in illness; and assisting in rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours theory, 
two and one-fourth hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 213. Nursing of the Childbearing Family 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 115, PSYC 128, 

This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care of 
childbearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial, and 
spiritual health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during and 
immediately following delivery, utilizing the nursing process. Two and 
one-half hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. (Fall) 

NRSG 215. Parent-Child Nursing 4 hours 

Prerequisites: PSYC 128, NRSG 115. 

This course provides nursing students with the theory and practice of family- 
centered care of children at different points on the wellness-illness continuum. 
Two and three-fourths hours theory, one and one-fourth hours clinical. (Fall) 



251 



Nursing 



NRSG 217. Mental-Health 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 115, PSYC 128. 

This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing 

process in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis on 

specific psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness 

continuum. Two and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical. 

(Fall) 

NRSG 320. Medical-Surgical III 6 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 225, NRSG 213, 215, 217. 

This course provides students with theory and practice of utilizing the nursing 
process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial, physical, and 
spiritual aspects of individuals who have acute medical-surgical interferences. 
The student is introduced to leadership concepts. Three hours theory, three 
hours clinical. (Spring) 



UPPER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Admissions: 

All students wishing to enter the upper division nursing courses 
must send an application to the department's Coordinator of 
Admissions. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in 
nursing is made by the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a 
nursing major is not the equivalent of acceptance to the Department of 
Nursing. Upon acceptance to upper division nursing, courses 
currently listed in the catalog will be required of all students. 

Diploma graduates are required to successfully complete validation 
examinations at a specified level to receive college credits for prior 
nursing learning. The examinations must be taken prior to 
registering for any nursing courses. 

Southern College's AS. graduates prior to 1991 and transfer 
students from other AS. programs must take a validation examination 
in order to receive advanced credit for NRSG 320, Medical-Surgical III. 
The validation examination must be taken prior to beginning 
upper division nursing courses* 

Students are responsible for the cost of taking the examination(s) 
and the fee charged by the college for recording advanced credit on the 
transcript. 

Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are 
as follows: 



252 



Nursing 

1. Acceptance to Southern College. 

2. Minimum grade point average of 2.25 for lower division courses 
in nursing with no grade below a M C H . 

3. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 with no grade 
below "C-" for lower division cognate courses. 

4. Students whose native language is other than English must 
achieve at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its 
equivalent. If the student fails to achieve the above score, he must 
take remedial work in written and spoken English and repeat the 
proficiency test, achieving the above score before entering the 
nursing program. 

5. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student 
is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be 
approved by the Nursing Department Chair. 

6. The applicant must show evidence of moral, physical, social, and 
intellectual maturity. Further references or information may be 
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case of 
a question in these areas. 

7. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout their 
upper division program. 

8. Eligibility for Licensure: Applicants to be considered for admission 
to junior standing in nursing must either have a current license 
to practice as a registered nurse in the U.S. or, if a new graduate 
or foreign student, must be eligible to sit for state boards. A 
student must pass NCLEX-RN examinations before registering for 
NRSG 484 and 485. 

9. Experience: 

A. Applicant who has graduated within five years prior to 
- application. 

1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references 
are required from basic nursing program. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 
required from employer(s). Students who have graduated 
within the previous twelve months will be exempt from the 
work requirement. 

B. Applicant who has graduated more than five years prior to 
application. 

1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in 
nursing for each five years since graduation and one year 
must be in the last five years. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are 
required from employer(s). 

253 



Nursing 



10. Nursing Credit: 

Graduates of state approved schools will be evaluated on an 
individual basis. A maximum of 28 semester hours of nursing 
credit may be given provided that criterion #2 has been met. 
Advanced nursing credit will be received after successful 
completion of the required validation examination(s). 

11. General Education and Cognates: 

A. Associate Degree. 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will 
be considered to have met general education requirements for 
the first two years of the program with the exception of 
History/Humanities and English provided that criterion #3 has 
been met. If Area C-l or ENGL 101, 102 courses were not 
included in the associate degree program, they must be taken 
in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science degree general 
education requirements, 

B. Diploma Graduate. 

1. Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those 
required at Southern College if received from an accredited 
senior or junior college or by examination according to the 
policy stated in the CATALOG. 

2. All cognates for the first two years must be completed 
before entering junior nursing courses. General education 
requirements may be taken concurrently. 

C. CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level 
nursing courses. 

12. Progression: 

A. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be 
a nursing course. 

B. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course 
for progression and graduation. A grade of at least C- is 
required in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for 
admission, progression, and graduation in nursing. (Cognate 
courses are CHEM 111, 112 and 114; RELT 373; SOCI 349. 



♦On 4.00 scale. 



CURRICULUM (Third and Fourth Years) 

Students must take a total of 124 hours required for graduation 
including 40 hours upper division. 



254 



Nursing 



Number of hours required after completion of the associate degree 
in nursing: 

Nursing 34 Natural Sciences 7 

Behavioral Science 3 **General Education 13 
Mathematics 3 Electives 2 



NURSING 

NRSG 320. Medical-Surgical III 6 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 225, NRSG 213, 215, 217. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of utilizing the 
nursing process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial, 
physical, and spiritual aspects of individuals who have medical-surgical 
interferences. The student is introduced to leadership concepts. Three hours 
theory, three hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic Principles 

of Human Physiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: CHEM 112/114. 

This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with 
clinical practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic 
interferences, and to move toward more independent predictive care of clients. 
Four hours theory. (Spring) 

NRSG 326. Concepts in Professional Nursing 2 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 320 

A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition of 
learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate 
approach to nursing. Focus will be on the development and presentation of 
concepts and current issues related to professional nursing. (Fall) 

NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: NRSG 326. 

This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the 
expanding role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to develop 
advanced skills in utilizing the nursing process through history taking, 
physical examination, health planning, and counseling of the patient/client. 
Three hours theory, one hour clinical. (Fall) 



255 



Nursing 



NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with 
emphasis on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their 
optimal level of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course 
combines community and mental health concepts. Three hours theory, three 
hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 
A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis on 
community assessment and working with groups. Two hours theory, one hour 
clinical. (Arranged as needed for consortium students.) 

NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 346; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with 
emphasis on moving individuals, families and communities toward their 
optimal levels of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course 
combines community and mental health concepts. One hour theory, two hours 
clinical. (Arranged as needed for consortium students.) 

NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and CHEM 112/114. 

Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications, 
pharmacokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. Two hours 
theory. (Fall) 

NRSG 484. Advanced Nursing Practice 

(Primary Care with Research Component) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and hold an KM license. 
This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of 
specialized interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical competence. 
The choices of clinical areas may be limited due to the number of students in 
the semester. Content will focus on updating major theoretical areas and 
clinical skills. Two hours theory, one hour clinical. (Spring, arranged as 
needed for consortium students). 

NRSG 485. Management 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, Senior standing and hold an RN license. 
This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independent 
judgment in developing beginning management skills. This goal will be 
accomplished primarily through the leadership modes, management and 
administrative experiences in selected clinical areas. Two hours theory, two 
hours clinical. (Spring, arranged as needed for consortium students.) 



256 



Nursing 



NRSG 497. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 215 and ENGL 102. 

Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including 
framework for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The 
student plans a research proposal. The course is designed to give the student 
the concepts, methods, and tools for intelligent participation in and 
application of research and evaluation. Three hours theory. (Fall, arranged as 
needed for consortium students.) 

NRSG 498. Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: NRSG 497. 

A course designed for written and oral reports on topics in the nursing field. 
A student may elect to complete the research proposal required in NRSG 394, 
Nursing Research Methods. One hour theory. (Spring, arranged as needed for 
consortium students.) 

NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of department chair. 

Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the department 
prior to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be earned. The 
area of directed study will appear on the transcript. No more than six hours 
directed study may be applied toward a degree. 

(W) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



THE ORLANDO CENTER 

Statement of Mission/Purpose 

The Orlando Center has grown out of the desire by Florida Hospital 
Medical Center for a Florida-based nursing program following the 
philosophy and curriculum of Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists, which grants the degrees involved. However, it is solely an 
academic program whose limited size and multi-denomination student 
population require an adaptation of Southern College's statement of 
mission and goals. The Orlando Center seeks to guide students into 
academic and professional excellence, spiritual and physical well-being, 
and an appreciation of cultural diversity, so as to prepare them for 
service as Christian nurses. 

General Information 

Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists offers at its Orlando 
Center an alternative to its main campus nursing program. It is 
administered by the Associate Chair for the Department of Nursing. 
The program at the Orlando Center is an academic offering only and 



257 



Nursing 

follows the same Seventh-day Adventist educational philosophy that 
guides the main campus. Only nursing and general education courses 
are offered which are part of the two degree programs at the Center: 
a Bachelor of Science and Associate of Science, majoring in nursing. 
The Department of Nursing reserves the right to revise, add or 
withdraw courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. 

The National League for Nursing accreditation status of the main 
campus applies fully to the Orlando Center. The Center has approval 
from the Tennessee State Board of Nursing and the Florida State 
Board of Independent Colleges.* International students interested in 
nursing may apply to the main campus in Collegedale, Tennessee. 

Facilities 

All facilities normally associated with the education of nurses are 
available at the Orlando Center. The college's main building houses 
administrative and teachers' offices, the library, a skills lab, and 
classrooms. Other classrooms and lab facilities are located in the 
immediate vicinity. Clinical experience is available mainly at the 
Florida Hospital Medical Center located in close proximity to the 
Orlando Center offices. 

Financial Information 

Tuition charges are lower than those on the main campus due to the 
fact that the college offers an academic program only at the Orlando 
Center and not a student life program. Financial aid is available on the 
same basis as on the main campus; however, Southern College tuition 
refund policies do not apply to the Florida Center. For tuition charges 
and fees, contact the Orlando Center Admissions and Records 
Coordinator. 

Employment opportunities are available at Florida Hospital and in 
the Orlando area to help students defray the cost of education. A 
financial assistance program for eligible students is available through 
Florida Hospital. Veterans' benefits are not available to students on 
this campus. 

Residence Hall 

Florida Hospital Medical Center operates a residence hall. This is 
available on a first come, first serve basis. An application for the 
residence hall is included in the admissions packet for the Orlando 



* Authorized to operate in Florida under the provisions of Rule 6E-1.0035, Florida 
Administrative Code. For more information, contact the State Board of Independent 
Colleges and Universities, Dept. A, Education, Tallahassee, FL 32399. 



258 



Nursing 

Center. No obligation is assumed by Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists for student housing, nor Florida Hospital Medical Center for 
married student housing. 

Admissions and Progression for Associate Degree Program 

Students are admitted to and based at the Orlando Center for the 
entire program. One class, limited to 40 students, is admitted each fall 
semester of the academic year. Admission and progression requirements 
are the same as for the nursing program based on the main campus, 
(see CATALOG, pp. 248 and 252), with the following exceptions: 

1. All application forms and materials are sent to the Orlando 
Center. 

2. Students may transfer between the Orlando Center program and 
the Collegedale program with special permission only. Transfers 
may lengthen the student's time in the nursing program. 

3. Complete a medical form and current immunization record must 
be received prior to enrolling in the first course. The form is sent 
to the student with the letter of acceptance. Health clearance is 
required before beginning care of patients. Students taking only 
general education courses must show evidence of current 
immunization. 

4. Students who withdraw in good standing are eligible to return on 
a space available basis only. 

5. Applications, transcripts from high school and other colleges, if 
applicable, and all other supporting documents must be received 
by March 1 for the fall class. Send to: 

Admissions Secretary 
Southern College of SDA 
711 Lake Estelle Drive 
Orlando, FL 32803 

A non-refundable advance payment must be received by May 
1 to hold placement in the class once a student has been 
accepted. 

The philosophy and objectives for the nursing program are the same 
as the main campus nursing program. Identical courses are required in 
both programs with the exception that an additional course, 
Introduction to Psychology, PSYC 124, is required at the Orlando 
Center by the Florida State Board of Nursing. Thus, 71 hours are 
required for graduation rather than 68 required of nursing students on 



259 



Nursing 

the main campus. Other graduation requirements are identical. All 
diplomas and official transcripts are issued from the main campus. 

Applicants wishing to attend general education courses only will be 
admitted to these classes on a space available basis. 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE, 
With Major in Nursing 

Orlando-Based Program: 

Major: Thirty-four hours for the Associate of Science degree 
including NRSG 104, 105, 114, 115, 213, 215, 217, 320. Required 
cognates: BIOL 101, 102, 125; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125; FDNT 125. 
General education requirements: Area A, B, C, E, and F as required for 
other disciplines of the college. Students are exempt from general 
education requirements for areas D and G. A total of 71 semester hours 
is required for the Associate of Science degree. 

All hour values are in semester hours. Completion of these 
requirements leads to an Associate of Science degree and eligibility to 
set for the NCLEX-RN examination. 

Curriculum 

Number of Hours required: 

Nursing 34 Natural Science 13 

Behavioral Science 9 General Education 15 

Pre-entrance Requirements: BIOL 101 and PSYC 124 are required 
prior to admission to the fall semester nursing classes either by 
transfer credit or course credit at Southern College, Orlando Center. 
Any chemistry deficiency must be completed in the same manner. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE, 

With a Major in Nursing, Program 

This is a part-time program. The philosophy and objectives and 
admissions and progression requirements are the same as those for the 
main campus (see CATALOG pp. 254-257). All diplomas and official 
transcripts are issued from the parent campus. 

Pre-entrance Requirements: CHEM 111 is required prior to 
registering for any upper division nursing courses. This requirement 
may be fulfilled through transfer of an equivalent course from another 
college or by course credit through the summer course offered at the 
Orlando Center. 



260 



PHYSICS 



Chair: Ray Hefferlin 

Faculty: Henry Kuhlman 



Employment opportunities for SC physics-major graduates have 
been, and continue to be, excellent. Many physics professors in 
American universities will retire in the next decade, and replacements 
will be sought. The Seventh-day Adventist Church will soon be needing 
more science professors for its expanding system of colleges outside of 
North America. Secondary school teachers who can teach physics will 
be in even greater demand. Industry and health care systems depend, 
for new advances, on graduates who understand physics as well as 
engineering and medical procedures. 

Careers of SC physics graduates are depicted by the advanced 
degrees which they earn. During the 30 years from May of 1956 to May 
of 1986, 57 B.A. and B.S. degrees in physics were awarded by Southern 
College. The 57 physics nuyors earned five M.A. and M.S. degrees in 
physics and (with no overlap in persons) eight Ph.D. degrees in physics. 
They earned five M.A. and M.S. degrees in other areas of science and 
mathematics (or in the education of the same topics), five Ph.D. 
degrees in these areas, and one post-doctoral degree in chemistry. They 
earned six M.D. degrees, two D.D.S. degrees and one J.D. degree. 

Careers of SC physicists can also be seen by finding how these same 
physics graduates devoted their years of work. They gave 57 percent of 
their person-years to physics and closely related fields. If 
computer-related work is included, they devoted 70 percent. They 
served much of the remaining 30 percent of their person-years in the 
medical arts. The fraction of time devoted to the service of the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church, as measured by employment in the 
Church, was 25 percent. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

Physics majors must sit for the physics area test of the Graduate 
Record Examination, and must submit the test results to the Physics 
Department. 



261 



Physics 



PROGRAMS IN PHYSICS 

Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including PHYS 213-214, 310, 311-312, 
and 412. Computer courses are strongly recommended. TECH 114, 115, 
174, ENGR 149, and PHYS 400 are also recommended. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. PHYSICS 

(Starting Odd Years) 



YEAR1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




M 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


Genera] Physics 3 


3 


PHYS 155 


Descrip Astronomy 




3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 1 


1 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


4 




CPTR218 


FORTRAN (or Pascal) 3 




MATH 182 


Calculus II 




3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 




MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 




2 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D-l, For Lang 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 


3 




Minor or Elective 


_3 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 






16 


16 


MATH 310 


Linear Algebra 

16 


3 
16 










YEAR 4 


Semester 


YEARS 




Semester 




1st 


2nd 






M 


2nd 


PHYS 413 


Analytic Mechanics 3 




PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 


3 




PHYS 480 


Scientific Wrtg 1 




PHYS 495 


Directed Study 




1 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Physios Cal Appl 


2 


TECH 174 


General Metals 




3 


MATH 316 


Math of Physics 3 




TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


1 




MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 


PHYS 313 


Physical Optics 




3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 


PHYS 411 


Thermodynamics 


3 






Area D, Lit/F Arts/Spch 


3 


PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 




3 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Minor or Elective _7 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 






14 


14 




Area F-2, Fam Sci 














OR 


3 












F-3, Health Science 














Area E-l, E-2, or E-4 3 












Minor/Area E/ 














or Elective 


_2 

16 


_3 

16 









See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



262 



Physics 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. PHYSICS 

(Starting Even Years) 



YEARl 

ENOL 101-102 
PHYS155 
MATH 104 
MATH 114 
CPTR 



Semester 

I* ^nd 

College Composition 3 3 

Descriptive Astronomy 3 
Intermediate Algebra 3 

Preoaloulus 4 
Pascal, FORTRAN, or C3 
Area B, Religion 3 

Area 0-1, History 3 3 
Area C-2, Pol Science/ 

Economics 3 
Area F-2, Fam Science 

OR 3 

Area F-3, Hlth Science _ 

15 16 



YEAR 2 

PHYS 211-212 
PHYS 213-214 
PHYS 311-312 
MATH 181 
MATH 182 
CPTR 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



General Physics 3 

General Physics Lab 1 
Calculus Applications 
Calculus I 4 

Calculus II 
Elective 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-l, For Languages 
Area G, Creat/Rec Skis 2 
Minor or Elective 

16 



_1 
16 



YEARS 

PHYS 310 
PHYS 413 
PHYS 496 

PHYS 497 
MATH 218 
TECH 174 
AUTO 114 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Modern Physics 
Analytical Mechanics 
Directed Study 

OR 
Undergrad Research 
Calculus III 
General Metals 
Oxy- Acetylene Welding 
Area B, Religion 
Area F-l, Ben Sci 
Area 0-3, Rec Skills 
Area E-l, E-2, or E-4 
Minor or Elective 



16 



YEAR 4 



PHYS 313 
PHYS 411 
PHYS 412 
PHYS 480 
MATH 485 
TECH 115 
ENGR 149 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Optics 3 

Thermodynamics 3 
Quantum Mechanics 3 

Scientific Writing 1 

Math Seminar 1 

Arc Welding 3 

Engineering Graphics 2 

Area B, Religion (W) 3 

Area D-2, lit/F. Arts 3 

Minor or Electives _ 5 _3 

15 15 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 Tor general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



M%jor (B.S.): Forty hours including PHYS 213-214, 310, 311-312, 
412, 418, and 419. Computer courses are strongly recommended. TECH 
114, 115, 174; ENGR 149; and PHYS 400 are also recommended. 



263 



Physics 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. PHYSICS 

(Starting Odd Years) 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st; 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


PHYS 311-312 


Oen Phys Calc Appl "" 


2 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 3 


3 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 3 




PHYS 213-214 


General Physios Lab 1 


1 


PHYS 411 


Thermodynamics 3 




MATH 181 


Calculus I 4 




PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 




MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 3 






Area 0-1, History 3 


3 


CPTR 218 


FORTRAN (or Pascal) 3 






AreaG-lorG-3,Slds_2 






Arse B, Religion 


3 




16 


15 




Area D-2, Literature 
Area G-3, Rec Skill 1 


3 








MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 

16 


-3 

14 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




lit 2nd 


PHYS 313 


Physical Optics 


3 


PHYS 414-415 


Electricity & Magnet 3 


3 


PHYS 418-419 


Advanced Quan Mech 3 


3 


PHYS 413 


Analytical Mechanics 3 






Area B, Religion 3 


3 


PHYS 495 


Directed Study 1 




TECH 115 


Arc Welding 1 




PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 


1 




Area F-2, Fam Science 




MATH 316 


Math of Physics 3 






OR 2 




MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 




Area F-3, Hlth Sci 




TECH 174 


General Metals 


3 




Area D, Lang/Fine Art 3 






Area E-l/E-2/or E-4 Sci 


3 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




PHYS 


Elective 


5 




Area F-l,Beh Sci 


3 




Area E-l, E-2, or E-4_5 






Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon3 






15 


17 




16 


16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. PHYSICS 

(Starting Even Years) 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition* 3 3 


PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 3 3 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 1 1 


PHYS 313 


Optics 3 


PHYS 311-312 


Calculus Applications 2 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 2 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 4 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 3 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 3 


CPTR 


Pascal, FORTRAN, or C 3 


TECH 149 


Mechanical Drawing 2 


TECH 114 


Oxy-AcetyL Welding 1 




Area B, Religion 3 


TECH 115 


Arch Welding 1 




Area 0-1, History 3 3 




Area B-l, Religion 3 




Area E-2, Gen Chem _3 _3 




Area G-l, Creat Skills _ J» 




17 17 




15 16 







264 



Physics 













YEAR 8 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


PHYS411 


Thermodynamic* 


3 


PHYS 418-419 


Adv Quant Mech 3 3 


PHYS412 


Quantum Mechanics 


3 


PHYS 495 


Directed Study 2 


PHYS413 


Analytical Mechanics 


3 




OR 


PHYS 414-415 


Electricity & Magnet 


3 3 


PHYS 495 


Undergraduate Research 1 


PHYS316 


Math of Physics 


3 


PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 1 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 


MATH 411,412 


Inter Analysis 3 3 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 


3 


MATH 485 


Math Seminar 1 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area D-2, Fine Arts 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 3 




Area P-l, Ben Science 


3 




Area D-2 t LH/Fme Arts3 




Area O-S, Rec Skills 


_1 _ 

16 18 




Area F-2, Fam Sci 

OR 2 
Area F-3, Health Science 
Electives 3 
17 14 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including six hours upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Physics requires 
a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses 
for licensure. See explanations in the Education and Psychology 
section, beginning on page 160. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program and the professional 
semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 



PHYSICS 

PHYS 111. Introduction to Physics (E-3) 3 hours 

A general education course stressing the methods of physics, the application of 
physics and laboratory work which can be done with simple materials. 
Laboratories include the use of calculators and the computer to do arithmetic, 
the estimation of numerical quantities and errors, and the construction of 
apparatus with which to make observations. Satisfies the requirements for 
some Allied Health fields; does not apply on major or minor in physics. Two 
hours lecture, three hours laboratory each week. 



265 



Physics 

PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: 

Creation and Cosmology (E-3) 3 hours 

Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date line 
and calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances, energy 
processes in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity (?) and 
expansion (?) of the universe. Cosmology, the formation and subsequent 
histories of the solar system and the earth, radioactive and radiocarbon age 
dating. Life on other worlds. Astronomy and the Bible. This course, dealing as 
it does with the physical aspects of the history of the earth and universe, 
complements BIOL 424 (Issues in Natural Science and Religion), which deals 
with the biological aspects. Three hours lecture each week, with the occasional 
substitution of an observation period. (Spring) 

PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light, 
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic science 
requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a laboratory 
science if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to 
familiarize the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a 
systematic development of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall, 
Spring) 

PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours 

The theory of relativity, nuclear physics. Three hours lecture each week. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall) 

PHYS 311-312. General Physics Calculus 

Applications 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 181 and previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 

211-212. 

Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral 

calculus will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS 311-312 

will have taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus. Two class 

periods per week. (Spring) 

PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 182. 

Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed from 
the standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light. 
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. 



266 



Physics 



PHYS 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bessel 

functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 

PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science 

and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of 
college physics or chemistry. 

The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because 
they conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, or 
both. Non-logical factors in the acceptance of scientific statements as 
authoritative. Application of the scientific method to technology-related 
problems of global significance. Does not apply to a major or minor in Physics. 

PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science 

and Religion II (E-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester 
of college physics or chemistry. 

The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of design 
to comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday world and on 
the subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with the unknown (by 
determinists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving problems mathe- 
matically), or with God's continual upholding of natural process. Does not 
apply to a major or minor in Physics. 

PHYS 400. Physics Portfolio 1 hour 

Each student majoring in Physics may compile a portfolio consisting of records 
of participation in professional activities as suggested by departmental faculty 
and as initiated by the student. Examples of activities include but are not 
limited to the following: attendance at club meetings, professional film 
showings, visiting-scientist seminars, and research review sessions, reading of 
journals and books, participation at professional meetings, preparation for 
graduate school and for employment, and lists of concepts or new ideas. The 
portfolio is reviewed upon the student's registration for this course during the 
senior year. The grade earned for this credit will depend upon the persistence 
of the student in participation during his/her stay at Southern College and 
during summers, and upon the breadth and depth of the entries. 

PHYS 411. Thermodynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 311-312; MATH 315 or permission of 

instructor. 

A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three 

hours of lecture each week. (Fall, even years) 



267 



Physics 



PHYS 412. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 311-312; MATH 315 or permission of instructor; CPTR 

131 or 218. 

The limits to classical physics, wave packets, the Schroedinger equation, 

eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, one-dimensional potentials. Equivalent to 

chapters 1-5, 8, 20, and 21 of Gasiorowicz and solution of the Schroedinger 

equation in spherical-polar coordinates for the hydrogen atom. (Spring, odd 

years) 

PHYS 413. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 218 (MATH 315, 316, 317, 318, 
319, 411, 412 desirable). 

The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked 
using the techniques of differential equations. The behavior of systems of 
particles, solids, and liquids is discussed. Special functions, vector theorems, 
transforms, and tensors are introduced as needed. Laboratory experience is 
available in PHYS 495. (Fall, odd years) 

PHYS 414-415. Electricity and Magnetism 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 218 and 315 (MATH 316, 317, 
318, 319, 411, 412 desirable). 

Analysis of electrical circuits. Electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and the 
motion of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent prediction 
of electromagnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and nuclear theory 
are stressed. Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms, and special 
functions may be used after being introduced or reviewed. Laboratory 
experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

PHYS 418-419. Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 218 and 315 (MATH 316, 317, 
318, 319, 411, 412 desirable) 

The structure of quantum mechanics; review of the Thomson, Bohr, and 
Fermi-Thomas models; operator methods; solution of the Schroedinger 
equation in three dimensions; operators, matrices, and spin; time-independent 
perturbation theory; corrections to the hydrogen-atom treatment; other atoms 
and the periodic table; emission and absorption of radiation from atoms; 
collision theory; elementary particles and their symmetries (Equivalent to 
chapters 6-12, and 14-22, and 26 of Gasiorowicz). (Fall, even years; spring, odd 
years) 

PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and 
research journals. The student must have done some original research of an 
experimental, computational, or theorem-proving nature before enrolling in 
this course. PHYS 295/495 and 297/497 exist to fulfill this requirement. 



268 



Physics 



PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular 
needs in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to 
registration. This course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned 
in accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student. May be repeated 
for up to four hours. This course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 



EARTH SCIENCE 

ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours 

A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, to 
the areas of physical geography, geology, and meteorology. Special 
consideration is given the environment-conservation and pollution of natural 
resources. (Fall) 

ERSC 106. Earth Science Laboratory (E-4) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in ERSC 105. 
Laboratory to accompany ERSC 105. (Fall) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Physics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, 

and evaluating student performance, the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

(E-4), (W) See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



269 



RELIGION 



Chair: Jack J. Blanco 

Faculty: Douglas Bennett, Norman R. Gulley, Leon I. Mashchak, 

Derek J. Morris, Ronald M. Springett 

Adjunct Faculty: Gordon Bietz, N. R. Dower, Gordon M. Hyde, 
Leo Van Dolson 

Advisory Council-Ministerial Recommendations: SC Religion Faculty, 
Presidents of Conferences within the Southern Union, 
Southern Union Ministerial Directors, Vice President for 
Student Services, Director of Student Finance and 
Accounts, the head deans of the two dormitories, the 
college chaplain, and the college church pastor 

As an integral part of Southern College the Religion Department has 
been given the responsibility by the Board of Trustees to prepare young 
men and women for various church ministries. It also has been asked 
to provide general religion courses for all students. These courses are 
designed to enhance their commitment to Jesus Christ and their 
involvement in the mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 



Philosophy and Objectives 

The department's philosophy is based on the Scriptures being the 
supreme authority which forms the basis of all theological 
understanding and moral values. This includes the following concepts: 
that a personal God exists who created mankind in His own image as 
a free moral agent; that human beings have misused their freedom and 
sinned against God; and that the only way to full restoration is through 
Jesus Christ. 

One of the earliest and continuing objectives for operating a 
Seventh-day Adventist college is to provide the church with a trained 
ministry. Closely allied to that is the objective of training effective 
Bible teachers for Adventist academies and colleges. Currently it is felt 
that the college also should make available to students pursuing careers 
such as medicine, dentistry, law, architecture, and other professional 
disciplines, a general major in Religion that will provide them with a 
biblical framework. In addition, it is the objective of the department to 
offer religion courses that will help all students in their spiritual 
formation. 



270 



Religion 

In recognition of these needs, the Department of Religion offers 
three alternative programs in the mqjor: Church Ministry, Teaching 
Ministry, and General. The departmental objectives for each of these 
programs are outlined below. 

CHURCH MINISTRY MAJOR 

1. To provide an adequate pre-Seminary training in biblical 
backgrounds, languages, history, theology, and church ministries to 
meet entrance requirements to the M.Div. degree program offered 
by Andrews University. 

2. To provide instruction and practical experience in church ministries 
and public evangelism as outlined in the requirements of the 
Certification for Ministry. 

3. To provide professional training that prepares graduates to serve 
the church effectively in their chosen career. 

TEACHING MINISTRY MAJOR 

1. To prepare the student for state and church certification (in 
cooperation with the Department of Education and Psychology) on 
the elementary or secondary levels. 

2. To support candidates in meeting the requirements of the Education 
and Psychology Department and its certifying officer by offering a 
course in Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible and by supervising 
student teaching. 

3. To qualify students to pursue graduate work in biblical and religious 
studies. 

GENERAL RELIGION MAJOR 

1. To provide a basic course in biblical and religious studies without 
meeting the professional requirements of the other two majors. 

2. To provide a major for students who are involved in pre-professional 
programs or who elect a double major, one of which is Religion. 

3. To prepare students to become well-informed, local church leaders. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

1. To provide instruction in the Scriptures that enhances an intelligent 
faith in Jesus Christ. 

2. To encourage development of a set of values that will provide a basis 
for moral decision-making in the Christian life. 



271 



Religion 

3. To acquaint the students with the teachings, history, and global 
mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 



DEPARTMENTAL ASSESSMENT 

Faculty Assessment 

Effectiveness of the department's faculty or program is directly or 
indirectly assessed by: 

1. Student evaluations of all classes administered regularly through 
the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

2. Departmental majors in the final semester of their senior year. 

3. The annual meeting of the faculty with the Chair of the Board and 
the presidents of conferences within the Southern Union. 

4. The yearly meeting of the Ministerial Training Advisory Committee 
(MTAC) of the North American Division at the Seventh-day 
Adventist Theological Seminary of Andrews University which 
coordinates the ministerial programs of all Religion Departments 
through their respective chairs. 



Student Assessment 

The quality of the department's graduates as well as its general 
students is assessed by: 

1. A 16PF taken by all religion majors in their sophomore and senior 
years with norms arrived at by extensive research of the 
performance of successful Adventist pastors. If a student's scores 
differ greatly from these norms, the faculty member assigned to 
administer the test meets with the student to discuss potential 
difficulties and to suggest strategies for improvement. 

2. The 16PF also provides the department with a personal evaluation 
of students. It is the intention of the evaluation program to help 
students realize their personal goals and maximize their potential. 
This may involve referral to a professional for personal or career 
counseling. 

3. Classes in Homiletics, Church Ministry, Interpersonal Ministry, and 
the Summer Field School of Evangelism measure the student's 
proficiency in those areas. A performance evaluation is submitted by 
the instructor(s) and kept in the students' files for future reference. 



272 



Religion 

4. A cumulative record of each student's activities is kept as a source 
of information and recommendation. This record includes 
attendance at lectureships, departmental assemblies, retreats, SMA 
activities, and other programs sponsored by the department. 

5. The religion portion of the annual assessment testing program is 
prepared by the General Education Committee, not by the Religion 
Department, and is administered to all students through the office 
of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

Note: A summary of the evaluations referred to above will be made 
available in the form of a check sheet to prospective employers who 
request it and will be signed by the department chair on behalf of the 
Religion faculty. 

PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 

Admission to Church Ministries Program 

Students seeking admission to the Church Ministries Program must 
make formal application the first semester of the sophomore year. 
(Upper class transfer students must apply during the first semester in 
residence.) A program of evaluation precedes individual advancement 
to ministerial candidacy. The various assessment profiles will assist the 
student and the faculty adviser in evaluating and counseling together 
during the period of specialized training. If at any time, after being 
admitted to the church ministries program, candidates give evidence of 
failing to maintain commitment to the criteria or preparation for 
ministry, they forfeit their candidacy and the department's 
recommendation to the ministry. Students applying for candidacy must 
have 55 hours with a 2.5 cumulative GPA and have taken the 
department's 16PF to be eligible for recommendation. Applications are 
available at the Religion Center. 

Directed Field Education 

The department requires field education of Church Ministry majors. 
These experiences are designed to enhance professional development by 
acquainting the student with the multi-faceted responsibilities of 
church ministry, to provide a laboratory for working with experienced 
pastors and lay leaders in visitation of both active and inactive 
members, and to allow experience in preaching to area congregations. 
These experiences are necessary before the student can be 
recommended by the department for church employment. 



273 



Religion 

Summer Field School of Evangelism 

Full-scale evangelistic meetings will be conducted for two months 
each summer under the direction of the Southern Union Conference of 
Seventh-day Adventists and the Department of Religion. All church 
ministry majors are required to participate in one such crusade. The 
department will offer six hours of academic credit in public and 
personal evangelism and the Southern Union will provide a scholarship 
for those who are approved by the faculty to participate. Students 
planning to take the Summer Field School program must have 55 hours 
with a 2.5 cumulative GPA and RELP 321, 322 to be recommended for 
admittance. Applications and scholarship information may be obtained 
from the departmental secretary. Additional evangelistic opportunities 
for individual students and student teams may be made available upon 
approval of the department to accommodate requests from the 
conferences within the Southern Union. 

Admission to Teacher Education Program 

The teaching ministry program is coordinated with the Department 
of Education and Psychology for the college. Planning for certification 
by the states and/or endorsement by the Seventh-day Adventist church 
for Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer of the Education 
and Psychology Department, both for admission to the Teacher 
Education program in the sophomore year and to the professional 
semester before the senior year. 

The criteria for admission to Teacher Education, requirements for 
secondary Bible teaching, and policies and procedures related to 
student teaching may be found in the college catalog under the 
Department of Education and Psychology and obtained from the 
secretary of the department in Summerour Hall. 

Teacher Certification and Endorsement 

Those seeking Tennessee State Certification only must select 12 
hours from RELB courses. Those seeking to add Denominational 
Teaching Endorsement to their certification must take RELT 138, 255, 
484, 485, and HLED 173. All students seeking certification in religion 
must take EDUC 438, Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible, regard- 
less of whether they had other special methods courses. Application for 
certification must be made with the Department of Education and 
Psychology before the end of the sophomore year. 



274 



Religion 

Admission to General Program 

The General Religion major is chosen by students interested in 
pursuing a degree in Religion, other than a ministerial degree, or by 
students preparing for professional fields such as medicine, dentistry, 
law, and other graduate studies. 

It is a 124-hour liberal arts major and provides a balanced selection 
of both biblical studies and theology courses. The four-year degree 
candidate may apply the required 12 hours of General Education 
courses in religion toward the hours needed for the major, thus 
reducing the number of extra courses needed to qualify. 

Ministerial students who are 35 years old and, because of unusual 
circumstances, wish to take the General Religion major and be 
recommended for ministry, must take an Applied Theology minor and 
other courses as specified by the department. They will be admitted as 
ministerial candidates if they meet the criteria as recommended by 
their adviser, and their individualized study program is approved by the 
Religion Department. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES IN RELIGION 

The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and 
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and 
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal 
commitment to serve family, church, community, and the world. Six 
semester hours of religion are required of the two-year graduate, and 
12 semester hours of the four-year graduate. This is equivalent to one 
three-year course per year which may be selected from any of the 
religion courses offered. Bachelor degree students must take at least 
three semester hours at the upper division level. (Detailed information 
on General Education requirements Eire found in the college catalog.) 

JERUSALEM STUDIES 

The Department of Religion recognizes the Jerusalem Center for 
Biblical and Archaeological Studies as an educational service of the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church that provides study of the Scriptures 
and related subjects to full-time students and others in the unique 
setting of Jerusalem. Faculty from the Religion Department of 
Southern College are participant lecturers. The Center offers 
undergraduate and graduate work, as well as non-credit seminars on 
a scheduled basis. 

Although it serves as a center for instruction, the Center does not 
offer degrees or grant academic credit on its own authority. Under a 



275 



Religion 



cooperative agreement with Adventist schools of higher learning, the 
offerings for each term at the Jerusalem Center are planned as a full- 
credit unit suitable for degree programs in colleges and universities. 
Information about the Center and its programs may be obtained from 
the secretary of the Religion Department. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

The candidates for graduation in the program for Church Ministry 
must have a 2.00 overall, a 2.25 in their major and in the area of 
candidacy in order to graduate, and a 2.50 overall for Seminary 
entrance. In addition they must qualify for certification in ministry by 
giving evidence of moral, physical, social, and intellectual fitness. They 
must also demonstrate emotional maturity, and professional 
commitment, in order for the department to recommend them as 
prospective ministerial employees. Those students pursuing the 
Teaching Ministry must have a 2.00 overall and a 2.50 in education 
and in the field of certification as outlined by the Department of 
Education and Psychology. The general candidates for graduation, 
from the Department of Religion, must have a cumulative grade point 
average of 2.00 overall and a 2.25 in their mqjor as outlined in the 
college catalog. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGION 

The B.A. degree in Religion requires courses in biblical studies and 
religion of which three are introductory with others covering the Old 
and New Testament, the prophetic books of Daniel and Revelation, and 
the Fundamental Beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists in the light of 
Christian Theology. 

Major-Ministers, Teachers, General Religion Major: 33 hours 

RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus ...... 3 hours 

KELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB 265 Biblical Exegesis 3 hours 

RELB 345 Old Testament Studies I (W) 3 hours 

RELB 346 Old Testament Studies II 3 hours 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3 hours 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) 3 hours 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) 3 hours 

RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 3 hours 

RELB 484 Christian Theology I 3 hours 

RELT 485 Christian Theology II 3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 



276 



Religion 

Mqjor-Church Ministry: 33 hours in meyor plus 18 hours in 
Biblical Languages, 24 hours for certification for Ministry, and cognate 
requirements as follows: 

MINOR IN BIBLICAL LANGUAGES: 

RELL 271-272 Elements of New Testament Greek 1,11 4,4 hours 

RELL 311-312 Inter. New Testament Greek 1,11 3,3 hours 

RELL 471-472 Biblical Hebrew 1,11 2.2 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 

CERTIFICATION FOR MINISTRY: 

RELT 265 Spiritual Formation 1 hour 

RELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 322 Expository Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

RELP 423 Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 424 Evangelist Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II 3,3 hours 

RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 

TOTAL 24 hours 

COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education) 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

HIST 364-365 Christian Church 1,11 (C-l), (W) 3,3 hours 

TOTAL 12 hours 

GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL EDUCATION AND ELECTIVES: 

CPTR 105 Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

SOCI 223 Marriage and the Family 2 hours 

MUHL 215 Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

ENGL 335 Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) 3 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 



277 



Religion 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. RELIGION -CHURCH MINISTRY 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR2 




Semester 


ENGL 101-102 


College Corop 


1st 2nd 

3 3 


RELL 271-272 


ElemofNTGreek 


1st 2nd 
4 4 


RELB 125 


TchingB of Jesus 


3 






G-2, Comp Science 


1 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 




3 


PSYC124 


Intro to Psych 


3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 




RELB 265 


Biblical Exegesis 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spkg 




3 




C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 


3 




Pers Fin/Aoct/Bus 


3 




RELB 345 


OT Studies I (W) 


3 




D-2,3 Lit/Music/Ait 




2 


RELB 346 


OT Studies II 


3 




F-3, Health Sci 


2 




RELT 265 


Spiritual Form 


1 




F-2, Family Sci 




2 




Area E, Science 


J* s 




G-3, Fitness 


1 








15 16 




Education 


15 


_2 

15 








YEARS 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


RELL 311-312 


Inter Greek 


3 


3 


RELL 471-472 


Bib Hebrew 1,11 


2 2 


RELP 321 


Intro to Preachng 


2 




RELP 423 


Biblical Preaching 


2 


RELP 322 


Exposit Preaching 




2 


RELP 424 


Evangel Preaching 


2 


RELP 353-354 


Inter Ministry I JI 


3 


3 


RELB 435-436" 


NT Studies 1,11 <W) 


3 3 


HIST 364-365 


Christ Church 1,11 


3 


3 


RELP 451-452 


Church Min MI 


3 3 


RELB 425 


Stud in Daniel (W) 


3 




RELT 484-485 


Christ Theo 1,11 


_3 _3 


RELB 426 


Stud in Revelation 
G-1, 2 Skills 
Gen, Music/Voice 


1 

15 


3 
2 

16 






13 13 


SUMMER FIELD SCHOOL 












RELP 465 


Person Evangelism 


3 










RELP 466 


Public Evangelism 


-1 
6 











Mqjor-Teaching Ministry: 33 hours in major plus 28 hours in 
Education and cognate requirements as follows: 

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: 

EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 3 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Children & Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours 

EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible 2 hours 

EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades, 7-12 8 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 



278 



Religion 



COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education) 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

RELL 271-272 Elements of New Test Greek, I, II (D-l) 4.4 hours 

TOTAL 11 hours 

GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL EDUCATION AND ELECTIVES: 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours 

SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

HELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) 3 hours 

TOTAL 13 hours 



I^pical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. RELIGION-TEACHING MINISTRY 











YEAR 2 




Semester 


YEAR 1 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Comp 


1st 

3 


2nd 

3 


SPCH 135 
MATH 103 


Intro to Pub Spkg 
Survey of Math 


3 
3 




RELB 125 
KELT 138 


Tchgs of Jews 
Advent Heritage 


3 


3 


EDUC 217 
EDUC 240 


Psych Found of Ed 
Excep Child & Yth 


2 


2 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




RELB 265 


Biblical Exegesis 




3 




Per Fin/Aoctg/BuB 


3 




HLED 173 


Health & Life 




2 




Area C-l, History 
Minor or Elective 


3 


3 
2 




Area D-4, Com^Jpch 
Area F-2, Pam Sci 




3 
3 




Area O-U, Skills 




2 




Area E, Science 


3 


3 




Area D-2 ? 3 Lit/ 








Electives 


3 






Music/Art 


ap 


-£ 




Area G-3, Skis 


1 








15 


16 






15 


16 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






M 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


RELL 271-272 


Elem of NT Greek 


4 


4 


RELP 321 


Intro to Preaching 


2 




RELB 345 


OT Studies I (W) 


3 




RELT 484 


Christian Theo I 


3 




RELB 346 


OT Studies II 




3 


EDUC 421 


Beh Management 


2 




RELB 425 


Studies in Daniel 


3 




EDUC 427 


Curr Issues in Ed 


2 




RELB 426 


Studies in Rev 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci 


3 




RELB 435 


NT Studies I 


3 






Area F-l, Psy/Coun 


3 




RELB 436 


NT Studies II (W) 




3 


RELP 322 


Exp Preaching 




2 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measure 


2 




RELT 485 


Christian Theo II 




3 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 




_£ 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 






15 


15 


EDUC 438 
EDUC 462 
EDUC 437 

YEARS 

EDUC 468 


Curr & Cont Meth 
Ed Organ & Ldrshp 
Curr & Gen Meth 
Minor or Elective 

Enhanced St. Tchg 


15 

8 


2 
1 
2 

J* 
14 



279 



Religion 

Major-General Religion: 33 hours in major to be taken under 
sequence of courses as arranged by adviser. 

MINOR -IN RELIGION 

A minor in Religion requires 18 hours including six hours upper 
division and RELB 125 and RELT 138. Only one course may be 
selected from RELP 227, 321, 353, 354. Only one of the following three 
courses applies: RELT 317, 318, and 424. Those seeking state 
certification and/or denominational endorsement for teaching in other 
areas could, with careful selection, also acquire a minor in Religion. 

MINOR-BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

A minor in Biblical Languages requires 18 hours from RELL 271- 
272; 311-312; and 471-472. 

MINOR-PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 

RELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 322 Expository Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

RELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II 3,3, hours 

RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 

TOTAL 19 hours 



BIBLICAL STUDIES 

RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis on 
His teachings as they apply to the personal, social, and religious problems of 
the individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELB 165. Bible Survey (B-l) 3 hours 

This course is an introduction to the Scriptures designed to enrich the 
student's biblical knowledge and to prepare him/her for additional classes in 
Religion. It takes the form of a survey of both the Old and New Testaments 
and includes an exposure to principles of interpretation. Consideration also 
will be given to the writings of Ellen G. White as they relate to the Bible. This 
course may not be applied to a major or minor in Religion. Not open to 
students who have taken RELB 236 from previous catalogs. (Fall) 






280 



Religion 



RELB 175. Acts of the Apostles (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the development of the church during apostolic times, including an 
introduction to the characters, issues, and events that shaped the earliest 
Christian communities and the theological development of the gospel by the 
early church. (Fall) 

RELB 135/335. Archeology and the Bible (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of cultures, customs, languages, and rituals that throw light on the 
understanding of Scriptures based on archeological and other ancient material 
which, interpreted from the viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its accuracy 
and authenticity. (Fall, Spring, occasional Summer) 

RELB 265. Biblical Exegesis (B-l) 3 hours 

This course is to introduce the student to Biblical Exegesis (i.e. the 
application of the principles of hermeneutics) in passages of the Bible that are 
representative of the various literary genres found in the Old and New 
Testaments. The objective is to acquaint the student with the various 
presuppositions that determine the choice of hermeneutical approaches to the 
text; with guidelines (rules) for each step of the interpretation of the text; and 
to provide an opportunity for involvement in the process of biblical exegesis. 
(Spring) 

RELB 345. Old Testament Studies I (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, two major division of the 
Old Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, 
historical setting, and significance of this literature in Christian 
interpretation. Various approaches to the study of the Old Testament will be 
surveyed. (Fall, Summers as needed) 

RELB 346. Old Testament Studies II (B-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Prophets, a third major division of the Old Testament. 
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical setting,a 
and significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, 
Summers as needed) 

RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover 

their meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, Summers as needed) 

RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their historical 
fulfillments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special message 
for our day. (Spring, Summers as needed) 



281 



Religion 



RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of the following epistles in the 
order of their composition: Galatians, I and II Thessalonians, I and II 
Corinthians, and James. Includes a background survey of the book of Acts. 
(Fall, Summers as needed) 

RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of Romans, the Prison, 
Pastoral, and General epistles, (excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring, 
Summers as needed) 

RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by 
the chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be 
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course 
may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



RELIGION AND THEOLOGY 

KELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and the 
subsequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special 
emphasis will be placed on the contributory role in the church of the Spiritual 
Gift of Prophecy through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours 

Last-Day Events is a biblical, theological, and historical study of eschatology 
rooted in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day 
Adventist contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in the 
past and present. Also it examines the New Age Movement and 
Dispensationalism and focuses on how to be ready for the end event. (Fail, 
Spring, Summer) 

RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered 
context. This course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a view 
to enhancing the student's understanding and ability to provide biblical 
support for his faith. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 265. Spiritual Formation 1 hour 

A historical and theological study of the classic spiritual disciplines of the 
Christian faith. This course provides a basic introduction to disciplines such 
as prayer, meditation, and devotional study and includes a practical 
application of the dynamics of these spiritual disciplines as a means of 
enriching the spiritual life. (Limited to Religion majors.) 



282 



Religion 

*RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science 

and Religion (B-2) 3 hours 

See PHYS 317 for course description. 

♦RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science 

and Religion II (B-2) 3 hours 

See PHYS 318 for course description. 

RELT 268/368. Comparative Religions (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian religions, 
including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics of each. 
RELT 268 is offered on the Orlando campus only and does not carry writing 
emphasis. RELT 368 will require observational field work. (Spring) 

RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours 

A foundation course in moral decision-making in the fields of bio-ethics, moral 
ethics, and personal ethics. The objective is to discover timeless norms by 
which to make basic ethical decisions across the professional spectrum. These 
norms are then applied to issues relevant to the student. Limited to nursing 
students or students with Junior/Senior class standing. (Fall, Spring, 
Summers as needed) 

*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science 

and Religion (B-2)(W) 3 hours 

See BIOL 424 for course description. 

RELT 465. Topics in Religion (B-2) 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious 
studies dealing with issues encountered in evangelism, theological areas, and 
Biblical studies. The content will change, as needed, so the course may be 
repeated once for credit. Open to all students. (Fall, alternate years) 

RELT 467. Philosophy and the Christian Faith (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the main thinkers and schools of thought from the Middle Ages to 
the present and their influence on biblical theology. Also, attention will be 
given to various world views which are shaping Christian thought today. 
(Spring) 

RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Theology I and II examine the major loci of Christian beliefs. 
Christian Theology I takes up Prolegomena, Doctrine of God, Christology, and 
Pneumatology; and in the process covers a portion of the 27 Seventh-day 
Adventist fundamental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certification 
only when RELT 485 is also taken. (Fall) 



•One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science 
requirement for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors. 



283 



Religion 

RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RELT 484. 

Christian Theology II examines Anthropology. Soteriology, Ecclesiology, and 
Eschatology, covering the remaining 27 Seventh-day Adventist fundamental 
beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certification. (Spring) 

RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by 
the chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be 
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course 
may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



PROFESSIONAL TRAINING 
Church Leadership 

RELP 321. Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: SPCH 135 and RELB 265. 

An introduction to sermon development and delivery. Attention will be given 

to the sermon structure and the preparation of biographical and topical 

sermons. Opportunity will be given to preach and analyze sermons. One 

lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior year. 

(Spring) 

RELP 322. Expository Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 321. 

Expository, textual sermon types will be considered. One field trip will be 
required. Opportunity will be provided to develop proficiency in preaching. 
One class lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior 
year. (Spring) 

RELP 353. Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

The development of listening skills and interpersonal communication in 
pastoral visitation with special emphasis on revitalizing inactive members. 
Laboratory work in area churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 354. Interpersonal Ministry II 3 hours 

An introduction to pastoral care in such problem areas as catastrophic and 
terminal illness, grief, death, divorce, drug and alcohol addiction, 
homosexuality, incest and rape. Visitation to correctional and rehabilitation 
centers, hospitals, and nursing homes will be required. (Spring) 



284 



Religion 



RELP 423. Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 322. 

The development of preaching skills shared in Introduction to Preaching and 
Expository Preaching, with special emphasis on the preparation and delivery 
of the narrative/expository sermon. (Fall) 

RELP 424. Evangelistic Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 322. 

The development and the preaching of evangelistic sermons which will 

prepare one to conduct a public crusade. (Spring) 

RELP 451. Church Ministry I 3 hours 

An introduction to church ministry, this course focuses on the responsibilities 
of clergy and laity, including the call to discipleship and/or ministry, the study 
of denominational polity, the administrative structure of the church on all 
levels, and the relationship of the local church to the community. Laboratory 
work in area churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 452. Church Ministry II 3 hours 

Consideration is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as 
pastoral care, administration, leadership in worship, and conducting baptisms, 
weddings, anointing services, funerals, etc. Laboratory work in area churches 
will be required. (Spring) 

RELP 465. Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

Attention will be given to methods and principles of Evangelism Explosion 
and the giving of Bible studies. Field work with local churches will be 
required. This course is available only in connection with the Field School of 
Evangelism. The consent of the Religion Department must be obtained prior 
to enrollment. (Summer) 

RELP 466. Public Evangelism 3 hours 

A study of the principles employed in preparing and conducting public 
evangelistic meetings. The student will learn how to plan, develop, and hold 
an evangelistic series as well as Revelation Seminars. This course is available 
only in connection with the Field School of Evangelism. The consent of the 
Religion Department must be obtained prior to enrollment. (Summer) 

RELP 468. Health Evangelism 3 hours 

A study of the concepts and methods of creating witnessing opportunities 
through taking advantage of the current interest in preventive health 
practices and lifestyle changes. The objective of these concepts and methods 
is to obtain decisions for a more abundant way of life and to lead men and 
women to Christ. The course also will provide future church leaders with 
practical ways to utilize the talents of members in health evangelism. 
Laboratory work in area churches and/or community settings is required. 
(Spring, or as needed) 



285 



Religion 



RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by 
the chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be 
conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course 
may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

Lay Leadership and Missions 

RELP 099. Student Missions Orientation 2 hours (Non-credit) 

A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences, 
interpersonal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social and 
monetary problems, personal qualifications for service and relevant 
denominational policies for overseas service. The course is required by the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists for those under appointment 
as student missionaries. (Spring) 

RELP 204. Principles of Self-Supporting Work 2 hours 

The objectives of this course are to set forth principles from the Spirit of 
Prophecy; review the history and successes and failures of self-supporting 
institutions; study plans and methods of operation and set before the student 
the needs and call for active involvement as lay members. 

RELP 206. Christian Salesmanship 2 hours 

Teaches the psychology, techniques and methods of selling Christian 
literature. 

RELP 227. Christian Service 6 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 099 

This course is designed specifically for those who participate in the North 
American Division Taskforce Program, and those who work in other countries 
as part of the Student Mission Program. The course consists primarily of field 
work. Students must work a complete academic year on assignment that is 
characterized by opportunities for Christian witnessing. Reading assignments 
and a paper are required. Students pay ten percent of regular tuition. This 
class may not apply to General Education, but all six hours may apply to a 
minor in religion. The policy for tuition refunds applies to this class. The date 
the college receives notification of withdrawal will be the official withdrawal 
date. May not be repeated. 



BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

RELL 271-272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours 

A study of grammar of the vernacular (koine) Greek of New Testament times, 
with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work required. (Fall, Spring) 



286 



Religion 



RELL 311-312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D- 1)3,3 hours 

A course in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of (koine) Greek with 
translation of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the 
Pauline Epistles. (Fall, Spring) 

RELL 471-472. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 2,2 hours 

A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical 
Biblical Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work 
required. (Fall, Spring) 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing 

and evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of 

textbooks. 

(B-l), (B-2), (D-l), (W) Seepages 48-50 and 52-56 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 



287 



INTERDEPARTMENTAL 
PROGRAMS 



MEDICAL SCIENCE 

Adviser: Stephen A Nyirady 

A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred 
upon students no already in possession of a bachelor's degree who 
satisfy the following two conditions: 

1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate 
college program of which at least the last 30 were taken in 
residence at Southern College and at least 12 of which are at the 
upper division level. 

2. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of 
dentistry, medicine, or optometry that the first year of the 
respective professional program has been successfully completed 
and that the applicant is eligible to continue. 

Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of 
Records. 

GENERAL STUDIES 

Adviser: Wilma McClarty 

The Associate of Arts degree with a major in General Studies is 
designed for students who have not made a career decision at the time 
they enter college. This degree offers them an opportunity to earn a 
large part of the general requirements for a baccalaureate degree while 
leaving 11-17 semester hours free for exploration in areas of their 
choice. 

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

Major: The completion of the general education requirements for 
the Bachelor of Arts degree with the exception that 6 hours instead of 
12 will be required for Area B, Religion. A minimum total of 64 
semester hours with a Southern College and cumulative minimum 
grade point average of 2.00 is required. Students who plan eventually 
to complete a bachelor's degree should include some upper division 
credit and a T (writing emphasis) course in the second semester of 
their second year. 

•Six hour* of elementary foreign language must be included unless two units of the same language 
were earned In high school. - 

288 



Interdepartmental Programs 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.A. GENERAL STUDIES 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


Collage Comp 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E-l, Nat Sci 


3 




G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Elective (area of 






interest) 


3 3 




Area C, History 


3 3 




Area G, Act Skis 


1 3 




Area F ( Beh Sci 


-1 
16 16 



YEAR 2 





Semester 


Area B, Religion 
Area E, Nat Sci 


1st 
3 
3 


2nd 


Area D, Lang/Lit 
Fine Arts 


3 




Area A, Math 
Area C, Govt/Econ 
AreaF, Beh Sci 




0-3 
3 
2 


Area G, Skills 
Foreign Language 

Elective 


3 
16 


1 

3 

16 



See pages 48-50 and 52-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of any admissions deficiencies. 



289 



NON-DEGREE 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS 



Pre-professional and pre-technical curricula are offered in a wide 
variety of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. 
If other pre-professional programs are desired, faculty advisors are 
prepared to assist the student in working out a satisfactory sequence 
of courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the chosen 
professional school. 

ANESTHESIA 

Adviser: Bonnie Hunt 

Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas 
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an 
approved program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. 
Additional requirements may be determined by consulting the 
Department of Nursing. 



DENTISTRY 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Pre-dental training in college requires a minimum of three years of 
study; however, a preference is given to those who have completed a 
fourth year, earning a bachelor's degree. Students may major in the 
field of their interest. Although a thorough background in the 
biological and physical sciences is essential to the study of dentistry, a 
broad educational background in the humanities is desirable. Upper 
division biology courses are recommended to prepare for the Dental 
Admissions Test and for the first year of basic science courses in dental 
school. 

Application to dental school should be made one year previous to 
the one for which admission is required. Successful applicants should 
have a minimum G.P.A of 3.00 in both science and non-science courses 



290 



Pre-Professional Programs 



(given each October and April). Information regarding the Dental as 
well as satisfactory performance on the Dental Admissions Test Pre- 
Admission Testing Program may be obtained from the American Dental 
Association, 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 69611. 

The following courses must be included to meet the minimum 
requirements for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry: 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

BUAD 334 3 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 114 4 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Physical Education 1 hour 

Religion 9 hours 

Electives 8 hours 

The following courses are strongly recommended: 

FDNT 125 3 hours 

TECH 174 3 hours 

ACCT 103 3 hours 

MATH 181 4 hours 

An additional Psychology course 



LAW 

Adviser: Ben McArthur 

Students interested in the study of law as a profession should 
become acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law 
schools. This will make possible the planning of a pre-professional 
program which will qualify the student for admission to several schools. 

It is a general requirement that students complete a bachelor's 
degree before entering law school. Although no particular major is 
required, four fields should be especially considered by the student 
serious about law school. These are: Business, history, English, and 
behavioral science. Certain courses recommended by all law schools 
include American history, freshman composition, principles of 
accounting, American government, principles of economics, English 
history, business law, and mathematics. Pre-law students should 
concentrate on developing their analytical, verbal, and writing skills. 

Southern College offers a Political Economy minor, which combines 
an interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school 
preparation. This eighteen-hour minor consists of: 



291 



Pre-Professional Programs 



1. ECON 224 Principles of Economics 3 hours 

2. PLSC 254 American Government 3 hours 

3. PLSC 387 Modern Society and Politics 3 hours 

4. ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 hours 

Plus six hours selected from the following courses: 

5. ACCT 121 Principles of Accounting 

6. ECON 225 Principles of Economics 

7* BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical, and Social Environment of Business 

8. BUAD 339 Business Law 

9. HIST 374 History of England 

10. JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 

Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from 
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American 
Bar Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For 
information about the Law School Admissions Test, see the pre-law 
adviser. 

MEDICINE 

Advisers: Stephen A* Nyirady, William Hayes 

Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine 
are advised to include mathematics and science courses during their 
high school years. 

It is recommended that applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree 
prior to entrance into medical school. Exceptional students may be 
eligible to apply after completion of a minimum of 85 semester hours. 
Letter grades are essential for evaluation of the required science 
courses. Applicants for admission to the Loma Linda University School 
of Medicine should maintain a grade point average of at least 3.50 in 
both science and non-science courses. The following courses without an 
asterisk must be included in the applicant's academic program. Classes 
with asterisks in biology, chemistry, and mathematics are 
recommended. 

BIOL 151-152, 313*, 316*, 330*, 340*, 415*, 417*, 418* 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 181* 4 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Religion 12 hours 



292 



Pre-Professional Programs 



It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes 
study of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid 
preparation for the future role of the physician. 

Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are 
directly involved in the providing of health care. 

The applicant is required to have taken the new MCAT prior to 
consideration by the admissions committee. The medical school 
entrance exam is administered twice a year—in September and April. 
Application for the exam is made through the Counseling and Testing 
Center one month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance into 
medical school following graduation, the student should plan on taking 
the MCAT in April of the junior year. All of the above required science 
courses should be completed by this time to insure maximum 
performance on the MCAT exam. The exam may be retaken in 
September of the senior year. 

Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools 
of medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. 
Premedical students are encouraged to make appointments to speak 
with them. 

Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College 
Application Service (AM CAS). Applications must be submitted through 
this service. The AM CAS application may be obtained from the Testing 
and Counseling Office or directly from AM CAS. Application should be 
directly to AMCAS between July 1 and November 1 for entry in the 
summer of the following year. 

American Medical College Application Service 
1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. 
Washington, DC 20036-1989 

After receiving the applications from AMCAS, the admissions office 
of the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether 
or not supplementary information is needed. 

Medical schools usually require a letter of recommendation from the 
pre-professional recommendation committee of the applicant's 
undergraduate college. Senior pre-medical students are asked to provide 
the names and addresses of all medical schools to which they are 
applying to the Vice President for Academic Administration's office 
before October 1. 

Following a careful evaluation of the supplementary application and 
letters of recommendation submitted to the admissions office, selected 
applicants may be invited for a personal interview by the medical 
school. 



293 



Pre-Professional Programs 



OPTOMETRY 

Adviser: Ray Hefferlin 

The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the 
student should follow the catalog from the school of his or her choice. 
However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and 
physics. Additional courses in the ares of fine arts, language, literature, 
find the social sciences are usually necessary. 

A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. 
However, additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into 
professional training. 

Following is a list of preoptometry courses required by most schools: 

BIOL 330 and 151-152 11 hours 

CHEM 151-152 8 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 114, 181, 182 12 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American 
Optometric Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 
North Lindbergh Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63141. 



OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D. 
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive the 
D.O. degree. 

Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the University of 
Health Sciences, College of Osteopathic Medicine in Kansas City, 
Missouri, one of fifteen osteopathic medical colleges in this country. 

Courses for admission are similar to those for Loma Linda 
University School of Medicine. 

For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point 
average of 3.00 should be maintained in both science and non-science 
subjects. 



294 



Pre-Professional Programs 



PHARMACY 

Adviser: Mitchell Thiel 

The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five 

years, the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College. 
Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat 

variable so the student should consult the catalog of the school of 

his/her choice for specific course recommendations. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 

College of Pharmacy at Memphis are: 

ACCT 121 3 hours 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 181 4 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours 

Social Sciences: 

Psychology 2 hours 

Other (to include Economics, Political Science, 

Sociology, History, etc.) 8 hours 

Speech 3 hours 

Electives 8 hours 

A minimum grade of C must be obtained for each required pre- 
pharmacy class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance 
of acceptance into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score 
must be achieved on the National Pharmacy College Admission Test. 



VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen Nyirady 

Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is keen. 
Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a degree 
rather than the minimum requirements listed below. It should also be 
noted that it is difficult to be accepted in any veterinary institution 
other than the school in the state where the applicant resides. 

The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary 
College Admission Test (VCAT) in addition to meeting grade point 
average and personal qualifications for admission. Professional training 
involves four years of veterinary school beyond college. 



295 



Pre-Professional Programs 



Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are: 

BIOL 151-152, 316, 412 11 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323 20 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 181-182 7 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Humanities and Social Sciences 18 hours 

Admission requirements will vary between Veterinary schools. 
Therefore, it is recommended that the pre-veterinary student work 
closely with his/her adviser in assuring that the specific requirements 
for the schools of his/her choice are met. 









296 



BOARD AND FACULTY 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



* Malcolm Gordon, Chair 
E. A. Anderson 
Gordon Bietz 

* Mardian Blair 
William Bryan 

** Tom Campbell 

* Richard Center 
Ken Coonley 
Edythe Cothren 
David Cress 
Jackson Doggette 
C. E. Dudley 

* Jim Epperson 

** Charles Fleming, Jr. 

* W. A. Geary 
Jack Gillis 

* Obed Graham 
Melanie Graves 
R. R. Hallock 

** James Hickman 

Bill Hulsey 
** William lies 
** O. R. Johnson 



Howard Kennedy 
Ben Kochenower 
Carolyn McCalla 
J. C. McElroy 
Ellsworth McKee 
O. D. McKee 
James Ray McKinney 
Denzil McNeilus 
Harold Moody 
Robert Murphy 
Ralph Peay 
Earl Richards 
Donald R. Sahly 
Volker Schmidt 
Clinton Shankel 
Ella Simmons 
Ward Sumpter 
Martha Ulmer 
Tom Werner 
J. H. Whitehead 
Bonnie Wilkens 
Ben Wygal 



* Members of the Executive Board 
** Honorary Trustees 



COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION 

PRESIDENT 

Donald R. Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) President 

Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary 



297 



College Administration 

ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D. (1966) Senior Vice President for 

Academic Administration 

Freshman Education 

Cyril Roe, Ed.D. (1976) Director, Freshman Education 

Instructional Media 

Frank Di Memmo, M.S. (1980) . . . Director, Instructional Media 

Library 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S. (1971) Director of Libraries 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) . Associate Librarian 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S. (1976) Director, ANGEL Program 

Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian 

Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S. (1966) Assistant Librarian 

(Orlando Campus) 
Records 

Mary Elam, M.A (1965) Associate Vice President for 

Academic Administration 



ADMISSIONS, COLLEGE RELATIONS, AND ALUMNI 

Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) Vice President for 

Admissions and College Relations 

Public Relations 

James Ashlock, Ed.D.(1991) Director of Alumni/ 

College Relations 

Doris Burdick, B.A (1983) Director, Publications 

and Media Relations 

Recruitment 

Doug Martin, B.A (1988) Associate Director 

Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Associate Director 



BUSINESS SERVICES 

Dale J. Bidwell, B.S. (1989) . . . Senior Vice President for Finance 

Helen Durichek, B.A. (1986) Associate Vice President 

for Finance 



298 



College Administration 



Accounting and Financial Services 

Jack Ferneyhough, B.S. (1989) Treasurer 

Louesa Peters, B.A. (1964) Chief Accountant, Assistant Treasurer 

Commercial Auxiliaries 

Dale Collins, BA (1988) . . Associate Manager, The College Press 

Roy Dingle, B.S. (1974) Bakery Manager, Village Market 

Harold Haas, B.S. (1991) .... Associate Manager, Village Market 

Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press 

Bruce Vogt, B.S. (1986) . . Production Manager, The College Press 

Charles Whidden (1984) Manager, Village Market 

Rita Wohlers (1987) Manager, Campus Shop 

Computer Services 

John Beckett, BA (1975) Director, Computer Services 

Judy DeLay, B.A. (1982) Assistant Director 

William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager 

Thorn Nelson, BA (1985) Analyst/Programmer 

Service Auxiliaries 

Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service 

C. R. Lacey (1970) Director, Grounds 

Charles Lucas (1984) Director, Physical Plant 

William McKinney (1974) Director, Motor Pool 

Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Custodial Services 

Student Finance and Accounts 

Ken Norton, B.S. (1988) Director, Student Finance 

WSMC FM90.5 

Doug Walter, BA (1984) General Manager, WSMC FM90.5 

Dan Landrum (1989) Program Director 



DEVELOPMENT 

Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1980) .... Vice President for Development 



299 



College Administration 



STUDENT SERVICES 

William Wohlers, Ph.D. (1973) Vice President for Student Services 

Counseling 

K. R. Davis, MA (1970) .... Director of Counseling and Testing 

Rhea Rolfe, M.A. (1972) Counselor 

Health Service 

Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director, Health Service 

Waldemar Kutzner, M.D. (1974) College Physician 

Residence Halls 

Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women 

Stan Hobbs, M.Ed. (1985) Associate Dean of Men 

Kassandra Krause, A.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women 

Don Mathis, B.S. (1988) Associate Dean of Men 

Ron Qualley, B.S. (1980) Dean of Men 

Lydia Rose, B.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women 

Security 

Dale Tyrrell (1990) Director, Security 

Clifford Myers, Sr. (1968) Associate Director, Security 



COLLEGE PASTORS 

Gordon Bietz, D.Min. (1981) Pastor 

James Herman, B.A. (1976) Children's Ministries Pastor 

Ken Rogers, B.A. (1986) College Chaplain 

Ed Wright, M.Div. (1985) Family Ministries Pastor 



FACULTY EMERITI 

Theresa Rose Brickman, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of 
Secretarial Science 

B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Thelma Cushman, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Home 
Economics 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., 
Michigan State University. 



300 



Faculty Directory 



Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of 
Education 

B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., Northwestern 
University. 

R. E. Francis, B.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews 
University. 

Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic 
Administration 

B.A., Andrews University; Diploma in Theology, Newbold 
College; Diploma of Educaiton, University of Western 
Australia; M.Ed, and Ed.D., Maryland University. 

K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Valparaiso University; M.Ed., University of Chattanooga; 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee. 

H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A, George Peabody 
College for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Evlyn Lindberg, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of English 

B.A, Willamette University; M.A., Texas Christian University. 

Drew Turlington, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus for Industrial 
Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of 
Tennessee. 



301 



Faculty Directory 



INSTRUCTIONAL FACULTY 

(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year 
of employment at Southern College.) 



Pamela Ahlfeld, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Georgia State 
University. (1990) 

J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Capital University; M. Mus., American Conservatory 
of Music; D.M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1968) 

Wiley Austin, M.S., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S. Pacific Union College; M.S., Stanford University. (1988) 

Fern Babcock, M.A.T., Assistant Professor of Education 

B.L.A., Pakistan Adventist Seminary and College; M.A.T., 

Andrews University. (1991) 

George Babcock, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and Ed.D., Andrews 
University. (1991) 

Ben Bandiola, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Psychology 

B.S.E. and M.A., Philippine Union College; Ph.D., University 
of Iowa. (1984) 

John Beckett, B.A., Instructor of Computer Science/Director of 
Computer Services 

B.A., Southern Missionary College. (1974) 

Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Ellen G. White Prof essor of Religion 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews 
University; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University. (1961) 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Director of Libraries, Associate Professor of 
Library Science 

B.S. Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State 
University. (1971) 

Jack Blanco, Th.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Union College; M.A. and B.D., SDA Theological 
Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary; Th.D., 
University of South Africa. (1983) 



302 



Faculty Directory 



Ann Clark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English 

BA, Southern Missionary College; MAT., University of 
Tennessee at Chattanooga; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1965) 

Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Associate Professor of Office Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.Ed., Middle Tennessee 
State University. (1971) 

•Nancy Crist, M.S.N., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Florida. 

(1990) 

Kenneth R. Davis, MA, Assistant Professor of Religion/Director of 
Counseling and Testing 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; MA, Andrews 
University; MA, Boston University. (1970) 

Don Dick, Ph.D., Professor of Speech Communication 

BA, Union College; MA, University of Nebraska; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1968) 

John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science and 
Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody 
College for Teachers. (1969) 

David Ekkens, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A. and MA, Andrews University; Ph.D., Loma Linda 
University. (1990) 

Richard Erickson, M.BA, Associate Professor of Business 

B.S. and M.BA, Austin Peay State University. (1984) 

Ted Evans, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at 
Chattanooga. (1974) 

•Flora Flood, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Medical College of 
Georgia. (1983) 



• Orlando Faculty 



303 



Faculty Directory 



Sandra L. Fryling, MA, Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; MA, New 
England Conservatory of Music. (1989) 

•Cheryl K. Galusha, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of 
Florida. (1982) 

Robert Garren, M.FA, Professor of Art 

B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.FA, Rochester Institute of 
Technology. (1968) 

Philip G. Garver, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan 
University; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 

Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music 

B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State 
Teachers College. (1967) 

•Alicia Gipson, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N, and M.S.N., University of Puerto Rico. (1989) 

Judith Glass, M.Mus., Professor of Music 

B.Mus. and M.Mus., University of Texas at Austin. (1975) 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. 

(1970) 

Jon Green, Ph.D., Professor of Education 

BA, La Sierra College; M.S., Loma Linda University; MA, 
Andrews University; Ph.D., Georgia State University. (1989) 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Professor of History/Senior Vice President 
for Academic Administration 

BA, Southern Missionary College; MA, George Peabody 
College for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 

Knoxville. (1966) 

Edgar O. Grundset, MA, Associate Professor of Biology 

BA, Emmanuel Missionary College; MA, Walla Walla 
College. (1957) 



• Orlando Faculty 

304 



Faculty Directory 



Leona Gulley, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Philippine Union College 
Seminary; M.H.Sc., Philippine Union College; M.S., Andrews 
University; Ed.D., Vanderbilt University. (1978) 

Norman Gulley, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern 
Missionary College; M.A. and B.C., Andrews University; 
Ph.D., Edinburgh University. (1978) 

David W. Haley, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.B.A., 
Tennessee Technological University. (1989) 

Richard Halterman, M.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
B.S., Florida Southern College; M.S., Florida Atlantic 
University. (1987) 

Jan Haluska, Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981) 

Lawrence E. Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A, California State University; M.A., University of 
California; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

*Pamela Harris, M.L.S., Assistant Professor of Journalism 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.L.S., George Peabody 
College of Vanderbilt University. (1989) 

William Hayes, M.S., Assistant Professor of Biology 
B.S. and M.S., Walla Walla College. (1990) 

Carole Haynes, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., University of 
Tennessee at Chattanooga; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1982) 

Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Professor for International Research in Physics 
B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of 
Technology. (1955) 

Volker Henning, M.A., Assistant Professor of Journalism 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Div., Andrews 
University; M.A., University of Central Florida. (1989) 



* Study Leave 

305 



Faculty Directory 



Dawn Holbrook, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1001) 

Dorothy Hooper, M.A., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Loma Linda 
University. (1975) 

Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Pro fessor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., University of 
North Carolina; Ph.D., Iowa State University. (1973) 

Shirley Howard, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1974) 

Francis Hummer, Assistant Professor of Industrial Technology 

(1979) 

Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1974) 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 

Bradley G. Hyde, M.S.C.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S.C.S., Maryland 
University. (1988) 

Gordon Hyde, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Wisconsin; 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. (1982) 

Steven Jaecks, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.A., Loma Linda University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee 
at Chattanooga. (1980) 

Barbara James, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of 
Texas at Arlington. (1991) 

John Keyes, Ed.S., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; 
M.A.T., Andrews University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; 
Ed.S., George Peabody College for Teachers. (1987) 



306 



Faculty Directory 



Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

BA, Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan 
University; Ph.D., Purdue University. (1986) 

Edward L. Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Professor of Social Work and 
Family Studies 

B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1972) 

Katie A. Lamb, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. 

(1972) 

Merritt MacLafferty, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
BA, Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980) 

Terry Martin, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S., 
Andrews University. (1988) 

Leon I. Mashchak, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University; 
Ph.D., California Graduate School of Theology. (1987) 

Ben McArthur, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of 
Chicago. (1979) 

Caroline McArthur, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University. (1979) 

Wilma McClarty, Ed.D., Professor of English 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., University of 
- Montana. (1972) 

Robert Moore, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North 
Carolina; Ed.D., The University of Georgia. (1979) 

Derek Morris, D. Min., Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.Div. and D.Min M Andrews 
University; (1987) 



• Orlando Faculty 

307 



Faculty Directory 



Patricia C. Morrison, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library 
Science/Assistant Librarian 

B.S., East Carolina University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. 

(1981) 

•Mildred Muniz, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Antillian College; M.S.N., Catholic University of Puerto 
Rico. (1990) 

Laura Nyirady, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University. 

(1986) 

Stephen A. Nyirady, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S. and Ph.D., Loma Linda 
University. (1986) 

Georgia O'Brien, M.S.N., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S.N., 
Andrews University. (1988) 

Cliff Olson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Business 

B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A., Colorado State 
University. (1989) 

Helmut K. Ott, Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages 

B.A., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., Inter- 
American University; M.A. and Ed.D., Andrews University. 

(1971) 

•Joy Parchment, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Andrews University; M.S.N., Anna Maria College. 

(1990) 

Mark Peach, M.A., Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Washington State University. 

(1987) 

Dennis Pettibone, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History 

B.A., La Sierra College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., 
University of California, Riverside. (1988) 

Helen Pyke, M.A., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Tennessee at 
Chattanooga. (1990) 



• Orlando Faculty 

308 



Faculty Directory 



•Marsha Rauch, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Catholic University of 
America. (1986) 

Joi Richards, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S., 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1989) 

Arthur Richert, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and Ph.D., University 
of Texas. (1971) 

Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Northern 
Colorado; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Cyril Roe, Ed.D., Professor of Education/Director, Freshman 
Education 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; 
Ed.D., University of the Pacific. (1976) 

Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.B.A. and Ph.D., University 
of Maryland. (1964) 

Daniel Rozell, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan 
University. (1978) 

Terrie Ruff, M.S.W., Instructor of Social Work and Family Studies 
B.S.W., Columbia College; M.S.W., University of South 
Carolina. (1990) 

Helen Sauls, M.A., Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., University of Iowa. 

(1989) 

Lynn Sauls, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and English 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Peabody College of 
Vanderbilt University; Ph.D., University of Iowa. (1989) 

Patricia Silver, M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

B.S.C., Madison College; M.A., George Peabody. (1982) 



• Orlando Faculty 

309 



Faculty Directory 



David Smith, Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981) 

Peggy Smith, B.S., Instructor of Office Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College. (1988) 

Shirley Spears, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of 
Alabama at Birmingham. (1990) 

Jean Springett, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., University of Maryland. 

(1991) 

Ronald Springett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., and B.D., Andrews 
University; Ph.D., University of Manchester. (1969) 

Jeanette Stepanske, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Ohio State University; Ed.D, 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1979) 

Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Union College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Maryland. 

(1966) 

Wayne E. VandeVere, Ph.D., C.P.A., Ruth McKee Professor of 
Entrepreneurship and Business Ethics 

B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; 
Ph.D., Michigan State University. (1956) 

Dale Walters, M.S., Associate Prvfessor of Industrial Technology 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., East Tennessee 
University. (1988) 

Steven E. Warren, Ph.D M Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. 

(1982) 

•Erma Webb, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976) 



Orlando Faculty 

J 



310 



Faculty Directory 



"Larry Williams, M.S.W., Associate Professor of Social Work and 
Family Studies 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.W., University of 
Georgia. (1983) 

Ruth Williams-Morris, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Oakwood College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Minnesota. (1991) 

Judy Winters, M.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.N., Emory University. 

(1990) 

William Wohlers, Ph.D., Professor of History IVice President for 
Student Services 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Nebraska. (1973) 

•Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library 
Science/Assistant Librarian 

B.S., Andrews University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern 
California. (1966) 



* Study Leave 

• Orlando Faculty 



311 



FACULTY COMMITTEES 

FOR THE 1991-92 SCHOOL YEAR 



Administrative Committees 

Administrative Council: Donald Sahly, Chair; James Ashlock, Ron 
Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Helen Durichek, Mary Elam, Jack 
Ferneyhough, Floyd Greenleaf, Volker Henning, Bonnie Hunt, Jack 
McClarty, Ken Norton, William Wohlers. 

President's Cabinet: Donald Sahly, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale 
Bidwell, Floyd Greenleaf, Jack McClarty, William Wohlers. 

Financial Aid Progress Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron 
Barrow, Mary Elam, Floyd Greenleaf, Donna Myers. (Dale Bidwell, 
ex-officio) 

Budget and Finance Advisory Committee: Richard Center, 
Chair; Dale Bidwell, Wallace Blair, Richard Erickson, Larry Hanson, 
William Hulsey, Gilbert Wilkes, Charles Wilson, Ben Wygal, Allen 
Olsen. 

Computer Services Users Committee: Dale Bidwell, Chair; Floyd 
Greenleaf, Don Dick, Mary Elam, Jon Green, Henry Kuhlman, 
Merritt MacLafferty, Ken Norton, Louesa Peters, John Beckett (non- 
voting consultant), one student recomended by the Student 
Association. 

Financial Appeals Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, 
Dale Bidwell (or designee), Donna Myers. 

Health Care Exceptions Committee: Helen Durichek, Chair; 
Helen Bledsoe, Jack Ferneyhough, David Smith, Shirley Spears, Rita 
Wohlers. (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Loans and Scholarship Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron 
Barrow, Sharon Engel (or designee), Dorothy Hooper, Dennis 
Pettibone, Diane Proffitt, Ron Qualley (or designee), William 
Wohlers. (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 



312 



Faculty Committees 



Plant Committee: Helen Durichek, Chair; Ray Lacey, Charles 
Lucas, Ed Lucas, Clarence McCandless, Dale Terrell. (Dale Bidwell, 
ex-officio) 

Safety/Fire Prevention Committee: Jack Ferneyhough, Chair; 
Sharon Engel, Earl Evans, Phil Garver, Eleanor Hanson, Ray Lacey, 
Charles Lucas, Ed Lucas, Don Mathis, Clarence McCandless, Bill 
McKinney, Allen Olsen, Dale Tyrrell, Dale Walters, Steve Warren, 
Chuck Whidden. (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Wellness Committee: Phil Garver, Chair; Dale Collins, Helen 
Durichek, Don Mathis, Laura Nyirady, Merlin Wittenberg, one 
student intern appointed by the HPER Department. (Dale Bidwell, 
ex-officio) 

Admissions/Recruitment Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; K. R. 
Davis, Sharone Engel, Ken Norton, Bob Silver, Ron Qualley, Joi 
Richards, Larry Hanson, Doug Martin, one student appointed by the 
Student Association. 

Publications Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; Susan Brown, 
Secretary; James Ashlock, Doris Burdick, Doug Martin, Bob Silver, 
Merlin Wittenberg, Ingrid Skantz. 

Senate Committees 

Faculty Senate Executive Committee: Donald Sahly, Chair; 
Floyd Greenleaf, Vice Chair; Lynn Sauls, Secretary; George Babcock, 
Dale Bidwell, Wilma McClarty, Dan Rozell, William Wohlers. 

Faculty Affairs Committee: David Smith, Chair; Richard 
Erickson, Steve Jaecks, Katie Lamb, Derek Morris, Steve Nyirady, 
William Wohlers. (Don Sahly, ex-officio) 

Distinguished Service Medallion Subcommittee: Chair and 
members appointed by Faculty Affairs Committee at beginning of 
each year. 

Promotions Committee: Larry Hanson (1992), Don Dick (1993), 
Floyd Greenleaf, Katie Lamb (1993), Wilma McClarty (1992), Steve 
Nyirady (1994), Cecil Rolfe (1994). (Don Sahly, ex-officio) 



313 



Faculty Committees 



Social/Recreation Committee: Jeanne Davis, Chair; Earl Evans, 
Laura Nyirady, Terri Ruff, Helen Sauls, Cherie Smith, Peggy Smith. 
(Don Sahly, ex-officio) 

Academic Affairs Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie 
Smith, Secretary; George Babcock, Ron Barrow, Jack Blanco, Peggy 
Bennett, Mary Elam, Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Larry Hanson, 
Ray Hefferlin, Bradley Hyde, Ed Lamb, Katie Lamb, Ben McArthur, 
Stephen Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Marvin Robertson, Lynn Sauls, David 
Smith, Wayne VandeVere, Dale Walters, Steve Warren, Consultants: 
Frank DiMemmo, Cyril Roe. 

Honors Subcommittee: Ben McArthur, Chair; Wilma McClarty, 
Steve Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Art Richert, Cecil Rolfe. (Floyd 
Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Academic Review Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Ron 
Barrow, K. R. Davis (or designee), Mary Elam, Sharon Engel (or 
designee), Ken Norton (or designee), Ron Qualley (or designee), 
William Wohlers. 

Advisement Committee: Mary Elam, Chair; Ron Barrow, K. R. 
Davis, Floyd Greenleaf, George Babcock (1992), Katie Lamb (1992), 
M. MacLafferty (1992), Wilma McClarty (1993), Ron Springett 
(1993), a business teacher (1993). 

General Education Committee: Lynn Sauls, Chair; Jon Green, 
Bonnie Hunt, Ben McArthur, Helen Pyke, Dan Rozell, Mitchell 
Thiel. (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Writing Committee: Helen Pyke, Chair; Bruce Ashton, Douglas 
Bennett, Ray Hefferlin, Duane Houck, Pat Morrison, Lynn Sauls. 
(Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Instructional Resources Committee: John Keyes, Chair; Peggy 
Bennett, Frank DiMemmo, Loranne Grace, Dorothy Hooper, Cyril 
Roe, Steve Warren, and Jon Green. (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Pre-Professional Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; all faculty 
from Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Bob Moore, Sharon Engel (or 
designee), Ron Qualley (or designee), William Wohlers. 



314 



I, 

Faculty Committees 

Teacher Education Council: George Babcock, Chair; Ben 
Bandiola, Jeannie Bradley, Janene Burdick, Jon Green, Carole 
Haynes, Helen Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, Floyd Greenleaf (ex- 
officio), William Wohlers, Kermise Rowe, Alton Whidden, Joyce 
Cotham, Ted Evans, Robert Garren, Jan Haluska, Leon Maschak, 
Robert Moore, Helmut Ott, Dennis Pettibone, Mary Ries, Marvin 
Robertson. 

Student Services Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Don Dick, 
Sharon Engel, Judy Glass, Ken Rogers, Terry Martin, Ron Qualley, 
Dan Rozell, Pat Silver. 

Film Subcommittee: Don Dick, Chair; Diane Butler, Earl Evans, 
Robert Garren, Loranne Grace, Robert Merchant, two students. 
(William Wohlers, ex-officio) 

Religious Life Subcommittee: Ken Rogers, Chair; Leona Gulley, 
Stan Hobbs, Kassy Krause, Derek Morris, Ruth Williams Morris, two 
students appointed by the S.A., two students appointed by the 
Subcommittee chair. (William Wohlers, ex-officio) 

Screening Subcommittee: Pat Silver, Chair; David Ekkens, Bill 
Hayes, Don Mathis, Joi Richards, Lydia Rose. (William Wohlers, ex- 
officio) 

Student Activities Subcommittee: William Wohlers, Chair; 
Sandra Fryling, Edgar Grundset, Rick Halterman, Stan Hobbs, Steve 
Jaecks, Kassy Krause, Joi Richards, three students appointed by the 
S.A. including the Social VP for the S.A. 

Student Personnel Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; K.R. 
Davis, Sharon Engel, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, Ken Rogers, Stan 
Hobbs, Kassy Krause, Don Mathis, Ron Qualley, Rhea Rolfe, Lydia 
Rose, Dale Tyrrell. 



315 



INDEX 



Absences 69 

Academic Calendar 4 

Academic Enrichment Services 74 

Academic Honesty 66 

Academic Policies 48 

Academic Probation and Dismissal ... 67 

Accounting, Courses in 120 

Acceptance 11 

Regular 11 

Academic Probation 12 

Accounts, Statements and Billing .... 19 

Accreditation and Memberships 8 

Administrative Building 10 

Administrative Staff 297 

Admissions 11 

Admission to Teacher Education . . . 156 

Advance Payment 20 

Adventist Colleges Abroad 

Financial Policy 21 

Allied Health Professions 79 

Anderson Lecture Series 74 

Anesthesia 290 

Application Procedure 15 

Art, Courses in 89 

Architectural Studies 139 

Arthur W. Spalding School 10 

Assembly Attendance 47, 70 

Associate Degree Programs 

Accounting 116 

Allied Health 82 

Architectural Studies 139 

Computer Applications 140 

Computer Science 141 

Engineering Studies 172 

General Studies 288 

Health Info Administration 119 

Nursing 247 

Office Administration 117 

Pre-Dental Hygiene 83 

Pre-Occupational Therapy 84 

Pre-Physical Therapy 85 

Technology 200 

Associate Degree Requirements 50 

Attendance Regulations 69 

Auditing Courses 18,63 

Auto Body, Diploma Program 199 

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements . . 48 

Bachelor of Arts 

Biology 101 

Broadcast Journalism 207 



Chemistry 129 

Computer Science 136 

English 175 

French 225 

German 225 

History 192 

International Studies 225 

Journalism (News Editorial) 207 

Mathematics 218 

Music 233 

Physics 262 

Psychology 148 

Psychology Leading to 

Licensure, K-8 149 

Public Relations 207 

Religion 276 

Spanish 225 

Bachelor of Business Administration 111 

Accounting Ill 

Business Management 112 

Computer Information Systems 114,138 

Marketing 113 

Bachelor of Music, Music Ed . . . 230-233 
Bachelor of Science 

Behavioral Science 93 

Biology 102 

Business Administration 115 

Chemistry 130 

Computer Science 137 

Family Studies 93 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 182 

Health Science 184 

Long-Term Health Care 115 

Mathematics 219 

Medical Science 288 

Medical Technology 79 

Nursing 246 

Office Administration 117 

Physics 263 

Social Science Leading to 

Licensure 1-8 . 151 

Social Work 94 

Wellness Management 184 

Bachelor of Technology Degree 

Graphic Arts 200 

Technical Plant Services 200 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 29 

Bankruptcy 26 

Behavioral Science, Courses in 95 

Biblical Languages, Courses in 286 



316 



Index 



Biblical Studies, Courses in 280 

Biology, Courses in 104 

Board of Trustees 297 

Executive Board 297 

Botany, Courses in 105 

Brock Hall 9 

Business Administration, Courses in 122 

Campus organizations 46 

Canceled Classes 63 

Certification 160 

Challenge Exams 71 

Chamber Music Series 75 

Changes in Registration 63 

Chemistry, Courses in 132 

Class Attendance 70 

Class Office Eligibility 46 

Class Standing 50 

CLEP Exams 71 

Cognate Courses 78 

Collection Policy 26 

College Administration 297-300 

College Plaza 10 

College Publications 46,206 

Collegedale Church 10 

Commercial Auxiliaries Managers . . 299 

Computer Center 9 

Computer Science, Courses in 141 

Computer Science and Technology . . 135 
Computer Technology, Courses in . . 144 

Concert-Lecture Series 46 

Conduct Standards 46 

Consumer & Family Sciences 146 

Correspondence Work 72 

Counseling 44 

Course Load 64 

Course Numbers 78 

Course Sequence 78 

Daniells Hall 9 

Dean's List 59 

Degree Requirements. Basic 48 

Degrees Offered 60-62 

Associate Degrees 60-62 

Bachelor of Arts 60-62 

Bachelor of Music 59 

Bachelor of Science 60-62 

Bachelor of Business 

Administration 59 

Bachelor of Social Work 59 

General Education 

Requirements 52 

Major and Minor 
Requirements 59 



Dental Hygiene 83 

Dentistry 290 

Dining Services 43 

Dismissal 67 

Distinguished Dean's List 59 

E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 74 

Earth Science, Courses in 269 

Ecology, Courses in 105 

Economics, Courses in 121 

Education 147 

Courses in 121 

Certification 160 

See Bachelor of Arts, Psychology 

Leading to Licensure K-8 
See Bachelor of Science, Social 
Science Leading to Licensure 1-8 

Elementary Education 152 

Eligibility Criteria/ 

Leadership Posts 46 

Emeriti Faculty 300-301 

Employment Service 45 

English, Courses in 178 

English, Proficiency in 14 

Engineering, Courses in 173 

Eugene A. Anderson Heiller Organ 

Concert Series 74 

Examinations 

Attendance 69 

Credit by 71 

CLEP 71 

Special 69 

Special Fees 18 

Expenses 16 

Facilities 9 

Faculty 

Committees 312 

Directory 302 

Emeriti 300 

Financial Information 16 

Aid 31 

Grants 38 

Loans , 38 

Satisfactory Academic 

Progress for 32,33 

Scholarships 37 

Veterans 36,37 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals ... 29 

Credit Refund 28 

Expenses 16 

Advance Payments 20 

Application Fee 15 

Estimated Student Budget 16 



317 



Index 



Expenses, cont. 

Food Service 20 

Housing 19 

International Student Deposit ... 21 

Late Registration 18 

Post Graduate Tuition 30 

Special Fees and Charges 18 

Student Costs 16 

Student Tithing 30 

Tuition 16 

Tuition Refunds 27 

Family Rebate 17 

Methods of Payment 22 

Florence Oliver Anderson 

Lecture Series . . , . , 74 

Florida Campus 257 

Foreign Study 224 

French, Courses in 226 

Freshman Standing 11 

Freshman Year Experience, Course . 242 
Full-Time Student 64 

General Education, Purpose of 52 

General Education, Objectives .... 52-56 
General Education Requirements . . 52-56 

General Studies 288 

Geography, Courses in 197 

German, Courses in 226 

Grading System 65 

Graduation Requirements 51 

Graduation with Honors 58 

Graphic Arts 200 

Greek, Courses in 286 

Grievance Procedure 68 

Guidance and Counseling 44 

Hackman Hall 9 

Health Education, Courses in ..... 188 

Health Insurance 28 

Health, Physical Education 

and Recreation, Courses in 185 

Health Service 44 

History of the College 7 

History, Courses in 194 

Honor Roll 58 

Honors, Graduation with . . . 58 

Honors Program 57 

Honors Studies Sequence 58 

Housing 19 

Deposit 19,20 

Humanities, Courses in 242 

Humanities Film Series 75 



I.D. Card Replacement 18 

Incompletes 65 

Industrial Technology 198 

Instructional Media 76 

Insurance 28 

Interdepartmental Programs 288 

Interest on Past-Due Balance 26 

International Students 13,21 

Internship Tuition Charges 27 

Journalism, Courses in 212 

Key Replacement 18 

Labor Regulations 29 

Foreign Students \ . 30 

Late Registration 62 

Law 291 

Ledford Hall 9 

Libraries , 76 

Library Science, Courses in 243 

Literature, Courses in 179 

Loans 38 

Location of College 8 

Lynn Wood Hall 10 

Major and Minor Requirements 59 

Marine Biological Field Station 76 

Mathematics, Courses in 220 

Mazie Herin Hall 9 

McKee Library 76 

Medical Science 288 

Medical Technology, Course in 80 

Medicine 288 

Miller Hall ' 9 

Minors 

Art 89 

Behavioral Science 95 

Biblical Languages 280 

Biology 103 

Broadcast Journalism 211 

Business Administration 119 

Chemistry 131 

Computer Science 136 

English 177 

French 225 

German 225 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 183 

History 193 

Journalism (News Editorial) 211 

Marketing 119 

Mathematics 220 



318 



Index 



Music 234 

Office Administration 119 

Physics 265 

Political Economy 194,202 

Pre-Health Info Administration . . 119 

Psychology 148 

Public Relations 211 

Religion 280 

Sociology 95 

Spanish 225 

Technology 199 

Modern Languages, Courses in 226 

Music, Courses in 235 

Curricula 230 

Bachelor of Music 230 

Bachelor of Arts 233 

Ensembles 240 

Fees 17 

Nursing, Courses in 250 

Accreditation 246 

Admission Requirements 

Lower Division 248 

Upper Division 252 

Expenses 21 

Loans 39 

Scholarships 40 

Nutrition Course 242 

Objectives of the College 6 

Occupational Therapy 84 

Occupational Therapy Assistant 82 

Office Administration, Courses in . . 125 
One-Year Certificate 
Auto Body, Repair and Refinishing 199 

Optometry 294 

Organizations 46 

Orientation Program 45 

Orlando Campus 257 

Osteopathic Medicine 294 

Overseas Stu<Jy 224 

Pass/Fail Courses 185 

Petition . . 68 

Pharmacy 295 

Philosophy of College 6 

Physical Education Building 9 

Physical Education, Courses in .... 185 

Physical Therapy 85 

Physical Therapy Assistant 82 

Physics, Courses in 265 

Pierson Lecture Series 75 

Placement 45 



Political Science, Courses in 196 

Post Graduate Tuition Plan 18,30 

Pre-professional and 

Technical Curricula 62,290 

Anesthesia 290 

Dental Hygiene 83 

Dentistry 290 

Engineering 172 

Graphic Arts 200 

Law 291 

Medical Technology 80 

Medicine 292 

Occupational Therapy 84 

Optometry 294 

Osteopathy 294 

Pharmacy 295 

Physical Therapy 85 

Pre-Health 
Information Administration .... 119 

Radiologic Technology 82 

Respiratory Therapy , . 82 

Technical Plant Services 200 

Veterinary Medicine 295 

Privacy (Student Records) 65 

Probation 67 

Programs of Stu4y 60 

Psychology, Courses in 168 

Public Relations, Courses in y 215 

Publications 46,206 

Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 77 

Rebate, Famuy 17 

Refund Policy 27 

Credit Refund 28 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 35 

Registration 62 

Rehabilitation Act 43 

Religion Center 9 

Religion, Courses in 282 

Religious Organizations 46 

Residence Halls 43 

Residence Requirements 51 

Respiratory Therapy 82 

Right of Petition 68 

Rosario Beach Marine Field Station . 109 

Satisfactory Academic Progress ..... 32 

Scholarships 40 

Scholastic Probation 67 

Secondary Education 160 

Senior Citizen Tuition Policy . 31 

Senior Placement Service 45 

Sequence of Courses 78 



319 



Index 



Service Auxiliaries, Managers 299 

Setting of College 8 

SC Students 9 

Social Work, Courses in 95 

Sociology, Courses in 98 

Southern Scholars Benefits 17 

Spalding Elementary School 10 

Spanish, Courses in 227 

Special Student 13 

Special Fees and Charges 18 

Speech, Courses in 181 

Speech-Language Pathology 

and Audiology 82 

Staley Christian Scholar Lecture Series 75 

Standards of Conduct 46 

Student Association 45 

Student Center 9 

Student Employment Service 45 

Student Life and Services 43 

Student Records 65 

Study and Work Load 64 

Subject Requirements for Admissions . 12 

Summer School, Class Load 64 

Summerour Hall 10 

Talge Hall 10 

Teacher Education Certification .... 159 
Technology, Courses in 200 



Thatcher Hall 10 

Tithe and Church Expense 30 

Transcripts 18,26 

Transfer of Credit 52 

Transfer Students 12 

Trustees, Board of 297 

Tuition and Fees 16 

Tuition Refunds 27 

Tuition Waivers 27 

Upper Division Credit 52 

Veterans 36 

Veterinary Medicine 295 

Waiver Examinations 71 

Wellness Management 184 

Withdrawals 27 

Lynn Wood Hall 10 

J. Mabel Wood Hall 10 

Work Regulations 29 

Work-Study Schedule 64 

Worship Services 47 

Wright Hall 10 

Writing (W) Courses 53,78 

WSMC FM90.5 77 

Zoology, Courses in 106 



The Southern College CATALOG is published annually by the 
Office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 



CREDITS 

Catalog Editor: 
Cherilyn J. Smith 

Computer Consultant: 
Thorn Nelson 

Information Consultant: 
Mary Elam 

Cover Design: 
Publications Office 

Production: 

The College Press 



SPECIAL THANKS 

John Beckett 
Sheila Draper 
Bill Estep 
Shelly Kirchhoff 
Carol Loree 
Steve Nyirady 



320 



For Reference 



Not to be taken 



from this library 



SOUTHERN COLLEGE MCKEE LIBRARY 



TMS084687 



3 

« 

o 

o 

i 

5 

2 

c , 
CD 






o 
o 

So 

m h 
> -n 



© o 

CO 

3 






C/5 

*2 

S3 



m =: E 1 



m p 



- 













4 


* 






' 










J 










• 




-;< 






1 


v 










• 








1 


• 






5 



• 









S m 



c % 



52531 

3 « m 5 

« 5